(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "The horse and his diseases [microform] : embracing his history and varieties, breeding and management and vices; with the diseases to which he is subject, and the remedies best adapted to their cure : to which are added, Rarey's method of taming horses, and the law of warranty as applicable to the purchase and sale of the animal"

Author: Jennings, Robert 

Title: The horse and his diseases 

Place of Publication: Philadelphia 

Copyright Date: 1860 

Master Negative Storage Number: MNS# PSt SNPaAg003.2 



<344547> *OCLC* Form:mono 2 lnput:LCH Edit:FMD 

008 ENT: 970903 TYP: s DT1: 1860 DT2: LAN" eng 

035 (OCoLC)37453241 

037 PSt SNPaAg00003.2 $bPreservation Office, The Pennsylvania State 

University, Pattee Library, University Park, PA 16802-1805 
090 00 SF951 $b.J54 $crb*9666160 

090 20 IVIicrofilm D244 reel 3.2 $cmc+(service copy, print master, archival 
nnaster) 

100 1 Jennings, Robert $d 1824-1 893. 

245 14 The horse and his diseases $bembracing his history and varieties, 
breeding and management and vices; with the diseases to which he is 
subject, and the remedies best adapted to their cure : to which are 
added, Rarey's method of taming horses, and the law of warranty as 
applicable to the purchase and sale of the animal $cby Robert Jennings 
Philadelphia $bJ. E. Potter and Co. $cc1860. 
390 p. $bill. $c20 cm. 

Microfilm $bUniversity Park, Pa. : $cPennsylvania State University 
$d1997. $e1 microfilm reel ; 35 mm. $f(USAIN state and local literature 
preservation project. Pennsylvania) $f(Pennsylvania agricultural 
literature on microfilm). 

Archival master stored at National Agricultural Library, Beltsville, MD 

: print master stored at remote facility. 
This item is temporarily out of the library during the filming process. 

If you wish to be notified when it returns, please fill out a Personal 

Reserve slip. The slips are available in the Rare Books Room, in the 

Microforms Room, and at the Circulation desk. 
650 Horses. 
650 Horses $xDiseases. 

830 USAIN state and local literature preservation project. $pPennsylvania 
830 Pennsylvania agricultural literature on microfilm. 



260 
300 
533 



590 



590 



B. JENNINGS & SON, 




VETERINARY SffR&EONS, 

ORADUATES OP 

Vetemarr Medicine M Surgery, 

LATE OF PHILADELPHIA. 

AT JAOKSON k DEYOEE'S, 

117 Tbird ATenae. 

AT SPENCER & WILLISTON'S, 

No. 83 East Ohio St. 






f 



I 



THE 

PENNSYLVANIA 

STATE UNIVERSITY 

LIBRARY 



,rh 



I 






.•'• 




Gift of June Carr Walton 



I 



I 






THE 



HOESE AND HIS DISEASES: 



EMBR ACINO 



HIS HISTORY AND VARIETIES, BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT 

AND VICES; WITH THE DISEASES TO WHICH HE 

IS SUBJECT, AND THE REMEDIES BEST 

ADAPTED TO THEIR CURE. 



By ROBERT JENNINGS, Y.S,, 

mOFBSSOR OP PATHOLOGT AND OPERATIVK SUROERT IX THE VBTERIKART OOLLIQB Off 

PHILADELPHIA ; PROFESSOR OF VETERIXART MEDICIJCE IX THE LATB AORI- 

CULTCRAL COLLEGE OP OHIO; SECRETARY OF THE AMERICAX 

▼ETKRiXARr ASSOCIATW* OF PHILADELPHIA, ETC., ETC. 



TO WHICH ARE ADDED, KARKY'S METHOD OF TAMINO HORSES, AND THJ 

LAW OP WARRANTY AS APPLICABLE TO THE PURCHASE 

AND SALE OF THE ANIMAL. 



^Ik&imUi hjj nmlfi ©lu ^puabrtb (gnjraftmja^ 



PHILADELPHIA i 
JOHN E. POTTER AND COMPANY, 

S(X». 6U and 617 Saxsox Strjiit. 



PREFACE. 



( 



f 



Entered According to Act of Congress, in tho jear, 1860, b/ 

JOHN E. POTTER, 

Ib tht Cltrk't Office of the District Court of the United States, in aod for tb« 

Eastern District of Pennsylvania. 




PnnLADF,LP+fl)^r) 



This volume is offered to the consideration of the public, not 
without a knowledge on the part of the author that many excel- 
lent works upon the horse have already appeared. It has occurred 
to him, however, that each of these various works is devoted rather 
to the consideration of soiiie particular topic of interest in connec- 
tion with this generous animal, than to a general treatment of the 
various subjects which appropriately claim notice in a work in- 
tended for the ordinary reader. 

There are comparatively few in our country who are not, at some 
period or other, brought into contact with the horse, either as 
owners, hirers, or in some other capacity. The great majority 
cannot avail themselves of the numerous treatises already extant, 
which touch upon this animal, without gathering about themselves 
a library so large as seriously to trench upon their pecuniary com- 
fort. Besides, so far as the ailments of the horse are concerned, 
much progress has been made in their treatment within the last 
few years. Old theories have been exploded, and, as the author 
believes, an era of a more humane and judicious medical treatment 
is dawning upon us. A marked improvement is discernible in the 
class of practitioners who essay the veterinary art ; a greater amount 
of intelligence characterizes their action, and, as a consequence, 
the occupation of the veterinary surgeon is fast rising in popular 
estimation. 

To these cheering indications of a better day for the horse and 
his owner, the author claims not to be indifferent. If an experi. 
•nee of fifteen years, diligently devoted to an investigation of th« 

(5) 



PBEFACE. 



u 



habits, peculiarities, wants, and weaknesses of the horse, has not 
been utterly fruitless in results, he flatters himself that he can at 
least contribute his mite in furtherance of a better understanding 
of an animal, which can never be too well understood by any one 
who would gain the greatest possible advantage from such a ser • 
rant. 

With such views the author has prepared the present work. Its 
pages are believed to contain a complete, candid, and truthful ex- 
position of all the points which it is incumbent upon the horse- 
owner to comprehend. Standard authorities upon the subject have 
been freely consulted, and the suggestions therein contained have 
been adopted, when corroborated by the author's own experience 
or observation. Reference has been made to the following among 
others :—Percival, Blain, Morton, Clark, Finley Dunn, Youatt, 
Coleman, and Spooler, on the Horse ; Herbert's Horse of America, 
and Hints to Horsekeepers ; Stewart's Stable Economy; The Far- 
mer's Encyclopedia ; and the Morgan Horse by Linsley. 

The remedies recommended have all stood the test of actual trial, 
and are known to have proved efficacious in previous cases. As the 
author has no special hobby to ride, he has in this department of 
the subject given such modes of treatment only as he personally 
has superintended in actual practice, no matter from what source 
they may have been suggested. The very many illustrations 
throughout the volume it is believed will materially enhance its 
Interest aifd value. 

With the hope that the work may meet the approval of the large 
class for whom it was specially prepared, and with the consciousness 
that no effort to that end has been omitted by thje author, he con- 
fidently leaves it in their hands, to be dealt with as to them shall 
•eem most meet and proper. 



CONTENTS. 



WAom 

HISTORY OF THE TiORSE,.!. ....•••••.•• .••.m...«m.....mmm*..m....*...m.*...»m.... 17 

HoKSBS OF Asia and Afuica, ^ 21 

The Arabian 21 

The Pemian 2d 

The Tartarian, 2^ 

The Turkoman, 2A 

The Turkish Horse, 29 

Horses of Hindostan, 20 

The Barb and others, 29 

EtTROPEAX Horses, 27 

The Racer, 27 

The Hunter, rL.^ 

The Hackney, 27 

The Cart Horse, 28 

Germav, French, axd Spaxish Horses, 29 

Tbi American Horse, 30 

The American Blood Horse, 39 

The Vermont Draught Horse, 7. 67 

The Conestoga Horse, 60 

The Canadian Horse, 62 

The Indian Pony, 61 

The Narragansett Pacer, 65 

The Morgan Horse, 69 

5ATDKAL HiSTORT OF THE HORSB, m..........« 73 

BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT, 102 

Briedixq, 102 

Brbakixo, M....M 110 

Castratiov, lis 

OocKuro, r«..«« - 120 



8 CONTENTS. 

BREEDIXG AND MANAGEMENT— Co»tixued. ^^q, 

NicKixa, ^ -nj 

ThbStablb, J2J 

'^'*' 127 

^^"•^*' 130 

^^««T 131 

GrOOMIXO jgj 

Exercise j2^ 

^^^ 133 

'^^^^ 153 

Pastitrivo j^Q 

Sertice, .gj 

Shoeing ... 

Ji9 

ADMIiriSTERINO MEDICINE, jg, 

VICES OP THE HORSE , jgg 

SESTIVifXESS ... 

Baulking or Jibbing, ,qj 

^"""' IIIZIII.'I'III 203 

^""•'0 201 

Hearing, _^^ 

• 206 

Running Awat, 2^ 

Vicious to Clean -^, 

' 207 

Vicious to Shoe 

Crib-biting, 

210 

Wind-sucking, «,^ 

' 212 

Overreaching, 

Kot Lting Down,.. ^« 

' " 21.1 

^«"^« 2U 

^^^'^« 21« 

Rolling 

217 

Slipping the Collar or Halter, 217 

Stuhblino, 

' 219 

Unsteadiness while being Mounted, ^ig 

DISEASES, AND THEIR REMEDIES, ...;.....:r.7.: :..:.... 220 

Diseases of the Mouth ^. 

^^"'P'*" !m"l221 

Inflamed Gnms, ...^ 

' 223 

Bags or Washes, 22« 

VlcT% in the Mouth, ^^ 

Sore Month, _2j 

Cat Tongue, ^ ^^ 



COI^TENTS. A 

DISEASES, AND THEIR REMEDIES-Continued. ».«. 

Uneven Teeth ^.. 

224 

««»<»<»«»» 225 

^o»^ Teeth ZZ 22s 

Caries of the Teeth, ^_ 

• 227 

Extracting Teeth, 

Diseases op the Respiratort Organs, 231 

Inflammation _.. 

' 231 

Sore Throat ^^^ 

Strangles '*"'* ^^^ 

Chronic Cough, 

V 23i 

Catarrh, 

238 

DiHteroper, 

^ ' 237 

Influenza, 

' 237 

Bronchitis 

210 

Nasal Gleet, 

241 

Pneumonia 

^, . 243 

Pleurifv, 

^' 245 

Hydrothorax 

247 

Thick Wind 

• 24S 

Roaring and Whistling, 

Broken Wind, 

24» 

Diseases op the Stomach and Intestines 251 

Inflammation of the Stomach 

' 2jI 

luflararaation of the Bowels «,« 

• 2o2 

Diarrhoea 

- 255 

Inordinate Appetite, 

Palsy of the Stomach 

_, 257 

Rupture of the Stomach, 

' 238 

CalculuH, or Stony Concretions, j.. 

Hair Ball 

260 

Strangulation of the Intestines, ^- 

Spasmodic Colic, 

261 

Flatulent Colic 

^ 262 

Worms, 

^ , 2ai 

Bot8» 

Diseases op the Liver 

, - ,, 26S 

Inflammation of the Liver 

Jaundice, 

Hepatirrhfloa, ^ Z^Z^^ZZZZZ J7l 

Decayed Structure of the Liver ZZZZZ, 272 

Dmeasks op the Urinart Organs, 273 

Ififlamination of (h« Bladdw, ZZZZZZZZ^, 273 




10 CONTENTS. 

DISEASES. AND THEIR REMEDIES— Co5TI5ITEd. ' >aob 

Reteutioa of Urine, 274 

Profuse Staling, 275 

Bloody Urine 27S 

Stones in the Kidneys, 277 

Stones in the Bladder, 27S 

Diseases of the Feet and Legs, 279 

Centraction of the Hoof, 279 

Corns, 2S0 

Quitter 2S2 

Thrush, 282 

Canker, 283 

^ Scratches, 284 

Grease Heels, 284 

Water Farcy, 286 

Weed, 287 

Cracked Hoof, 287 

Sole Bruise and Gravel, 288 

Pricking, 288 

False Quarter, 289 

Founder, 290 

Pumiced Foot, • 291 

Corinitis, 291 

Navicularthrliis, ; 292 

Ossification of the Lateral Cartilages, 293 

Wind Galls, 294 

Sprung or Broken Knees, ^ 294 

Breaking Down, 295 

Strains of the Knees, 295 

Strain of the Hip Joint 296 

Shoulder Strain, 296 

Open Joints, 297 

Sweenie, 297 

08"tiS 298 

Capulet and Capped Hock, 299 

Caries of the Bones, 299 

Bone Spavin, 3qq 

^'°fi^Bone 303 

^P"^»' 303 

C"^^ 304 

String Halt 30^ 

Blood Spavin, Bog Spavin, and Thoroughpln, 305 

Vr&etur«s,.„ ^ 10^ 



CONTENTS. * XI 

DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES— Continued. ^^<,g 

Diseases of the Heart, ^ 3^- 

Pericarditis, «-, 

Carditis, ^^^ 

Endrocarditis, 3,^ 

Diseases of the Head, g,, 

Osteo-Sarcoma gj* 

Inflammation of the Brain, gjn 

Megrims 3J3 

Vertigo, 3j^ 

Epilepsy, 3j^ 

Stomach Staggers, 3j^ 

Diseases of the Eye, 3,- 

Amaurosis, 3^^ 

Inflammation of the Membrana Nictitans. 313 

Simple Ophthalmia, g,g 

Specific Ophthalmia, , gjo 

Cataract, 32^ 

Wall Eye ZZZ™"Z322 

Miscellaneous Diseases, 322 

Poll Evil **''322 

Fistula of the Withers, 324 

Melanotic Tumors, 32^ 

Glanders, 335 

P**'cy 327 

Scarlet Fever, 303 

^'a'^^e. 329 

^"•^'^i' 331 

Hide Bound, 332 

Strains of the Loins 333 

^*^«y 11.....333 

Locked Jaw 333 

Rheumatism, 33^ 

^••^"P' !..1.Z336 

Hydrocele 33^ 

Warts, 33^ 

Sit-Fasts, 32y 

^"^^" ZZI!!338 

Saddle or Harness Galls 333 

Mallanders and Sellenders 333 

Ulceration of the Udder, 33^ 

Inflamed Veins, 33^ 

BuioicA^ Caim, .,Z!»! SI9 



• Mm* 



I 



l< 



18 



CONTENTS. 



DISEASES AND THEIR HEMEDIES-CoicTixrED. 
Bleeding, 

Nearotomj or Nerving, 

Lithotomy 

Trephining, 

Tenotomy, 

Couching, 

Tapping the Chent, 

Periosteotomy, 

Amputation of the Peni« 

CEsophagotomy, 

Hernia, 

Roweling, 

Firing 

Tracheotomy, 



BAREY'S METHOD OF TAMING HORSES 

How TO Call a Colt prom Pastprb, 

Bow TO Stable a Colt withopt Trouble, 

Approachixq a Colt, 

How TO Halter aicd Lead a Colt, 

How TO Tie cp a Colt, 

How TO Tame a Horse 

How TO Make a Horse Lie Dowx, 

To Accustom a Horse to strange Sounds axd Sights,. 

To Accustom a Horse to a Drum, 

To Teach a Horse to bear an Umbrella, 

To Fire off a HorKe's Back, 

How TO Accustom a Horse to a Bit, 

The proper Wav to Bit a Colt, 

How to Saddle a Colt 

How to Mount the Colt, 

How TO Ride a Colt, 

How to Break a Horse to Haekees, 



FAOI 

.. «l 

.. SIS 
.. 34J 
.. 315 
.. 345 
.. 348 
.. 346 
. 347 
> 347 
. 34Jk 
. 349 
. 350 
. 351 
. 352 



. 353 

. 356 

. ZoJ 

. 362 

. 364 

. 367 

. S6S 

369 

370 

371 

372 

372 

372 

373 

374 

37tf 

373 

379 



WARBANTT,.. 



• •••#••••• •»« ,«t »M ^j ,^ 



•••-••••^ •"•••-•- •-- ^..M.......^ sw 



ILLUSTRATIONS. 



TAtm 

Tli« Arab and his Steed, ^ 17 

The Shetland Pony. — An English Sporting Scene, 21 

The Stallion, 28 

American Farm Scene, 30 

The Canadian, 35 

Black Hawk, — An American Racer, 43 

American Plantation Scene,... 47 

The Vermont Dranght-Horse, 58 

A Conestoga. — The Great Pennsylvania Draught-Horse, 60 

Ethan Allen. — A Fast-trotting Morgan Horse, 65 

Skeleton of the Horse, as covered by the Muscles, 73 

Names applied to the various External Parts of the Horse, 80 

Eight Days* Teeth, 88 

Three or Four Months* Teeth, 88 

Teeth at Twelve Months, 90 

A Grinder sawed across, 90 

Two Years* Teeth, 91 

Three Years* Teeth, 92 

Four Years* Teeth, 94 

Five Years* Teeth, 95 

Six Years* Teeth, ^ 9S 

Seven Years* Teeth, 97 

Eight or Nine Years* Teeth, 98 

Mare and Foal, 102 

The Arab Stallion, Jupiter, 105 

Breaking, 110 

Th« Agriculturist'g Method,. - , 117 

(13) 



u 



ILLUSTRATIONS, 



81 



I ' 



The Usual Method, '^" 

' • TOO 

The French Method. * 

' 124 

Customary Forms of Stalls 

r> . 126 

(jrrooming, 

Exercise, ^ 

Out to Grass ^^^ 

' 143 

The American Racer, Black Maria, 

f '*"""« •~™.jz::::;^ 

T^'"^:" 169 

Ground Surface of the Hoof, 

The Hoof of the Horse, 

A Section of the Foot 

' • 177 

The Position of the Shoe 

The Proper Form of a Shoe, ||||^| ,^2 

Running Away, 

Particularly Dangerous, 

Muzzle for a Crib-Biter, 

Disagreeable and Dangerous, 214 

The Sick Horse, 

* 220 

The Blooded Mare Fashion, and Foal 227 

The Saddle-Horse, 

Quiet Enjoyment, 

The Trotting-Horse, Lexington, 244 

The Attack and Defense 

' • •♦••• ••••• ,,,, ^ 250 

Omar Pasha, the Turkish Chieftain. o^^ 

o. 4 , '...•.-* -Zoo 

Sir Archy, the Godolphin of America, 262 

Common Gad-Fly or Bot, 

l^^' °" '^ ^""^ • ■ — ^"•^^—IZZZ. 2C6 

Eggs Magnified, 

_, 266 

Caterpillar, full size, „^^ 

_, • 267 

Caterpillar or Larvae, adhering to the Lining of the Stomach,... 267 

The Red Gad-Fly, \ 268 

Caterpillar of the Red Gad-FIy, " ** 268 

Virginia Mill-Boys on a Race, ] "* 273 

The Fast-Trotting Stallion, Geo. M. Patchen,''.'!.*.'!!!."!.'!.\\*.\3Z 279 



ILLUSTRATIONS. j 5 

• rkQM 

The Children's Pet, ^ 285 

The Famous Trotting-Mare, Flora Temple 292 

The Equestrienne, 298 

The High-Bred Pacing Mare, Pocahontas, 303 

The end of Pericarditis, gQcj 

Haying Scene, 3^^ 

The Trotting Stallion, American Eclipse, 323 

The Three Friends, , 33Q 

Byron's Mazeppa, 335 

Lady Suffolk, oa^ 

Good for Heavy Drafts, 34^ 

The Horse Tamed, 350 

Bridle with a wooden Gag-bit for conquering vicious Horses,... 358 

Strap for the Right Fore-leg, ^ ^^ 3gQ 

Strap for the Off Fore-leg, 3^0 

Taming the Horse, ogg 

Teaching the Horse to lie down, 370 

Struggles of the Vicious Horse against lying down, 373 

Submission of the Horse, 3^^ 

Breaking the Horse to Haraess,.,,.. ..♦..,... «,*... 380 



\"A 



.(• 



k 



h 



iljl 




mMimsi 



To man, whether as a civilized bein^ 
pr as a barbarian, no animal is more 
4^ ^^ useful than the horse. The beauty, 
grace, and dignity of this noble creature, when in a properly 
developed state, are as marked as his utility. As an intelligent 
animal, he ranks next in the scale to the dog, that other com- 
panion and friend of man. Taking into consideration, then, 
liis usefulness, his attractive appearance, and his intelligence, 
what is known of his history cannot prove unacceptable. 

2 ill) 



I 



18 



! i 



HISTORY or THE HOKSB. 



In order to ascertain the special land which can claim the 
proud honor of being the parent country, the birth-place of this 
noble animal, recourse must be had primarily to the pages of 
Scripture, as being the most ancient and best authenticated of 
all existing histories. By reference to those pages, we find 
that, although the ass was in early use among the children of 
Israel, the horse was unknown to them until after the com- 
mencement of their dwelling in Egypt ; and strong evidence 
exists for the belief that he was not brought into subjection, 
even in that country, until after their arrival. Clear it i.s, at 
all events, that Arabia, which many have supposed to be the 
native home of the horse, did npt possess him until within a 
comparatively recent period ; while his introduction into Greece, 
and thence into those countries of Europe and Asia in which 
he is now found, either wild or domesticated, may be traced 
with much certainty to an Egyptian source. 

Although in the history of Abraham frequent mention is 
made of the ass, of the camel, of flocks and herds, sheep and 
oxen, there is no allusion to the horse ; nor, indeed, do we 
find any such until we reach the time of Joseph. *In the 
reign of that Pharaoh in whose service Joseph was, wagons 
were sent by the king's command into Canaan, to bring thinco 
into Egypt Jacob and his sons, their wives and their little ones, 
during the prevalence of the famine against which Joseph had 
provided. It is not recorded that those wagons were drawn by 
horses; but the inference that such was the fact is by no means 
irrational, when we remember that it was during the continu- 
ance of this famine that horses are first mentioned, having 
been taken by Joseph in exchange for bread from the Egyp- 
tian cultivators and cattle-breeders ; that on the death of 



I 



HISTORY OP THE HORSB. 



19 



Jacob, his funeral was attended bj ''both chariots and horse- 
men ;" and lastly, that we know from the writings of Homer, 
and from the ancient sculptures of Persepolis and Nineveh, 
that the horse was used for purposes of draught for some time 
previous to his being ridden. 

From this time, the horse appears to have been speedily 
adopted for use in battle. At the Exodus, some fifteen hun- 
dred years before the Christian era, the pursuing army con- 
tained "six hundred chosen chariots, and all the chariots of 
Egypt," together with all the horsemen. And when the 
Israelites returned into Canaan, we find that the horse had 
already been naturalized in that country, since the Canaanites 
" went out to fight against Israel with horses and chariots very 
many." 

From these considerations, and from the fact that, so late as 
six hundred years after this date, Arabia had still no horses, it 
is by no means an improbable conclusion that the shepherd 
kings of Egypt, whose origin is unknown, introduced the horse 
into Lower Egypt ; and that, after this period, that country 
becamf the principal herding district of this animal, whence 
he was gradually introduced into Arabia and the adjoining 
Asiatic countries. From the same stock is doubtless derived 
the entire race in all the southeastern parts of Europe. As 
Egypt is not, in any respect, a favorable country for horse- 
breeding, still less for his original existence in a state of na- 
ture, the source whence he was first introduced into that coun- 
try is in some degree enveloped in uncertainty ; though the 
better opinion, based upon much indirect testimony, is that he 
was an original native of the soil of Africa, which alone wag 



•';"-^''V:V^'' ''.*^-!S /'-''??* r'V';^^ 



— -T jy^UVW^J 



ifW wWfWW IBBBsa'' 







ifl . » 



II 






20 



HISTORY OF THE HORSB. 



the parent country of the Zebra and the Quagga in some 

sort his kin. 

It is questionable whether the horse is still to be found in a 
Btate of nature in Arabia ; although it is asserted that they 
exist thinly scattered in the deserts, and that they are hunted 
by the Bedouins for their flesh, and also for the purpose of 
improving their inferior breeds by a different kind of blood. 
In central Africa, however, whence the horse is supposed to 
have been first introduced into Egypt, and thence into Arabia, 
Europe, and the East, wild horses still roam untamed far to 
the southward of the great desert of Sahara, where they were 
seen by Mungo Park in large droves. 

At the period of the first Roman invasion, the horse was 
domesticated in Britain, and in such numbers, that a large 
portion of the forces which resisted the invaders were chariot- 
eers and cavalry. 

In Europe, however, with but few exceptions, the horse, 
for purposes of warfare, was slowly, and not till the lapse of 
ages, brought into use: even the Spartans, the Athenians, 

,and the Thebans, when at the height of their military\enown, 

.having but inferior and scanty cavalry services. 

In the oldest sculptures probably in existence, — those re- 
moved by Layard from the ruins of Nineveh, and illustrative 
of almost every phase of regal and military life, — the horse is 
uniformly represented as a remarkably high-crested, largc- 

, headed, heavy-shouldered animal : rather long-bodied ; power- 
fully limbed ; his neck clothed with volumes of shaggy mane, 

-often plaited into regular and fanciful braids; and his tail 

-.coarse and abundant, frequently ornamented similarly to his 
own mane and to the beard and hair of his driver an ani- 




HISTORY OP THE HORSE. 



21 



mal, indeed, as unlike as possible to the low-statured, delicate* 
limbed, small-headed Arabs and barbs of modern days, with> 
their basin-faces, large full eyes, and long, thin manes, from 
which the blood-horse of our times has derived his peculiar . 
excellence. The same remarks may, in the main, be made as 

to the Greek and Roman horse, from . 
the representations which have coma? 
down to us. The English blood-horse, > 

beingconfessedly, 
the most perfects 
animal of hit)' 
race in the whole, 
world, both for. 
speed and endur« 
ance, and the 
American blood- 




THE IBETLAITD P05T.—AX EKaLISH SPOKTIira laun. 

horse directly tracing without mixture to English, and through 
the English to Oriental parentage, some account of the former 
variety may be of interest to the reader. 

It has already been remarked that large numbers of horses 
were found in Britain at the first Roman invasion. It is to be* 
added, that Cesar thought them so valuable that be t:arri©4 - 



22 



HISTORY OP THE HORSK. 



HISTORY OP THE HORSE. 



23 




■ r- 
■ll 



't 



IH 



many of them to Rome : and the British horses were, for a 
considerable period afterward, in great demand in various 
parts of the Roman Empire. After the evacuation of En- 
gland by the Romans and its conquest by the Saxons, consider- 
able attention was paid to the English breed of horses j and 
after the reign of Alfred, running horses were imported from 
Germany, this being the first intimation given us in history of 
running horses in England. English horses, after this, were 
so highly prized upon the Continent, that, in order to preserve 
the monopoly of the breed, in a.d. 930 a law was passed, pro- 
hibiting the exportation of the animal. In Athelstan^s reign 
many Spanish horses were imported ; and William the Con- 
queror introduced many fine animals from Normandy, Flan- 
ders, and Spain, — circumstances which show the strong desire, 
even at that early period, to improve the English breed. In 
the reign of Henry I. is the first account of the importation 
of the Arab horse into the country, at which time it is evident 
that the English had become sensible of the value and breed 
of their horse : and in the twelfth century a race-course had 

been established in London, — namely, SraithQeld, at once 

horse-market and race-course. 

King John imported Flemish horses for the improvement of 
the breed for agricultural purposes ; and in his reign is found 
the origin of the draught-horse now in general use in that 
country. Edward II. and Edward III. imported horses for the 
improvement of the stock, the latter introducing fifty Spanish 
horses. In the reign of Henry YIL, the exportation of stal- 
lions was prohibited ; but that of mares was allowed, w^hen 
more than two years old, and under the value of six shillings 
and eight pence. In the reign o^ Henry VIII., many very 



arbitrary statutes were passed for the improvement of the 
horse ; and it was during the same period that an annual race 
was run at Chester. In the reign of Elizabeth, the number 
and breed appear to have degenerated ; for it is stated that 
she could collect but three thousand horse throughout her 
realm to resist the invasion of Don Philip. 

With the accession of James L to the throne, a great im- 
provement was systematically wrought in the English breed ; 
and from this period a constant and progressive attention was 
paid to the matter of breeding. This monarch purchased an 
Arabian horse at the then extraordinary price of five hun- 
dred pounds ; but he proving deficient in speed, Arabians 
for a time fell into disrepute. Race meetings were then held 
at various places (J^ewmarket, among others) throughout the 
kingdom, the races being mostly matches against time, or triali 
of speed or bottom for absurdly long and cruel distances. 

Although Cromwell, during his Protectorate, was obliged 
to forbid racing, yet he was an ardent lover of the horse, an 
earnest patron of all pertaining to horsemanship, and to his 
strenuous exertions the present superior condition of the En- 
glish blood-horse is in no small degree owing. 

Before proceeding to the history of the American horse — 
which is our main concern in the present branch of this 
work — a concise summary of the difl'erent varieties of this use- 
ful quadruped cannot fail to interest. We commence with the 
horse of Asia. 



V 



u 



tttsToaT or IDE noBSBi 



HORSES OF ASIA AND AFRICA. 

THE AKABIAW, 

In this country the horse, eren in its wild state, (in which 
condition, as before remarked, it is rarely found,) is possessed 
of a beautiful symmetry of form, and a disposition of the 
greatest gentleness and generosity. His size is small, arerag. 
ing in height generally between thirteen and fourteen hands, 
(the hand being reckoned at about four inches of our measure)' 
color a dappled grey, though sometimes a dark brown ; mane 
and tail short and black. The only mode of capturing him i, 
by snares carefully concealed in the sand, as his exceeding 
swiftness prevents all possibility of taking him by the chase 
The fondness of the Arab for his steed is well known, having 
long since passed into a proverb. The horse of the poorest 
wanderer of the desert shares with his master and his family 
every attention and caress which the strongest attachment can 
prompt. Mares are always preferred by the Arab to horses 
as they endure fatigue and the hardships incident to a desert' 
l.fe much more patiently, and they can be kept together ia 
greater numbers without the risk of quarrels and mutual in. 
Junes. Great attention is paid to the coat of the animal. lie 
J. carefully washed each morning and evening, or after a long 
t.de ; IS M only during the night, receiving throughout tho 
day nothing but one or two drinks of water. 

The head of the pure Arab is light, well made, wide be- 
'.een the nostrils, forehead broad, muzzle short and fine, nos- 
tnls expanded and transparent, eyes prominent and sparkling 
ears small; neck somewhat short; shoulders high and well 



^oasBS ot'AtstA Arm' atkica. 



2S 



thrown back; withers high and arched; legjs fine, flat^ and 
small-boned, and the body somewhat light. 



THE PERSIAN. 

This horse is slightly taller than the Arab : is fall of bone, 
and very fast The Persian feeds his horse as does th^ Arab, 
the food given being coarse and scant. Itay is utterly un- 
known for the purpose, barley and chopped straw being, gener- 
ally substituted. Although this variety is in most respects less 
esteemed than tl^e Arab, it is in some points its superior^ 



TTHEl TARTARIAN. 

Like the Persian, this variety is swift ; but the hofseii aro 
heavy-headed, low-shouldered, and altogether very awkwardly 
put together. The Tartars cat the flesh of their horses and 
use the milk of their mares, from which they also make excei' 
lent cheese^ 



THE TURKOMAN. 

This is a variety of the Tartar, but superior to it ; bringing, 
even in Persia, frequently from five hundred to a thousand dol- 
lars. Its average height is some fifteen hands, and in general 
appearance it bears a strong resemblance to a well-bred En- 
glish carriage-horse. Though possessed of considerable speed, 
it is not enduring. This variety is often foisted upon the 
ignorant as the pure Arabian. 



THE TURKISH HORSE. 

This horse is a cross between the Persian and the Arabian, 
and is of slender build, carrying his head high, lively and 
fiery, and possessing a gentle and affectionate disposition. 
The tail of tho bor&e is regarded in Turkey and Persia as a 



26 



HORSES OF ASIA AND AFRICA. 



'J 



HISTORY OP THI HORSE. 



tl 



badge of dignity, princes measuring their rank by the number 
of tails they carry ; those of the highest rank being allowed 
three. 

HOBSES OF HINDOSTAW. 

In India, the horse, owing to the peculiar climate of the 
country, is invariably found to degenerate, unless great atten- 
tion be paid to breeding. The principal breeds are the Tazee, 
the Takan, the Folaree, the Cutch, and the Dattywarr. 

Passing from the Asiatic horses to the African, it is to be 
remarked that Egypt has long since lost its character as a 
breeding country, its horses being justly deemed much inferior 
to those of Persia, Barbary, or Arabia. 



THE BAHB, Aig-p OTHEES. 

This variety— the principal of the African race— is taller 
than the Arabian, and is remarkable for the height and fullness 
of its shoulders, drooping of the haunches, and roundness of 
the barrel. 

The Bornou race, in the central parts of Africa, is described 
as possessing the qualities of the Arabian with the beauty of 
the Barb ; as being fine in shoulder and of general elegance 
of form. The Nubian horses are stated by travelers to be 
even superior to the Arabian. Dongola has a noticeable 
breed, of large size, their chief peculiarities being extreme 
shortness of body, length of neck, height of crest, and a 
beautiful forehand. 



EUROPEAN HORSES. 



THE RACER. 

As the varieties of the horse in Great Britain are the mosk 
noticeable of any in Europe, we append a brief description of 
the principal breeds at present in use. 

The Racer, which excels, in beauty, speed, and endurance, 
that of all other nations, was gradually formed by the intro- 
duction of the best blood of Spain, Barbary, Turkey, and 
Arabia, and bears a strong family likeness to each. The cha- 
racteristics of this breed are a high and lofty head, bright and 
fearless eye, small ear, expanded nostril ; arched neck, curved 
on the upper surface, with no curve underneath ; the neck 
gracefully set on ; the shoulder lengthened, oblique, and lying 
well back ; the quarters ample and muscular ; the fore-legs 
straight and fine, but with sufficient bone; the hinder legs 
well bent, and the pasterns long and springy. 



THE HUNTER. 

The best horses of this breed stand fifteen or sixteen hands 
high : head small ; neck thin, especially beneath the crest, firm 
and arched ; and jaws wide ; lofty forehead ; shoulders as ex- 
tensive and oblique as that of the racer, and somewhat thicker; 
broad chest ; muscular arm ; leg shorter than that of the 
racer; body also more short and compact; loins broad ; quar- 
ters long; thighs muscular ; /hocks well bent, and under the 
horse. 

THE HACKNEY. . ^* 

This horse is still more compact thau the hunter, with more 






\'ii 



substance in proportion to his height; forehead light and 
high ; head small, and placed taperingly upon the neck • 
shoulders deep and spacious, lying well back ; back straight, 
loins strong ; fillets wide, and withers well raised. Too high 
breeding is considered objectionable in this species, as being 
ill adapted for ordinary riding upon the road. 



I:UI10PEAN HORSES. 



29 



THE CART HORSE. 

The principal varieties of this class, are the Cleveland, the 
Clydesdale, the Northamptonshire, the Suffolk Punch, and the 

heavy black or dray 
horse. The Clydesdale 
breed obtains its namq 
from being bred chiefly 
in the valiev of 
the Clyde. They 
J^^ are strong and 
^^J hardy, have a 
small head, are 
longer necked 
than the Suffolk, 
with deeper legs 
I and lighter bodies. 
TUB BTALLioir. Th c S u ffo 1 k P u u ch 

originated by crossing the Suffolk cart mare with the Xorman 
staHion. Its color is yellowish or sorrel ; large head, wide 
between the ears, muzzle rather coarse, back long and straight, 
Kides flat, fore-end low, shoulders thrown much forward, high 
at the hips, round legs, short pasterns, deep-bellied, and full 
bdrrcl. The modem-bred cart horso oMJuglandj originated 




from a cross with the Yorkshire half-bred stallion, and is of 
much lighter form, and stands much higher. This horse is 
hardy and useful, kindly, and a good feeder. The heavy 
|)lack horse is chiefly bred in Lincolnshire and the Midland 
bounties. 



■ GERMAN", FRENCH, AND SPANISH HORSES. 

The horses of Germany, with the exception of the Hungar- 
ian, are generally large, heavy, and slow. The Prussian, 
German, and the greater part of the French cavalry, are pro- 
cured from Holstein. They are of a dark glossy bay color, 
with small heads, large nostrils, and full dark eyes, being 
beautiful, active, and strong. 

The horses of Sweden and Finland are small, bfrt beantiful, 
and remarkable for their speed and spirit ; those of Finland 
being not more than twelve hands high, yet trotting along 
with ease at the rate of twelve miles an boor. 

The Iceland horse is either of Norwegian or Scottish 
descent. They are very small, strong, and swift. Thousands 
of them live upon the mountains of that barren country, never 
entering a stable, but taught by instinct or habit to scrape 
away the snow, or break the ice, in quest of their meagre food. 

The Flemish and Dutch horses are large, and strongly and 
beautifully formed. The best blood of draught /lorses is 
lowing, in a great degree, to crosses with these. 

The best French horses are bred in Limousin and Nor- 
iiandy ; the provinces of Auvergne and Poitou producing 
ponyi and galloways, which are excellent saddle-horses and 
hunters. 

The Spanish horse of other days, as the Andalusian charger 



30 



THE AMERICAN HORSE. 



I) 



and the Spanish jennets, exists but in history or romance 
The modern Spanish horse resembles the Yorkshire half-bred 
With flatter legs and better feet, but a far inferior figure. 

The Italian horses, particularly the Neapolitan, were once 
W high repute; but, owing mainly to intermixtures of Euro- 
pean, rather than Eastern blood, they have sadly degenerated 



THE AMERICAN HORSE. 



31 



THE AMERICAN HORSE. 
At a very remote period in the history of America, the horse 
began to be imported from Europe by the earliest settlers ; it 

being conceded that, although 
the horse had, at some former 
time, existed on this continent, 
as is proved by his fossil remains, 
which have been found in abund- 
ance in various parts of the 
country, he had become extinct 
previous to its colonization by 
the white nations. 

It is generally believed that 
the horses which are found in 
a wild state on the pampas or 
plains of South America, and the prairies of North America 
as far east as to the Mississippi River, are the descendants of' 
the parents set loose by the Spaniards at the abandonment 
of Buenos Ayres. This opinion, however, is combated by 
Bome, on the ground that this date is too recent to account 




AMERICAN FARM 8CBKE. 



for the vast numerical increase, and the great hordes of these 
animals now existing in a state of nature ; and they are in- 
clined to ascribe their origin to animals escaped, or voluntarily 
set at liberty, in the earlier expeditions and wars of the Span- 
ish invaders, the cavalry of that nation consisting entirely of 
perfect horses or mares. 

An opportunity for such an origin must undoubtedly have 
been furnished in the bloody wars of Mexico and Peru ; since 
upon the issue of many battles, which were disastrous to the 
Spaniards, the war-horses, their riders being slain, could have 
recovered their freedom and propagated their species rapidly 
in the wide, luxuriant, and well-watered plains, where the 
abundance of food, the genial climate, and the absence of 
beasts of prey capable of successfully contending with so 
powerful an animal as the horse, would favor their rapid in- 
crease. 

We know, moreover, that De Soto had a large force of cav- 
alry in that expedition in which he discovered the Mississippi, 
and found a grave in its bosom ; and when his warriors re- 
turned home in barques which they built on the banks of the 
••* Father of waters," there can be little doubt that their 
chargers mast have been abandoned, since their slender vessels, 
built by inexperienced hands for the sole purpose of savin f^ 
their own lives, must have been incapable of containing their 
Btecds. 

The first horses imported to America for the purpose of 
creating a stock, were brought by Columbus, in 1493, in his 
second voyage to the islands. The first landed in the United 
States, were introduced into Florida in 152T, by Cabeca do 
Vaca, forty-two in number; but these all perished ex wer-i 



82 



THE AMERICAN HORSE. 



f 



killed. Tlie next importation was that of De Soto, befote 
mentioned, to which is doubtless to be attributed the origin of 
the wild horses of Texas and tl»e prairies, a race strongly 
marked to this day by the characteristics of Spanish blood. 

In 1604, L'Escarbot, a French lawyer, brought horses and 
other domestic animals into Acadia; and in 1608, the French, 
then engaged in colonizing Canada, introduced horses into 
that country, where the present race, though somewhat de- 
generated in size, owing probably to the inclemency of the 
climate, still shows the blood, sufficiently distinct, of the 
Norman and Breton breeds. 

In 1609, the English ships landing at Jamestown, in Vir- 
ginia, brought, besides swine, sheep, and cattle, six mares and 
a horse; and in 1657, the importance of ir>creasing the stock 
of this valuable animal was so fully recognized, that an Act 
was passed, prohibiting its exportation from the province. 

In 1629, horses and mares were brought into the plantations 
of Massachusetts Bay, by one Francis Higginson, formerly of 
Leicestershire, England, from which county many of the 
animals were imported, h^ew York first received its horses in 
1625, imported from Holland by the Dutch West India Cora- 
pany, probably of the Flanders breed, thongh few traces of 
that breed yet exist, unless they are to be found in the Cones- 
toga horse of Pennsylvania, which shows some affinity to it, 
either directly or through the English dray-horse, which latter 
is believed to be originally of Flemish origin. 

In 1750, the French of Illinois procured considerable num- 
bers of French horses; and si.ice that time, as the science of 
agriculture has improved and advanced, pure animals of many 
distinct breeds have been constantly imported into this cooatry, 



THE AMERICAN HORSE. 



88 



which have created in different sections and districts distinct 
families, easily recognized, — as the horses of Massachusetts 
and Vermont, admirable for their qualities as draft-horses, 
powerful, active, and capable of quick as well as heavy work • 
the Conestogas, excellent for ponderous, slow efforts, in team-* 
ing and the like; and the active, wiry horses of the West, well' 
adapted for riding, and being in most general use for American 
cavalry purposes. , 

It is evident, then, thaf the original stock of the unimproved 
American horse is the result of a mixture of breeds; the 
French, the Spanish, the Flemish, and the English horses 
having all sent their representatives to some one portion at 
least, of the United States and British Provinces, and proba- 
bly still prevailing to a considerable degree in some locations, 
though nowhere wholly unmixed — while, in others, they have 
become so thoroughly mixed and amalgamated, that their 
identity can no longer be discovered. 

In New York, ijr example, the early importations of tho- 
rough blood, and the constant support of horse-racing, appear 
to have so changed the original Dutch or Flemish stock, that 
the characteristic of her horses is that of the English race, 
with a decided admixture of good blood. In Massachusetts, 
Vermont, and the Eastern States generally, the Cleveland bay, 
and a cross between that and the English dray-horse blood,, 
with some small admixture of thorough blood, predominate. 
In Pennsylvania, the most distinct breed appears to be of 
Flemish and English dray-horse origin. In Maryland, Vir- 
ginia, and South Carolina, English thorough blood prevails to 
a great extent; so much so as to render the inferior class of 

working horses undersized. In Louisiana, and many of the 
3 



?* 



THE AMERICAN HORSE, 



THE AMERICAN HORSE. 



36 



"I 



Western States, French and Spanish blood partly prevail, 
though with a mixture of English blood. It may, in short, be 
generally assumed that, with the exception of the thorough- 
breds, there is scarcely any breed in any part of America 
wholly pure and unmixed ; and that there are very few animals 
anywhere, which have not some mixture, greater or less, of 
the hot blood of the East, transmitted through the English 
race-horse. 

Indeed, with the exception of the Conestoga horse, there is, 
in the United States, no purely-bred draft or cart-horse, nor 
any breed which is kept entirely for labor in the field or on 
the road, without a view to being used at times for quicker 
work, and for purposes of pleasure or travel. Every horse, 
for the most part, bred in America, is intended to be, in some 
ftense, used upon the road ; and it is but asserting a well-known 
fuct, when we say, that for docility, temper, soundness of con- 
stitution, endurance of fatigue, hardiness, sure-footedness. and 
speed, the American roadster is not to be excelled, if equaled, 
by any horse in the entire world not purely ihorongh-bred. 

Of roadsters, two or three families have obtained, in different 
localities, decided reputations for different peculiar qualities : 
Buch as the Narragansett pacers, the families known as the 
Morgan and Black Hawk, the Canadian, and generally what 
may be called trotters. No one of these, however, with the 
single exception of the Narragansetts, appears to have any 
real claim to be deemed a distinctive family, or to be regarded 
as capable of transmitting its qualities in line of hereditary 
descent, by breeding within itself, without further crosses with 
higher and hotter blood. 

Of the Narragansetts, but little can be said with certainty; 



for there is reason to believe that, as a distinct variety, with 
natural powers of pacing, they are extinct ; and their origin 
is, in some degree, uncertain. The other families clearly owe 
their merits to a remote infusion of thorough-blood, perhaps 
amounting to one-fourth, or one-third part, some three or foui' 
generations back. 

The original Canadians were, doubtless, of pure Norman 
and Breton descent; but, since the Canadas 
have been under British rule, they also ^-=g 



.^E^rifrrf— z'; 




THE CAN ADIAK. 

(have been largely mixed with, and much improved by, the intro- 
duction of a pure blood ; so that the animals which in late 
years pass here under the name of Canadians, such as Moscow, ' 
Lady Moscow, and many others of that name, are Canadians 
only in name, differing from other American roadsters simply 
'n the fact that they have, for the most part, only two crosses 



■ 3 



4 



fT 



36 



THE AMERICAN HORSE. 



Of the Norman and pure English blood, while the ordinary 
road-horse of the United States is perhaps a combination of 
several distinct English families, with French, Spanish, and 
Flemish crosses, besides an infusion of thorough-blood. 

Of trotters, there is certainly no distinctive breed or family 
or mode of breeding. The power, the style, the action, the 
mode of going, are the points regarded ; and it is most pro- 
bable, that the .speed and the endurance, both of weight and 
distance, depend, more or less, on the greater or inferior 
degree of blood in the animal. 

Indeed, the wonderful superiority of the American roadster 
IS attributable to the great popularity of trotting in this 
country, to the great excellence of the trotting-trainer.s, drivers 
and riders, arising from that popularity, and to the employ' 
ment of all the very best half and three-quarter-part bred 
horses in the land for trotting purposes, none being turned 
from that use for the hunting-field or park-riding. 

The general American horse, as compared with the English 
horse, is inferior in height of the forehand, in the loftiness and 
thinness of the withers, and in the setti„g-on and carriage of 
the neck and crest; while he is superior in the general develop, 
ment of his quarters, in the let-down of his hams, and in his 
height behind; and further remarkable for his formation ap- 
proaching what is often seen in the Irish horse, and known as 
the goose-rump. Even the American racer stands very much 
higher behind and lower before than his English fellow. 

Another point in which the American hoi-se of all conditions 
d.ffers extremely and most advantageously from the European 
animal, is his greater sure-footedness and freedom from the 
dangerous vice of stumbling. Any one can satisfactorily con- 



THE AMERICAN HORSE. 



3T 



f 



vincc himself of this, by comparing the knees of hack-horses 
let for hire, either in the cities or rural villages of the United 
States, with those of similar English localities. In this coun- 
try, a broken knee is one of the very rarest blemishes encoun- 
tered in a horse ; while of horses let for hire in England, with 
the exception of those let by a few crack livery-keepers in 
London, in the Universities, and in one or two other of the 
most important towns in hunting neighborhoods, a majority 
are decidedly broken-kneed. 

The exemption of the horse, on this side of the Atlantic, 
from this fault, is ascribable: first, to the fact, that both the 
pasture-lands and the roads here are far rougher, more broken 
in surface, and more interrupted by stones, stumps, and other 
obstacles, than in the longer cultivated and more finished coun- 
tries of Europe, which teaches young horses to bend their 
knees, and throw their legs more freely while playing widi tho 
dams in the field ; and also to lift and set down their feet with 
much greater caution even on our great thoroughfares- 
secondly, to the higher blood and breed of riding-horses in 
England, which are often cantering thorough breds, liable to 
be unsafe travelers on the road ; and lastly, to the well-known 
circumstance, that most of the hired horses are roadsters— these 
are worn-out or broken-down animals of a higher caste, which 
are deemed, by reason of their disqualification for a higher 
position, fit for a secondary o^e, although suited to none, and 
dangerous in any. 

To this admirable quality of the American horse, must be 
added his extreme good temper and docility, in which he un- 
deniably excels any other horse in the world. From the first 
childhood of the animal until he is fully put to work, he re* 



rp 



38 



THE AMERICAN HORSE 



THE AMERICAN BLOOB-HORSE. 



i i 



' i 



quires and receives little or no breakinc., unless l.e show quali- 
ties which promise such speed or endurance as to render it 
advisable to train him as a trotter. Even when this is done, 
it is for the purpose of developing his powers, getting him to 
exert himself to the utmost, and teaching him how to move to 
the best advantage ; and not to render him submissive, easy of 
management, or gentle to be .handled. There is scarcely ever 
any difficulty in saddling, in harnessing, in backing, or in in- 
ducing him to go. He may be awkward at first, uncouth, shy, 
and timid ; but he is never, one may almost say, violent, spas- 
modic in his actions, and fierce. 

It is true that horses are treated, for the most part, with 
superior judgment and greater humanity in the United States ; 
that the whip is little used, and the spur almost unknown J 
still the whole of this remarkable difi-erence in temper, on the 
part of the American horse, cannot be attributed to the differ^ 
ence of treatment. 

As he begins, moreover, he continues to the end. One 
rarely encounters a kicker, a runaway, an inveterate shyer or 
balker, and hardly ever a furious animal, not to be approached 
save at the risk of limb or life, in an American horse of any 
class or condition. 

Probably this fact may, in some respects, be attributed to 
the less high strain of blood in the American roadster, and 
still more to the hardier and less^stimulating mode of treatment 
to which he is subjected. The heating treatment to which the 
English horse is subjected, unquestionably deprives him in 
some degree, of the power of enduring Icng.protracted exer- 
tion, privation, hardship, and the inclemency of the weather; 
and the pampering, high feeding, excessive grooming, and 



39 



general maintenance of horses in an unnatural and excited 
state of spirits has, assuredly, an injurious efiect upon the 
general temj^er of the animal *, though not, perhaps, so greatly 
as to account for all the difference to which allusion has just 
been made. 

Having premised thus much, in general terms, of the history 
and peculiarities of the general American horse, we will next 
take up the leading varieties whicli obtain in this country, 
commencing with 

THE AMEHICAW BIjOOD-HOIISE. 

Unlike the human race of the United States, unlike the 
ordinary working horse, unlike the cattle and most of the do- 
niestic animals of North America — which cannot be traced or 
said to belong to any single distinct breed or family, having 
originated from the combination and amalgamation of many 

bloods and stocks, derived from many different countries the 

blood-horse, or racer, of America stands alone, unquestionably 
of pure English thorough-blood. 

What that English thorough-blood is, it is only necessary 
here to say that, although it is not possible, in every instance, 
to trace the great progenitors of the English and American 
turf, directly on both sides, to Desert blood j and although it 



can scarcely be doubted that, in the very commencement of 



J 



turf-breeding, there must have been some mixture of the best 
old English blood, probably, in great part, Spanisli by descent, 
with the true Arab or Barb race ; yet the impure admixture 
is so exceedingly remote, not within fourteen or fifteen genera- 
tions — since which the smallest taint has been carefully ex- 
cluded — that the present race-horse of England or North 



''^'^-^'^■'^•'rias 



!« 



40 mrr 

THE AMERICAN BLOOD-HORSE. 

America, cannot possess above one sixteen-thousandth part of 
any other blood .l.an tl.nt of the Desert 

Nor can it be doubted, that the ,„oder„ thoron.h-bred is 
far supenor to the present horse of the East in h s „ Ui 
and po.e ,, , ,. ,,, ,o„e, stre«,.h, and b U 

bred, V .ch has been proved wherever it has encountered tVo 

Arab blood has, f„ the shghtest degree, improved the Euro, 
pean or American racer. "'e j^mo, 

it seems now to be a conceded point, that to improve nn, 
tl od, the s,re must be the M,.rior animal ; and, since b, cnre 
cu t.vatK>n, superior food, and better management, our dcLend-' 
ant of Desert blood has been developed into an animal supe- 
nor to h.s progenitors, mares of the improved race can .lin 
nothing b:, being crossed with the original stock ; althouH. it 
IS yet to be seen, whether something might not be effcetrd by 
be .m,.ortation of Oriental mares, and breeding them Judiciously 
to modern thorough-bred stallions. 

It has been already stated, that the first systematic attempts 
. .mprovmg the blood of ,he English horse began in the re.'gn 

d r^" f, ;" '•' "■" '^•'""■""^'^ '■" "-' «^ Charles I. ad 
dur ng the Commonwealth, and advanced with renewed spirit 
on t e restoration of the Stuarts. I„ the reign of Queen A „ 

E,^h..h thorough-bred horse may be regarded as fairly estab- 
.shed, the Darley Arabia, sire of Flying Childcrs, ci::!^ 
Barb, and Lord Carlisle's Turk, sire of the Bald Gallowav 
be.ng .mported in her reign. Sixteen years after her death' 
and three years before the settlement of Georgia, the younges; 



THE AMERICAN BLOOD-HORSE. 



41 



of the original American colonies, twenty-one foreign, and fifty 
native stallions, some of them the most celebrated horses which 
tlie world has ever seen, were in service as stock-getters in the 
United Kingdom ; and from some of those are descended all 
our racers of the present day. 

It was precisely during this period that the American colo- 
Hies were planted ; and, as might be anticipated, English horses 
of pure blood wer« introduced at a very early date. Indeed, 
in those sections where the settlement was mainly effected by 
men attached to the Cavalier party, race-horses were kept and 
trained, race-courses were established, and a well-authenticated 
stock of thorough-bred animals, tracing to the most celebrated 
English sires, many of which were imported in the early part 
of the eighteenth century, was in existence for some time before 
the outbreak of the old French war. 

In the Eastern States, whose settlers were mainly attached 
to the Puritan party, and therefore opposed in an especial man- 
ner to horse-racing, very few horses of thorough blood were im- 
ported. 

In Virginia and Maryland, as the head-quarters of the Oav- 
nliers, it is probable that racing commenced simultaneously, or 
nearly so ; it being an attribute of the principal towns' of 
Maryland some years prior to Braddock^s defeat in 1753. 
In the latter State, indeed, it appears for some time to have 
been considered a part of the duty of the Governor to keep a 
racing stud; since no less than rire successive governors were 
all determined turfmen and supporters of the American racing 
interest. 

As our Revolutionary War interrupted the peaceful progress 
of the country and the avocations of our country gentlemen at 



1 




■0^: 


ws 


SB^Ft''-;' 








^ 


"1 








■'■'-"■'■'■ 


■«. 


'.>■.-•■?;,■'-•>-"- 


j^^^ 


'*".■/, :' 


,.5j^j*v- 


2 


.'.'^■Tj'V"''' 


^^y^^l^i^^^^^^^^^^^^^l 



,\7S 



42 



THE AMERICAN BLOOD-HORSE. 



1 



'^ 



BO early a period in the history of tl>e American Turf, the dif- 
ficulty of ascertaining how far records or registries- hive been 
preserved, or were kept from the first, has been materially en- 
hanced. Yet, on the whole, it may be regarded as remarkable 
rather that so many pedigrees can be unequivocally followed 
out, than that a few should be obscure and untraceable farther 
than to an imported mare. Indeed, it must be granted as a fact 
which cannot be questioned or doubted, fully established both 
by their own performances and by the unfailing transmission of 
their hereditary qualities, that our American horses are as cer- 
tainly thorough-bred as are any of those English champions, 
whose blood no one ever dreams of disputing, which go back,' 
like that of Eclipse himself, or many others of equal renown, to 
an unknown dam or sire. 

From Virginia and Maryland, the racing spirit extended 
rapidly into the Carolinas, where it has never to this day flag-red. 
The oldest race-courses in this country, which are yet kepi up 
for purposes of sport, arc the Newmarket course, near Peters- 
burg, Virginia; and the Washington course, near Charleston 
South Carolina. At Alexandria, D. C, there was a race-course 
early in the last century, and the courses in tlie neighborhood 
of Richmond have been in existence above seventy years. 

It was not until about the commencement of the present cen- 
tury, that what n,ay be called race-courses proper were estab- 
lished in New York ; the first club for the promotion of the breed 
of horses by means of racing dating from 1804; although lon^ 
previously the improvement of the breed of horses had created 
much interest in that State, celebrated stock-getters having 
been imported as early as 1TG4 and 1765. 
Into Pennsylvania, a State which has never particularly dis- 



THE AMERICAN BLOOD-HORSE. 



43 



tinguished itself in the racing turf, were brought at an early 
date two horses, Graj Northumberland (also called Irish Gray), 
and Old England ; to these must be given the credit of runniiio- 
one of the oldest great American time-races on record as Ion"- 
ago as 1767, against two other horses, Selim and Granby. 

Although the use of the horse for merely racing purposed 
does not at present obtain to as great an extent with us as in 
England— a circumstance which can be readily accounted for 

^ from the prejudice which many entertain 




BLACK HAWK— AX AJIERICAN KACER. 



against such a use, owing to the objectionable accompaniments 
which are too often found in connection with it — still it should 
not be forgotten, that the advantage to be derived from the 
thorough-bred horse depends upon far more than his applica- 
bility to the turf and his fitness for racing purposes. Were it 
otherwise, it would scarcely be worth while to devote the space 



THE AMERICAN BLOOD-HORSE. 

to the consideration of this topic which has, by common con* 
Bent, been deemed indispensable. 

The truth is, that the race-course was not, in the beffinnin"- 
so much as thought of as a scene for the disphiy of the high 
qualities of this animal; much less was racing considered bj 
our ancestors as an end for which they imported the Eastern 
horse into Europe. It was for the improvement of the native 
stock of horses in the various European Kingdoms, by givino- 
to them speed and endurance,— in which respects no other breed 
can compare with them,— that the Asiatic and North-African 
horse was so eagerly sought by the monarchs, especially of Eng- 
land, during the seventeenth, and the early part of the eigh- 
teenth century. 

The race-course was at first employed solely as a method of 
testing the prevalence or superiority, in certain animals or 
breeds of animals, of these qualities of speed and endurance, 
which can by no other known method be so completely, so accu- 
rately, and so fairly tested. Soon after the introduction of the 
thorough-bred horse, this process of testing his qualities grew 
into a favorite sport with all classes of persons in England. 
After the multiplication of race-courses throughout the king- 
dom and the establishment of racing as a national institution, 
the objects of the possessors and breeders of race-horses under- 
went a change ; what had been a means originally, becoming 
eventually, more or less, the end. Horses, in a high form and 
of the most favorite and purest strains of blood, were eagerly 
sought and commanded large prices, for the purposes of sport and 
honorable competition, as was the case in the Olympic Games 
of ancient Greece. 

At a yet later date, a second change of object has taken 



THE AMERICAN BLOOD-HORSE. 



45 



place ; and, with but few exceptions, the thorough-bred horse is 
now kept, both in England and this country, for the paramount 
purpose of money-making, either by the actual winning of his 
prizes, or by his service in the stud, after his racing career is 
ended. 

Still, although the animals employed may be generally kept 
merely for the gratification of cupidity and the excitement of 
the contest, and though racing and race-courses may be subject 
to abuses by far too many, yet such means are, even now, as 
they were intended to be from the first, the best and only mode 
of really improving the general stock of any country. As the 
points of the thorough-bred horse are precisely those which 
constitute the perfection of a blood-horse in a high form as a 
stallion for improving the breed of animals, and for getting the 
best horses from any possible class of mares, for all possible uses, 
unless for the very slowest and most ponderous draught, thi? de- 
scription of those points which are most generally accepted as 
accurate is subjoined. 

Purity of blood is an indispensable requisite for the thorough- 
bred horse. By the term *' blood," it is not intended to be un- 
derstood that there is any real difference between the blood of 
the thorough-bred horse and that of the half-bred animal, as no 
one could discriminate between the two by any known process. 
The term is here used in the same sense as "breed," and by 
purity of blood is meant purity in the breeding of the individual 
animal under consideration ; that is to say, that the horse 
which is entirely bred from any one source is pure, or free from 
any mixture with others, and may be a pure Suffolk Punch, or 
a pure Clydesdale, or a pure thorough-bred horse. All these 
terms are, however, comparative, since there is no such animal 



' ■'rm^vmmliii^s^jj^y 



46 



THE AMERICAN BLOOD-HORSE. 



THE AMERICAN BLOOD-HORSE. 



4t 



/ 



as a perfectly purely-bred horse of any breed, whether cart-horse, 
hack, or race-horse; all have been produced from an admixture 
with other breeds, and though now kept as pure as possible, yet 
they were originally compounded of varying elements. As, 
however, the thorough-bred horse as he is called, has long been 
bred for racing purposes, and selections have been made with 
that view alone, it is reasonable to suppose that this breed is 
the best for that purpose, and that a stain of any other is a de- 
viation from the classical stream into one more muddy, and 
therefore impure. Indeed, in actual practice this is found to be 
the case ; for in every instance it has resulted that the horse 
bred with the slightest deviation from the sources indicated by 
the stud-book, is unable to compete in lasting power with those 
which are entirely of that breed. Hence it is established as a 
rule, that for racing purposes every horse must be thorou^'h-bred • 
that 13, bred of a sire and dam, whose names are found in the 
stud-book. 

The external form of tha blood-horse is of great importance ; 
it being true, other things being equal, that the horse will 
be the best runner which is formed in the mould most like that 
of the greatest number of good race-horses. Still, it is ad- 
mitted on the turf, that high breeding is of more consequence 
than external shape, and that, of two horses, one perfect in 
shape but of an inferior strain of blood, and the other of the 
.most winning blood, but in shape not so well formed, the latter 
will be the most likely to give satisfaction on the race-course. 
Hence originates the proverb, ''an ounce of blood is worth 
a pound of bone.'^ Yet, in spite of all this recognized superi- 
ority x)f blood, it is indisputable that for the highest degree of 
success there must be not only high purity of blood, and that 



of the most winning strains, but there must also be a frame of 
the most useful character, if not always of the most elegant 
form. Many of our very best horses have been plain and even 
coarse-looking ; but, in spite of their plainness, all their points 
were good and useful, and the deficiency was in mere elegance, 
not in real utility. 

The height of the race-horse varies from fifteen hands to 
sixteen and a half hands, or even seventeen hands ; but the 
general height of our best horses, is about fifteen hands and 
three inches. Few first-class performers have exceeded the 
heighi of sixteen hands and one inch. The average, above given, 
may be fairly laid down as the best height for the race-horse ; 
though it cannot be denied, that for some small and confined 
courses, a smaller horse, of little more than fifteen hands high, 
has a better chance, as being more capable of turning round 
the constantly recurring angles or bends. 

The head and neck should be characterized by lightness, 
which is essential for this department. Whatever is unneces- 

so much dead 

and whatever is 

found in the 

head and 




llj neck, which 
''' ' IS not neces- 
sary for the 
peculiar pur- 
poses of the 

AMKRICAN PLANTATION SCEKR. raCC-llOrSC IS 

SO much weight thrown away, which must still be carried by 
the horse. The head, we may say in detail, should be lean 



^-. , t^*^'*'*'*^*^^*' 



I I 



48 



THE AMERICAN BLOOD-HORSE. 



u 



about the jaw, yet with a full development of forehead, which 
should be convex and wide, so as to contain wiihin the skull 
a good volume of brain. If this fullness exist, all the rest of 
the head may be as fine as possible ; the jaws being reduced to 
a fine muzzle, with a slight hollowing out in front, but with a 
width between the two sides of the lower jaw where it joins 
the neck, so as to allow plenty of room for the top of the 
windpipe when the neck is bent. The ears should be pricked 
and fine, but not too short ; eyes full and spirited ; nostrils 
large, and capable of being well dilated when at full speed, 
which is easily tested by the gallop, after which they ought to 
stand out firmly, and so as to show the internal lining fully. 
The neck should be muscular, and yet light; the windpipe 
loose and separate from the neck,— that is, not too tightly 
bound down by the membrane of the neck. The crest should 
be thin and wiry, not thick and loaded, as is often seen in 
coarse stallions, or even in some mares. 

Between the two extremes of the ewe-neck and its opposite, 
there are many degrees, but for racing purposes the former 
is preferable of the two, to the latter ; for few horses can go 
well with their necks bent so as to draw the chin to the bosom ; 
yet here, as in other cases, the happy medium between the 
two extremes is the most desirable. 

The body, or middle-piece, should be moderately long, and 
not too much confined between the last rib and the hip bone.' 
So long as the last or back-ribs are deep, it is not of so much 
importance that they should be closely connected to the hip- 
bone, for such a shape shortens the stride ; and though it 
enables the horse to carry a great weight, yet it prevents him 
from attaining a high rate of speed. The back itself should 



THE AMERICAN BLOOD-HORSE. 



49 



^e muscular, and the hips so wide as to allow of a good de- 
velopment of the muscular department. The withers may rise 
gently, but not too high, with that thin, razor-like elevation 
which many people call a good shoulder, but which really has 
notluDg to do with that part, and is only an annoyance to the 
saddler, in preventing its being pinched by the saddle. The chest 
itself should be well developed, but not too wide and deep ; no 
horse can go a good distance without a fair '' bellows-room •/' 
but, supposing the beast to be sound and of good quality, the 
amount of lungs will suffice which may be contained in a 
medium-sized chest, and all above that is wasted, and is extra 
weight. Many of our best-winded horses have had medium- 
sized chests, and some of the very worst have been furnished 
with room enough for a blacksmith's bellows to play in. If 
the heart only does its duty well, the lungs can always furnish 
sufficient air ; and we know that when frequently renewed, and 
with sufficient power, the blood is aerated as fast as it is pro- 
pelled, and the chief difficulty lies in this power of propulsion, 
which resides in the heart alone. If the chest be too wide, it 
materially affects the action of the fore-legs, and, therefore, in 
every point of view, theoretically and practically, there is a 
happy medium between the too great contraction 3n this de- 
partment, and the heavy, wide, lumbering chests, sometimes 
Been even in the thorough-bred race-horse, especially when 
reared upon rich succulent herbage, more fitted for the bullock 
than for the Eastern horse. In the formation of the hips, tho 
essential point is length and breadth of bone for muscular at- 
tachment, and it matters little whether the croup droops a lit- 
tle, or is pretty straight and level, so that there is a good 
length from ihe hips to the haunch-bone the line between which 



60 



>t 



THE AMERICAN BL00I>-HORSB. 






two points may be either nearly horizontal, or forming- ft con< 
siderable angle with the ground ; but still in both cases it 
should be a long line, and the longer it is the more muscular 
substance is attached to it, and the greater lererage will the 
muscles have. 

The fore-quarter, consisting of the shoulder, upper and lower 
arm and le^ and foot, should be well set on to the chest ; and the 
shoulder-blade should lie obliquely on the side of that part, with 
a full development of muscle to move it, and thrust it well forward 
in the gallop. Obliquity is of the greatest importance, acting as 
ft spring in taking off the shock of the gallop or leap, and also 
giving a longer attachment to the muscles, and in addition en- 
abling them to act with more leverage upon the arm and leg. 
As the shoulder-blade does not reach the top of the withers, 
and as the bones forming that part have nothing to do with 
the shoulder itself, many high-withered horses have bad and 
weak shoulders, and some very upright ones ; whilst, on the 
other hand, many low-withered horses have very obliq^ie and 
powerful shoulders, and such as to give great facility and plia- 
bility to the fore extremity. The shoulder should be very 
muscular, without being over-done or loaded, and so formed 
as to play freely in the action of the horse. The point of the 
shoulder which is the joint corresponding to the human shoulder, 
should be free from raggedness, but not too flat ; a certain degree 
of development of the bony part is desirable, but more than 
this leads to defects, and impedes the action of this important 
part. The upper arm, bdlWeen this joint and the elbow, 
should be long, and well clothed withrauscles; the elbow set on 
quite straight, and not tied in to the chest ; the lower arm muscu- 
lar and long ; knees broad and strong, with the bony projeetion 



THE AMERICAN BLOOD-HORSE. 



51 



behind well developed ; legs flat, and showing a suspensory liga- 
ment large and free; pasterns long enough, without being 
weak ; and the feet sound, and neither too large nor too small, 
and unattended with any degree of contraction, which is the 
bane of the thorough-bred horse. 

The hind-quarter is the chief agent in propulsion, and is 
therefore of the utmost consequence in attaining a high speed. 
It is often asserted that the oblique shoulder is the grand 
requisite in this object, and that it is the part upon which speed 
mainly depends, and in which it may be said to reside. This is, 
to some extent, true, because there can be no doubt that with a 
loaded shoulder high speed is impracticable ; for, however 
powerfully the body may be propelled, yet when the fore-quar- 
ter touches the ground it does not bound off again as smartly 
as it ought to do, and the pace is consequently slow. The 
elastic shoulder, on the contrary, receives the resistance of the 
earth, but reacts upon it, and loses very little of the power 
given, by the strike of the hind-quarter, which, nevertheless, ., 
must be strong and quick, or else there is nothing for the 
shoulder to receive and transmit. For the full action of the 
hind-quarters, two things are necessary, viz: first, length and 
volume of muscle; and, secondly, length of leverage, upon 
which that muscle may act. Hence, all the bones comprising 
the hind-quarter should be long, but the comparative length 
must vary a good deal, in order that the parts upon which the 
muscles lie may be long, rather than those connected with the 
tendons, which are mere ropes'Tnd have no propelling power 
residing in them, but only transmit that which they derive from 
the muscles themselves. Thus, the hips should be Jong and 
wide, and the two upper divisions of the limb— viz., the stifle and 



52 



THE AMEWCAN BLOOD-HORSE. 



lower thigh— should be long, strong, and fully developed. By 
this formation, the stifle-joint is brought well forward, and there 
is a considerable angle between these two divisions. The hock 
should be long and strong, free from gum or spavin, and the 
point long, and so set on as to be free from weakness at the 
situation of curb. In examining the hind-quarter, to judge of 
its muscular development, the horse should not be looked at 
sideways, but his tail should be raised, and it should be ascer. 
tained that the muscles of the two limbs meet together below 
the anus, which should in fact be well supported by them, and 
not left loose, and, as it were, in a deep and flaccid hollow. 
The outline of the outer part of the thigh should be full, and in 
ordinary horses the muscles should swell out beyond the level 
of the point of the hip. This fullness, however, is not often 
seen to such an extent in the thorough-bred horse, until he has 
arrived at mature age, and is taken out of training. The 
bones below the hock should be flat md free from adhesions: 
the ligaments and tendons fully developed, and standing out 
free from the bones ; and the joints well formed and wide, yet 
without any diseased enlargement ; the pasterns should be mo- 
derately long, and oblique ; the bones of good size ; and, lastly, 
the feet should correspond to those already alluded to' in the 
anterior extremity. 

These points, taken as a whole, should be in proportion to 
one another-that is to say, the formation of the horse should 
be -true." He should not have long, well-developed hind- 
quarters, with an upright, weak, or confined fore-quarter. Nor 
will the reverse of this answer the purpose ; for, however well, 
formed the shoulder may be, the horse will not go well unless ho 
bas a similar formation in the propeller. It is of great impo^ 



THE AMERICAN BLOOD-HORSE. 



53 



tance, therefore, that the thorough-bred horse should have all his 
Various points in true relative development, and, that there should 
not be the hind-quarter of a long, racing-like horse, with the 
thick, confined shoulder which would suit a stride less reaching 
iu its nature. 

The color of the thorough-bred horse is now generally bay, 
brown, or chestnut, one or the other of which will occur in ninety- 
nine cases out of a hundred ; gray not being common, though 
it sometimes appears. Black, also, occasionally makes its ap- 
pearance^ but not more frequently than gray. Roans, duns, 
sorrels, etc., are now quite exploded, and the above five colors 
may be said to complete the list of colors seen in the race-horse. 
Sometimes these colors are mixed with a good deal of white, in 
the shape of blazes on the face, or white legs and feet ; or even 
both may occur, and the horse may have little more than his 
body of a brown, bay, or chestnut. Most people, however, 
prefer the self-color, with as little white as possible ; and nothing 
but the great success of a horse's stock would induce breeders 
to resort to him, if they were largely endowed with white. 
Gray hairs mixed in the coat, are rather approved than other- 
wise ; but they do not amount to a roan, in which the gray 
hairs equal, or even more than that, the other colors mixed 
with them. 

The texture of the coat and skin is a great proof of high* 
breeding, and, in the absence of the pedigree, would be highly 
regarded ; but when that is satisfactory, it is of no use descend- 
ing to the examination of an inferior proof; and, therefore, ex- 
cept as a sign of health, the skin is seldom considered. In all 
thorough-bred horses, however, it is thinner, and the hair more 
Bilky than in common breeds ; and tho veins arc more apparent 



54 



THE AMERICAN BLOOD-HORSE. 



THE AMERICAN BLOOD-HORSE. 



55 



i! : 



, V 



under the skin, partly from its thinness, but also from thel^ 
extra size and number of branches. This network of veins is 
of importance in allowing the circulation to be carried on 
during high exertions, when, if the blood could not accumulate 
in them, it would often choke the deep vessels of the heart 
and lungs ; but, by collecting on the surface, great relief is 
afforded, and the horse is able to maintain such a high and long- 
continued speed, as would be impracticable without their help. 
Hence these points are not useful as a mere mark of breed, 
but as essential to the very purpose for which that breed was 
established. 

The mane and tail should be silky, and not curly, though a 
Blight wave is often seen. A decided curl is almost univer- 
Bally a mark of degradation, and shows a stain in the pedigree 
as clearly as any sign can do. Here, however, as in other 
cases, the clear tracing of that all-powerful proof of breeding, 
will upset all reasoning founded upon inferior data. The 
Betting on of the tail is often regarded as of great importance, 
but it is chiefly with reference to appearances ; for the horse is 
not dependent for action or power upon this appendage. Nor 
is strength of dock of any value as a sign, and many very stout 
horses have been known with flaccid and loosely pendant tails. 
It is well known that certain horses can run half a mile at 
high speed, but no more; others, a mile; others, again, a mile 
and a half, or two miles; whilst another class, now less common 
than formerly, require a distance of three or four miles to de- 
velop their powers, as compared with ordinary horses. These 
peculiarities are generally hereditary, though not always so; 
but still, when the blood is known, it may generally be surmised, 
that the individual will, or will not, stay a distance. When the 



cross in question is stout on one side, and flashy on the other, 
it is not easy to guess to which the young scion may lean ; but 
in those cases where a horse is bred from sire or dam, both of 
stout blood, or the reverse, the experienced hand may, in almost 
all cases, decide beforehand upon the qualities of the son or 
daughter, as far as staying qualities are concerned. Again, 
there are some horses of strong, compact frames, with short 
backs and strong quarters, who may be expected to climb a hill 
without difficulty, especially if of stout blood ; and, again, there 
are others of lathy frames, with long but weak points, and a 
great deal of daylight under them, who may win over the flat 
for a mile, or a mile and a quarter, but can never climb a hill, 
or get beyond the above distance over a flat. All these points 
should be carefully studied by the breeder in getting together 
his breeding stock, and by the owner in deciding how he will 
enter his young produce in the race. 

In passing from the consideration of the history of the 
American Race-Horse to the examination of other races and 
types of this animal in general use in our country, it must be 
borne in mind, as before remarked, that the thorough-bred horse 
of America is the only family of the horse on this continent of 
pure and unmixed blood. 

In the United States, and British America, the process of 
absorption, or abolition of all the old special breeds, and of the 
amalgamation of all into one general race, which may fairly be 
termed specially '* American," possessing a very large admix- 
ture of thorough blood, has gone on far more rapidly than in 
England — the rather that, with the one solitary exception of 
the Norman horse in Canada, no special breeds have ever taken 



5S 



THE AMERICAN BLOOD-HORSE. 



root as such, or been bred, or even attempted to be bred in 
tbeir purity, in any part of America. 

In Canada East, the Norman horse, imported by the early 
settlers, was bred for many generations entirely unmixed ; and 
fs the general agricultural horse of that province, exists so yet' 
/stunted somewhat in size by the cold climate, and the ron^h 
usage to which he has been subjected for centuries, but in no 
wise degenerated ; for he possesses all the honesty, courage^ ■ 
endurance, hardihood, soundness of constitution, and charac 
tenslic excellence of feet and legs of his progenitor. Through- 
out both the provinces, he may be regarded as the basi- of 
the general horse, improved as a working animal by crosses of 
English half-bred sires ; and as a roadster, carriage-horse a 
higher class riding or driving horse, by an infusion of English 
thorough blood. 

AH these latter types are admirable animals ; and it is from 
the latter admixture that have sprung many of the most cele- 
brated trotting horses, which, originally of Canadian descent 
have found their way into the New England States nnd New 
York, and there won their laurels as American trotters. Still 
it is not to be denied, that there are in different sections of the 
United States, different local breed, of horses, apparently pecu- 
liar, and now become nearly indigenous to those localities and 
that those breeds differ not a little, as well in qualities as in 
form and general appearance. A good judge of horse-flesh 
for instance, will find little difficulty in selecting the draught' 
horse of Boston, that is to say, of Massachusetts and Yennont 
from those of New York and New Jersey, or any of the three' 
from the large Pennsylvania tcam-horscs, or from the general 
stock of the Western States. 



THE VERMONT DRAUGHT- HORSE, 



67 



The Termont draught-horse, and the great Pennsylvania 
horse, known as the Conestoga horse, appear in some considera- 
ble degree to merit the title of distinct families ; inasmuch as 
they seem to reproduce themselves continually, and to have 
done so from a remote period, comparatively speaking, within 
certain regions of country, which have for many years been 
furnishing them in considerable numbers to those markets, for 
which their qualities render them most desirable. 

With the limited information at present accessible as to the 
origin and derivation of these various families, nothing more 
can be done in the present work than to describe the charac* 
teristic points of the breeds in question ; and, by comparison 
with existing foreign races, to approach conjecturally the blood 
from which they are derived, and also the manner in which they 
have been originated, where they are now found. 



THE VERMONT DRAUGHT-HORSB. 

No person familiar with the streets of New YorV /an have 
failed to notice the magnificent animals, for the most part dark 
bays, with black legs, manes, and tails, but a few browns, and 
now and then, but rarely, a deep, rich, glossy chestnut, which 
draw the heavy wagons of the express companies in that city. 
They are the very model of what draught-horses should be; 
combining immense power with great quickness, a very respect- 
able turn of speed, fine show, and good action. 

These animals have almost invariably lofty crests, thin withers, 
and well set-on heads ; and, although they are emphatically 
draught-horses, they have none of that ahagginess of mane, tail, 
and fetlocks, which indicates a descent from the black horse 
of Lincolnshire, and none of that peculiar curliness or waviness 



53 



THE VERMONT DRAUGHT- HORSE. 



wliicli marks the existence of Canadian or Xorman blood for 
many generations, and which is discoverable in the manes and 
tails of very many of the Morgan horses. 

The peculiar characteristics of these horses are, liowevcr, the 
shortness of their backs, the roundness of their barrels, and the 
closeness of their ribbing-up. One would say, that they are 
ponies, until he comes to stand beside them, when he is as. 

tonished to find that they are oftener 
over, than under, sixteen hands in height. 





THE VERMOIfT DRACaHT-HORSB. 

Kine out of ten of these horses are from Vermont , and not onl, 
are they the finest animals in all the United States, for the 
quick dranght of heavy loads, but the mares of this stock are 
incomparably the likeliest, from which, by a well-chosen tho- 
rongh-bred sire, to raise the most magnificent carriage-horses ia 
the world. 

As to the source of this admirable stock of horses, it may be 



THE VERMONT DRAtJaHT-HORSE. 



59 



said, that the size, the action, the color, the comparative free- 
dom from hair on the limbs, the straightness of the longer hairs 
of the mane and tail, and the quickness of movement, would at 
once lead one to suspect a large cross, perhaps the largest of 
any, on the original mixed c\)untry horse, of Cleveland Bay. 
There are, however, some points in almost all of these horses, 
which must be referred to some other foreign cross than the 
Cleveland, not thorough bred, and certainly, as above remarked, 
not Norman or Canadian, of which these animals do not exhibit 
any characteristic. These points are, principally, the shortness 
of the back, the roundness of the barrel, the closeness of the 
ribbing-up, the general punchy or pony build of the animal, 
and its form and size, larger and more massively muscular than 
those of the Cleveland Bay, yet displaying fully as large, if not 
a larger, share of blood than belongs to that animal in its un- 
mixed form. 

The prevalent colors of this breed also appear to point to 
an origin different, in part, from that of the pure Cleveland 
Bays, which lean to the light or yellow bay variation, while 
these New Englanders tend as decidedly to the blood bay, if 
not to the brown bay, or pure brown. These latter are espe- 
cially the dray-horse colors, and the points above specified are 
those, in a great measure, of the improved dray-horse. The 
cross of this blood in the present animal, if there be one, is 
doubtless very remote ; and, whether it may have come from a 
single mixture of the dray stallion long since, or from some 
half-bred imported stallion, perhaps got by a three-part tho- 
rough bred and Clevelander from a dray mare, must, of course, 
be doubtful. One need have little hesitancy in asserting that 
the bay draught-horse of Vermont, has in its veins, principally 








' 'j^^'v,'' ' ^ 



ta. ^BMifctf ,'xta/ii>!fN-»3«i J 



THE CONESTOOA HORSE. 

Cleveland Bay blood, with some cross of thorough blood, one 
at least, directly or indirectly, of the improved English dray, 
horse, and not impossibly a chance admixture of the Suffolk. 



THE CONESTOGA HOKSE. 

In appearance this noble draught-horse approaches far more 
nearly to the improved light-class London dray-horse, and has 
little, if any, admixture of Cleveland Bay, and certainly none 




* CONESTOOA— THg ORKAT PEmiSTLTASIA DRADOHT-HOIlit 

Of thorough blood. He is a teamster, and a teamster only ; 
Cut a very noble, a very honest, and a moderately quick-work- 
ing teamster. In size and power some of these great ani- 
mals employed in dranght upon the railroad track in Market 
street, Philadelphia, are little, if at all, inferior to the dray- 
borses of the best breweries and distilleries in London ; many 







THE CONESTOGA HORSE. 



61 



of them coming fully up to the standard of seventeen or seven- 
teen and a half hands in height. 

In color, also, they follow the dray-horses ; being more often 
blood-bays, brown, and dapple-grays than of any other shade. 
The bays and browns, moreover, are frequently dappled also in 
their quarters, which is decidedly a dray-horse characteristic 
and beauty ; while it is, in some degree, a derogation to a horse 
pretending to much blood. This peculiarity is often observ- 
able also in the larger of the heavy Vermont draught-horses, 
and is not unknown in the light and speedy Morgan. 

They have the lofty crests, shaggy volumes of mane and tail, 
round buttocks, hairy fetlocks, and great round feet of the 
dray-horse ; they are, however, longer in the back, finer in the 
shoulder, looser in the loin, and perhaps, fatter in the side than 
their English antitypes. They do not run to the unwieldy 
superfluity of flesh, for which the dray-horse is unfortunately 
famous ; they have a lighter and livelier carriage, a better step 
and action, and are, in all respects, better travelers, more 
active, generally useful, and superior animals. 

They were for many years, before railroads took a part of 
the work off their broad and honest backs, the great carriers 
of produce and provisions from the interior of Pennsylvania to 
the seaboard, or the market ; and the vast white-topped wagons, 
drawn by superb teams of the stately Conestogas, were a dis- 
tinctive feature in the landscape of that great agricultural 
State. The lighter horses of this breed, were the general farm- 
horses of the country ; and no one, who is familiar with the 
agricultural regions of that fine State, can fail to observe that 
the farm-horses generally, whether at the plough, or on the 



62 



fUE CANADIAN HORSE. 



THE CANADIAN HOBSE. 



63 



road, are of considerably more bulk and bone than those of 
New York, New Jersey, or the Western country. 

Of the Gonestoga horse, although it has long been known 
and distinguished by name as a separate family, nothing is 
positively authenticated, from the fact that such pedigrees 
have never been, in the least degree, attended to ; and, perhaps, 
no less from the different language spoken by the German 
farmers, among whom this stock seems first to have obtained, 
and by whom principally it has been preserved. It would ap 
pear, however, most probable, taking into consideration the 
thrifty character, and apparently ample means of the early 
German settlers, their singular adherence to old customs and 
conservatism of old-country ideas, that they brought with them 
horses and cattle, such as Wouvermans, and Paul Potter painted ; 
and introduced to the rich pastures of the Delaware and the 
Schuylkill, the same type of animals which had become famous 
fn the similarly constituted lowlands of Flanders, Guelderland, 
and the United Provinces. 



THE CAITADIAISr HOnSB. 

The Canadian is generally low-sized, rarely exceeding fifteen 
hands, and more often falling short of it. His characteristic? 
are a broad, open forehead j ears somewhat wide apart, and not 
unfrequently a basin face ; the latter, perhaps, a trace of the 
far remote Spanish blood, said to exist in his veins; the origin 
of the improved Norman or Percheron stock, being, it is usually 
believed, a cross of the Spaniard, Barb by descent, with the 
old Norman war-horse. 

His crest is lofty, and his demeanor proud and courageous. 
His breast is full and broad ; his shoulder strong, though some- 



what straight, and a little inclined to be heavy ; his back broad, 
and his croup round, fleshy, and muscular. His ribs are not, 
however, so much arched, nor are they so well closed -up, as his 
general shape and build would lead one to expect. His legs 
and feet are admirable ; the bone large and flat, and the sinews 
hig, and nervous as steel-springs. His feet seem almost un- 
conscious of disease. His fetlocks are shaggy ; his mane 
voluminous and massive, not seldom, if untrained, falling on 
both sides of his neck; and his tail abundant; both having a 
peculiar crimpled wave, never seen in any horse which has not 
some strain of this blood. 

He cannot be called a speedy horse in his pure state ; but 
he is emphatically a quick one, an indefatigable, undaunted 
traveler, with the greatest endurance, day in and day out, 
allowing him to go his own pace — say from six to eight miles 
the hour — with a horse's load behind him, oi ai animaf one 
can derive. He is extremely hardy, will thrive on any thing, 
or almost on nothing; is docile, though high-spirited, remark- 
ably sure-footed on the worst ground, and has fine, high action, 
bending his knee roundly, and setting his foot squarely on the 
ground. As a farm-horse and ordinary farming roadster, there 
is no better or more honest animal ; and, as one to cross with 
other breeds, whether upwards by the mares to thorough-bred 
Rtallions, or downwards by the stallions to common country 
mares of other breeds, he has hardly any equal. 

From the upward cross, with the English or American tho- 
rough-bred on the sire's side, the Canadian has produced some 
of the fastest trotters and the best gentleman's road and saddle- 
horses in the country ; and, on the other hand, the Canadian 
stallion, wherever he has been introduced, as he has been largely 



(■■* 



1 



mti m~ , 



I t 



u 



THE INDIAN PONT. 



t 



m the neighborhood of Skaneateles, and generally in the western 
part of the State of New York, is gaining more and more favor 
w.th the farmers, and is improving the style and stamina of 
the country stoek. He is said, although small himself in stature 
to have the unusual quality of breeding up in size with lar-^e; 
and loftier mares than himself, and to give the foals his olj 
vigor, pluck, and iron constitution, with the frame and general 
cspect of their dams. This, it may be remarked in passin. 
appears to be a characteristic of the Barb blood above all others' 
and IS a strong corroboration of the legend, which attributes tj 
him an early Andalusian strain. 



THE IWDIAK PON r. 

The various breeds of Indian ponies found in the West 
generally appear to be the result of a cross between the Southern 
mustang, descended from the emancipated Spanish horses of 
the Southwest, and the smallest type of the Canadian, the pro- 
portions varying according to the localities in which they are 
found ; those further to the South sharing more largely of the 
Spanish, and those to the North of the Normal blood. 

These little animals, not exceeding thirteen hands in height 
have, many of them, all the characteristics of the pure Cana- 
dians, and, except in size, are not to be distinguished from 
them They have the same bold carriage, open countenance, 
Abundant hair, almost resembling a lion's mane, the same 
general build, and, above all, the same iron feet and legs 
They are merry goers, and over a hard and good road can 
Bpin along at nearly nine miles in the hour. They arc dis- 
tingutshed for their wonderful sure-footedness, sagacity, and 
doahty. They are driveu without blinkers or bearing reins, 



THE NARRAGANSETT PACER. 



G5 



end where, as is often the case, bridges seem doubtful, the 
bottom of miry fords suspicious of quagmires, or the road other- 
wise dangerous, they will put down their heads to examine, try 
the difTiculty with their feet, and, when satisfied, will get 
through or over places which seem utterly impracticable. 

Whence this peculiar pony breed of Canadians has arisen 
cannot with certainty be traced ; it seems, however, to be almost 
entirely peculiar to the Indian tribes, and, therefore, may have 
been produced by the dwarfing process, which will arise from 
hardship and privation, endured for generation after generation, 
particularly by the young animals and mares while heavy with 
foal. Most of these animals have no recent cross of the Spanish 
horse; although some ponies approaching nearly to the same 
type, show an evident cros of the Mustang ; and many animals 
called Mustangs, have in them some unmistakable Canadian 
blood. 



THE NAKRAGANSETT PACEB. 

This beautiful animal, which, so far as can now be ascertained, 
has at present entirely ceased to exist, and concerning which 
the strangest legends and traditions are afloat, was, it may be 
asserted with conjparative certainty, of Andalusian blood. The 
legends, to which allusion has been made, are two-fold- or, 
rather, there are two versions of the same legend ; one saying 
that the original stallion, whence the breed originated, was 
picked up at sea, swimming for his life, no one knew whence 
or thither, and, that he was so carried in by his salvors to the 
I'rovidence Plantations ; the other, evidently another form of 
the same story, sfating that the same original progenitor was 
discovered running wild in the woods of Rhode Island. 



id; 



-^- - ^- . 



66 



THE NARRAGANSETT PACER. 



i 



i( 



\ 



► 



The question, however, thus far seems to be put at rest by 
the account of these animals, given in a note to the very curious 
work, *' America Dissected," by the Rev. James McSparran, 
D. D., which is published as an appendix to the History of tho 
Church of Narragansett, by Wilkins Updike. In this work, 
the Doctor twice mentions the pacing horse, which was evi- 
dently at that remote date, (1721-59,) an established breed in 
that province. "To remedy this," he says — "this" being the 
great extent of the parishes in Virginia, of which be is at first 
speaking, and the distance which had to be traveled to church, 
— ** as the whole province between the mountains, two hundred 
miles up, and the sea, is all a champaign and without stones, 
the,y have plenty of a small sort of horses, the best in the world, 
like the little Scotch Galloways; and His no extraordinary jour- 
ney to ride from sixty to seventy miles, or more, in a day. I 
have often, but upon large pinbuj horses, rode fifty, nay, sixty 
miles a day, even here in Neiv England, where the roads are 
rough, stony, and uneven." Elsewhere he speaks more point- 
edly of the same breed. ''The produce of this Colony," 
(Rhode Island,) "is principally butter and cheese, fat cattle, 
wool, and fine horses, which are exported to all parts of English 
America. They are remarkable for fleetness and swift pacing , 
and I have seen some of them pace a mile in a little more than 
two minutes, and a good deal less than three.^^ 

If the worthy doctor of divinity was a good judge of pace, 
and had a good timing watch, it would seem that the wonderful 
me of our fleetest racers was equaled, if not outdone, up- 
wards of a century ago ; at all events, he establishes, beyond a 
peradventure, the existence of the family, and its uneqnaled 
powers both of speed and endurance. 



THE NARRAGANSETT PACER. 



67 



To the latter extract is attached a lengthy note, a portion 
>f which we give. *' The breed of horses, called 'Narragansett 
pacers,' once so celebrated for fleetness, endurance, and speed, 
has become extinct. These horses were highly valued for the 
saddle, and transported the rider with great pleasantness and 
surcness of foot. The pure blood could not trot at all. For- 
merly, they had pace races. Little Neck Beach, in South 
Kingston, one mile in length, was the race-course. A silver 
tankard was the prize, and high bets were otherwise made on 
the spc' d. Some of these prize tankards were remaining a 
few ycais ago. Traditions respecting the swiftness of these 
horses ai?e almost incredible. Watson, in his * Historical Tales 
of Olden Times,* says: 'In olden time, the horses most valued 
were pacers, now so odious deemed. To this end the breed 
Was propagated with care. The Narragansett pacers were in 
such repute, that they were sent for, at much trouble and ex- 
pense, by some who were choice in their selections.'" 

The most natural reason assignable for the extinction of this 
breed, would seem to be somewhat as follows. Up to the be- 
ginning of the present century in this country, — much as it was 
half a century yet farther back in Englaijd, — the roads were 
so bad, as to be, except in the finest weather, utterly imprac- 
ticable for wheel-carriages; and that, except on the great turn- 
pike-roads, and in the immediate vicinity of the larger towns, 
private pleasure-vehicles were almost unknown ; all long jouu 
iieys, with few exceptions, all excursions for pleasure or for 
ordinary business, and all visitings between friends and neigh- 
bors being performed by both sexes on the saddle. At that 
time there was, therefore, a demand, as an actual necessity, rm 
speedy, ani above all, for easy and pleasant-going saddle-horses. 



i-\ 



n 



• li 



I 



» 



4 



68 



THE NARRAGANSETT PACER. 



Pacers, whenever they could be found, would most readily 
answer the desired end. 

The expense of this was, of course, considerable, since the 
pacer could not be used for any other purpose; when, there- 
fore, the roads improved, in proportion to the improvement of 
the country and the general increase of the population, wheel- 
carriages generally came into use, and the draught-horse took 
the place of the saddle-horse. It was soon found that a horse 
could not be kept even tolerably fit for the saddle, if he was 
allowed to work in the plough or draw the team, while the 
same labor in no wise detracted from the chaise or carriao-e- 
horse. The pacer, therefore, gave way to the trotter; and the 
riding-horse, from being an article of necessity. becan:e ex- 
clusively one of luxury; to such a degree, that, until compara- 
tively a recent period, when ladies began again to take up 
riding; there have been very few distinctively broken riding- 
horses, and still fewer kept exclusively as such in the Northern 
States of America. 

This, unquestionably, is the cause of the extinction of the 
pacer, although there have been pacing-horses in the eastern 
Fection of this country, professedly from Rhode Island, and 
called by names implying a Xarragansett origin ; and although 
it may well be that they were from that region, and possibly, 
In a remote degree, from that blood, yet they did not pace 
naturally because they were Xarragansett Pacers, but were so 
called, because coming somewhere from that region of country, 
they paced by accident— as many chance horses do— or, in some 
instances, had been taught to pace. 

Considering the rare qualities of this variety, and its ad. 
mirable adaptedness for many purposes of pleasure and conve- 



THE MORGAN HORSE. 



69 



nience, it is a matter for real regret that the family has entirely 
disappeared, presumably without any prospect or hope of it3 
resuscitation. 



THE MOKQAN HORSE. 

Within a few years past the sporting world have become 
familiar with a class or type of horses coming from the State 
of Vermont, known as the Morgan horse; in behalf of which a 
claim has been made, that it is a distinct family, directly de- 
scended from a single horse, owned a little 




■THAy ALLEX— A PAST TROTTINO MOROAW HORSB. 

before and a little after the commencement of the present cen- 
tury, by Justin Morgan, of Randolph, in Vermont, from whom 
the name takes its rise. 

Without choosing to go into an examination of the validity 
<)f this claim— relative to which question an amount of bicker- 
ing, crimination and recrimination has sprung up, sufficient to 



TO 



THE MORaAN HORSE. 



H 

I 



^1 



h 



^' 



furnish the stock in trade of all our stump orators for the next 
fifty Presidential campaigns— we content ourselves here with 
alluding to the strong points and excellencies of this particular 
variety, (for such the most sturdy opponents to its rank as a 
distinct family freely admit that it possesses,) referring the 
reader, who is curious in such matters, to the appropriate trea- 
tises for and against the claim, which have been as voluminous 
as the most prolix of Presidential messages. 

'•The original, a 'Justin Morgan' "—we now quote from 
*' Morgan Horses,'^ by D. C. Linsley— - was about fourteen 
hands high, and weighed about nine hundred and fifty pounds. 
His color was dark-bay, with black legs, mane, and tail. He 
had no white hairs upon him. His mane and tail were coarse 
and heavy, but not so massive as has been sometimes described- 
the hair of both was straight, and not inclined to curl. His 
head was good, not extremely small, but lean and bony, the face 
straight, forehead broad, ears small and very fine, but set rather 
wide apart. His eyes were medium size, very dark and promi- 
nent, and showed no white around the edge of the lid. His 
nostrils were very large, the muzzle small, and the lips close 
and firm. His back and legs were, perhaps, his most noticeable 
points. The former was very short ; the shoulder-blades and 
thigh-bones being very long and oblique, and the loins exceed- 
ingly broad and muscular. His body was rather long, round 
and deep, close-ribbed up ; chest deep and wide, with the breast- 
bone projecting a good deal in front. His legs were short, 
close-jointed, thin, but very wide, hard and free fiom meat, with 
muscles that were remarkably large for a horse of his size; and 
this superabundance of muscle manifested itself at every step. 
His hair was short, and at almost all seasons short and glossy. 



ii 



THE MORGAN HOKSE. 



n 



11 



He had a little long hair about the fetlocks, and for two or 
three inches above the fetlock, on the back-side of the legs ; the 
rest of his limbs were entirely free from it. His feet were small, 
but well-shaped ; and he was in every respect perfectly sound 
and free from blemish. He was a very fast walker. In trotting, 
his gait was low and smooth, and his step short and nervous ; 
he was not what in these days would be called fast, and we 
think it doubtful whether he could trot a mile much, if any, 
within four minutes, although it is claimed by many that he 
could trot in three. 

"Although he raised his feet but little, he never stumbled. 
His proud, bold, and fearless style of movement, and his vigor- 
ous, untiring action have, perhaps, never been surpassed. * 
***** He was a fleet runner at short distances. 
Running short distances for small stakes, was very common in 
Vermont fifty years ago. Eighty rods was very generally the 
length of the course which usually commenced at a tavern or 
grocery, and extended the distance agreed upon up or down the 
public road. In these races the horses were started from a 
scratch ; that is, a mark was drawn across the road in the dirt, 
and the horses, ranged in a row upon it, went off at the drop- 
ping of a hat, or some other signah 

**It will be observed that the form of Justin Morgan was not 
such as, in our days, is thought best calculated to give the 
greatest speed for a short distance. Those who believe in long- 
legged racers will think his legs, body, and stride, were all too 
short, and to them it may, perhaps, seem surprising that he 
should be successful, as he invariably wns, in such contests." 

The qualities claimed for this stock are neat style, good 
trotting action, great honesty, great quickness and sprightliness 



.''i 



^1 









■.m 



72 



THE MORGAN HORSE. 



I fl- 



of movement, — apart from extraordinary speed, which is not 
insisted upon as a characteristic of the breed, although .some 
have possessed it — and considerable powers of endurance. 
There has been some conflict of opinion concerning tlie courage 
and endurance of the Morgans, and their ability to maintain a 
good stroke of speed, say ten miles an hour, for several hours 
in succession ; but it is now well established that this exception 
has not been fairly taken, and that these horses lack neither 
courage nor ability to persevere, though not at a high rate of 
speed. 

By fair deduction from the various conflicting accounts of 
the Morgans, as they now exist, it may be stated that they are a 
small, compact, active style of horse, showing the evidence of a 
strain of good blood. They rarely, if ever, exceed fifteen hands 
two inches, and it is probable that a hand lower, or from that 
up to fifteen, is nearer to their standard. They are not par- 
ticularly closely ribbed up, and many of them incline to bo 
sway-backed. Their hind-qunrters are generally powerful, and 
their legs and feet good. There is an evident family resem- 
blance in their foreheads, their neck and crests being so often, 
as to render the mark somewhat characteristic, lofty but erect, 
without much curvature, and the neck apt to be thick at the 
setting-on of the head, which, though good, is rarely blood-like. 
The manes and tails are almost invariably coarse, as well as 
heavy and abundant, and have very often a strong wave, or 
even curl, of the hair. 

It is admitted by the most strenuous opponents of this horse 
as a distinct family, that the very best general stock for breed- 
ing for general work—namely, a high cross of the very i>est 
thorough-bred on the sires side, with the very best general stock 



NATURAL HISTORY OF THE HORSE. 



T3 



on the dam's — is to be found, so far as the United States arc 
concerned, on the frontiers of Vermont, and that of the most 
approved quality. 

Having given the history of the various types or families of 
the horse throughout the world, we next propose taking up 



THE NATURAL HISTOBY OF THE HOUSE. 




BKELETOK OF THE HORSE AS COVERED BY THE MUSCLES. 

1. 1. Th« seven cervical vertebrre, or bones of tbe neck. 2. The sternum, or breast- 
bo»e. 3. The scapula, or shouUlpr-blade. 4. The humerus, or bone of the arm. 6, 
f). The radius, or boue of the fore-arm. 6. The ulna, or elbow. 7. The cartilages o^ 
the ribs. 8, 8, 8. The co.«tic, or ribs. 9. The carpus, or seven bones. 10, 10. Th» 
metacarpal, or shank-bones: the larger nictaciirpul, or cannon, or shank-bone, in 
front; and the pmall metacarpal, or splint-boue, behind. 11. The upper paKtern. 
12. The lower pastern. 1.3. The coffin-bone. H to 14. The eighteen dorsal v«'rtebr«, 
or bones of che spine. 15. The six lumbar vertebrae, or bones of the loins. 16, 16. The 
haunch, consisting of the ilium, the ischium, and the pubis. 17, 17. The femur, or 
thijrh-bone. 18, 18. The stifle-joint, with the patella, or knee-cap. 19, 19. The tibia, 
or proper leg-bone. 20. The fibula. 21, 21. The tarsus, or hock. 22. The metatarsal 
bones of the hind-leg. 2.3, 23. The pastern of the hind-feet, including the upper and 
larger bone, (fig. 2.3,^ the lower pastern, {tig. 2.'),) and the cofflu-bone. (tig. 21.) 26, 2«. 
The caudal vertebra;, or tail-bones. 

Division. Vertehrata — possessing a back-bone. 
Class. Mammalia — such as give suck. 
Order. Pachydermala — thick-skinned. 



\ 



1i 



NATURAL HISTORY OF THE HORSE. 



• 



Family. Solipeda — uncleft-footed. 
Genus. Equus — the horse family. 

With the horse are ranked all those quadrupeds, whose generic 
distinctiou is the undivided hoof — the equine genus. 
Equus caballus, the horse. 
Equus Hemionus, the dziggtai, Asiatic. 
Equus Zebra, the zebra, ^ 

Equus Burchelli, I go^th African. 

Equus Quagga, the Quagga, I 

Equus Asinus, the ass. 

The horse by far the noblest of the genus, is easily distin- 
guishable from the rest of the group. His varieties are exceed- 
ingly numerous, and differ widely in physical appearance. Th^ 
effects of climate and other agencies are displayed in his frame. 
It has been asserted, though not upon sufficient basis, that he 
arrives at the greatest perfection between the fifteenth and fifty- 
fifth degrees of northern latitude. The mare is found capable 
of generating her species as early as the second year of her 
existence ; but it is detrimental to her form and the future ener- 
gies of her offspring, thus prematurely to tax the productive 
powers of her frame. It would be far more profitable to delay 
this important function to the fourth or fifth year, when the 
outline of her form approximates more closely to that of the 
adult, and the vital energies of the animal economy become 
more confirmed. Mares, in common with the females of many 
other quadrupeds, are subject to a periodical appetency for the 
male, which in them is termed horsing. The natural season of 
its first occurrence is from the end of March to July, and so 
providential is this arrangement, that the foal will be produced 
at a time when nourishment is plentiful for its support. 



NATURAL HISTORY OP THE HORSE. 



T5 



Common assertion fixes the period of gestation, or the time 
intervening between conception and foaling, at eleven montha - 
whether lunar or calendar, is not explained. This discrepancy 
will appear the more unsatisfactory, when it is recollected thax 
eleven calendar months want but two days of twelve Junat 
months. By various investigations made in France, it has been 
established that the term of eleven calendar months was often 
exceeded by several weeks ; and sometimes, though less fre- 
quently, parturition took place within that period. Some 
breeders entertain an opinion, that old brood-mares carry the 
foal considerably longer than young ones; but no satisfactory 
evidence is offered by them in support of this opinion. 

The indications of approaching parturition are enlargement 
of the external parts of generation, and a gummy exudation 
from the orifice of the teats. Birth generally takes place 
within twenty.four hours after the appearance of the latter 
symptom; but the first acts as a warning, by preceding it for 
several days. It is but seldom that the mare requires manual 
assistance at the time of foaling, which generally takes place, 
without difficulty or danger in the night. The mare, unlike the 
generality of quadrupeds, foals standing. She rarely produces 
twins, and when double births do occur, the offspring almost 
invariably die. 

As great facility of motion appears to have been designed by 
nature in the formation of the horse, many physical peculiarities 
contribute to insure that end. A bulky, pendulous udder, like 
that possessed by some of the ruviinanda, would be incom- 
patible with that quality. The mamma, therefore, is small, and 
furnished with only two teats, which supply a milk of a highly 



4 



t 



' 



I 



76 



NATURAL HISTORY OF THE HORSE. 



U 



1 1 



nutriiions character, and possessing a larger quantity of saccha' 
Fine matter than any other animal is known to possess. 

The disproportionate length of the foaPs legs, which is so 
strikingly apparent, when compared with those of the adult 
animal, is thought by some naturalists to be provided by pre- 
scient nature to enable the young animal to keep pace with 
its dam during flight from any menacing danger. Linnaeus 
attempted to ascertain the future height of the colt by admea- 
surement of its legs; but so much is found to depend upon the 
quantity and character of the nutriment with which it is pro- 
vided during the period of its growth, that little reliance can 
be placed upon early experiments of this kind. The historian, 
the warrior, and the horseman, Xenophon, has long ago 
alluded to the same subject in his treatise upon horsemanship. 
"I now explain," said he, "how a man may run the least risk 
of being deceived, when conjecturing the future height of a 
horse. The young horse, which, when foaled, has the shank- 
bone the longest, invariably turns out the largest. For, as time 
advances, the shank-bones of all quadrupeds increase but little • 
but that the rest of the body may be symmetrical, it increases 
in proportion." 

Puberty commences in both sexes as early as the second year, 
but all the structures continue to be gradually developed until 
the end of the fifth year, by which time the changes in the teeth 
are perfected, and the muscles have acquired a growth and tone 
which give to the form the distinctives of adolescence. It is 
during the term which elapses between the period of adult age 
and that of confirmed virility, that a further progressive change 
takes place in the animal economy ; the powers of the whole 
frame continue to acquire strength, and although there is no 



NATURAL HISTORY OP THE HORSE. 



iT 



further increase in height, the parietes of the large cavities and 
the muscles of voluntary motion assume a finished and rotund 
appearance, and render the animal more capable of enduring 
continued privation and exertion ; the vital endurance and re- 
sistance being greater than during the period of adolescence. 
The fire and expression of the head, the spirit, character, and 
disposition, become also more marked toward the termination 
of this epoch. 

The natural period of the decay of the vital powers, senility, 
and mature death, may be conjectured to be about thirty years; 
but few horses, owing to our barbarous treatment, attain that 
term. 

The walk, the trot, and the gallop are the usually well-known 
natural paces of the horse ; but the fact of some individuals 
contracting the pace called amble (which is neither racking or 
pacing), without previous tuition, has induced many writers to 
regard that also as a natural metiiod of progression. 

In England, and other northern countries, on the approach 
of mild weather, the horse, by a natural process, analogous to 
moulting in birds, divests himself of his winter^s clothing of long 
hair, and produces one of a shorter and cooler texture ; and 
again, before the recurrence of cold weather, reassnmes his warm 
and lengthened coat to protect himself from the inclemency of 
the approaching season. The autumnal change is not by* any 
means so general as that which takes place at the commence- 
ment of spring; in America, however, at least in the northern 
parts, this change is invariable. The hair is not so completely 
changed ; only a portion of it is thrown o(T, and that which re- 
mains, with that which springs up, grows long, and is adapted 
to the temperature of the atmosphere. These alternate changes 



i 



p 



78 



NATURAL HISTORY OF THE HORSE. 






4 



I ' 



Hi 



are not so well marked in countries possessing an even tem- 
perature, nor even are they so plainly seen in horses kept in tlio 
warm atmosphere of a close stable all the year round. When 
the shedding of the coat commences, the bulbs of the old hair 
become pale, and by the side of each a small black globular 
body is formed, which is soon developed into the new hair. 
Thus the matrix of the new hair is not the old bulb, but it is 
based in another productive follicle. The long hair of the 
mane, tail, and fetlocks is not shed at definite periods with that 
of the body, but is replaced by a shorter and more uniform 
process. The hair of the mane and tail will, if protected, grow 
to an almost incredible length. 

The property of changing the color of the hair with the 
season, possessed by many animals of the arctic region, adapting 
them to the temperature, is also manifested in the horse, though 
in a much less degree, for it may be seen that when constantly 
exposed to the elements, the long winter-coat assumes a much 
lighter hue than that of its predecessor. 

The horse in common with many other animals, is provided 
with a thin, sub-cuticular muscle, covering the shoulders, flanks, 
and sides, whose use is to corrugate the skin, shake off flies, 
and dislodge other annoying substances. 

The sense of smell is so delicately acute in the horse, that 
perhaps he is not exceeded in this function by any other animal. 
The nose is provided with a very extensive surface for the dis- 
tribution of the olfactory nerve, by the curious foldings of the 
turbinated bones. It is principally by means of this faculty 
that he is enabled to distinguish the qualities of the plants upon 
which he feeds, and to reject such as are of a noxious or poison- 
ous description. ''Nature," said Linnajus, "teaches the brute 



NATURAL HlS:f0RY OP THE HORSE. 

creation to distinguish, without a preceptor, the useful from the 
urtful, wlnle man is left to his own inquiries." On puttin. 
te finger into the nostrils, at the upper and outward parts^ 
they pass mto blind pouches of considerable dimensions. Those 
curious cavities have nothing to do with smelling, because they 
are hned with a reflection of common integument, but they may 
possibly be of use in mechanically distending the external en 
ranee of he nostrils, and thus materially facilitate respiratiTn 
uring v,olent exertion. They are also brought into use w n 
he anima neighs; and the Hungarian soldiery slit them up o 
preclude the possibility of being prematurely discovered to t 

in th. connection, that the preference of Arabs fo/the mare to 
he horse, for warlike purposes, is attributable to the fact th 

as stalhons invariably do-the Arabs never attacking, save y 
-prise Those nations which fight by open force have no 
ch preference, but mainly use the stallion. On the lower part 
of the nostril, toward the outer edge, may be seen the mouth of 

or corner of the eye. It opens on the skin Just before it join 
he hning membrane of the nose. This liule cavity has often 
been mistaken, by unqualified persons, for an ulcer common in 
glanderous affections, and the poor animal has frequently fallen 
victim to the error. 

Their eyes are large in proportion to those of some other 
quadrupeds and the pupiiar opening is of an ohla.e elliptic 

e lateral field of vision. Round the edges of the pupil is I 
cunous fringe of deep plum-colored eminences, supposed to bo 




w 



80 



NATURAL HISTORY OF THE HORSE. 



jW 



!'■ ^ ;: 



serviceable in absorbing the superabundant rays of light which 
may be transmitted Iq the eye. The horse's sight is excellent 
and. alihough not regarded as a nocturnal animal, he can dis' 
tinguish objects at night with great facility. There are but few 
horsemen, who have not benefited by this power, when th« 
shades of night have fallen round them. 

The ears are comparatively small, but the conch is endowed 
with extensive motion, so as to catch the sound coming from 



»rntnt 




MUIZL$ 



KAMES APPLIED TO THE VAEIOOB EIIE«»i.L PAETS OP THE HOE«. 

any quarter. Their hearing is quick, and although blindness 
5s so distinctively prevalent among horses, deafness is exceed- 
ingly uncommon. During sleep, one ear is usually directed 
forward, and the other backward ; when on a march at night, 
in company, it has been noticed "that those in the front direct 
their ears forward, those in the rear backward, and tho.se in the 
centre turn them laterally, or across ; the whole troop seeming 
thus to be actuated by one feeling, which watches the general 



NATURAt HISTORr OP THE HORSE. 



81 

safely." In contests of speed thf. oo-o 

wards so as tn „fr a "'^ ^"""''""^ '"'"d l^«cfc. 

wards, so as to afford no opposition to the ranid .r. 

the anin,al. It must be evident tl.nf -r ! ^^''"' "^ 

Of these organs be presente r ;':; I'' 'Z''' -^^-« 
wind, and slightly impede pro! si; T":! '^'''' "'^ 
signed for this deflection is 1;^? '" ''"'''' ''' 

, M.is velocity, would inflict on that deCl J' '''''''' 
The different vocal articulations to which T . 
utterance, are collectively termed neighl VuL " ' "^ 
of intonation may be discovered in the ZZ' T '""'^ 
sions; as, for instance, the cry of ov " "' ''' P^" 

-ked manner from that of dL?:!;^^^ '''''' '" ^ 

The females do not nei.h Jf ''"^''^'^"' P'ayfulness. 

as the males, cl r^^ ?/ "^ *''" ^ ^^^ ^orce 
upon the voice It U T T ' ^ Modulating effect 

^■'e vibratio of tw sVaTtr T "'^'"^ ^^ "^^"-^ ^^ 
extremity of the JotTj 7' "''"'""" '^""^ "^ '"« 
w^ntingfh. thly^ .v rrlr ' "^ ^'^"^'"^^ "'^ 
Hollowed out Of the thyroid ca t ^geT :T::r''''"^^^^^^ 
o-r which is stretched a membrane s li ar to t "'T"''' 
on the head of a drum Wk • ''*" parchment 

>.d oo„,e,.e„lIr dissonant ""Mule,, 

Tl.e inWlectnal characler of He hor>. r. „ , 
tl..t of any o,h.r ,..d„,p,d h , „ ' """"' '''' 

i-a „i„ „a,. Kindno^fo:* L,t r; ::; ;» ";°" '^ 



82 



NATURAL HISTORY OP THE HORSE. 



NATURAL HISTORY OP THE HORSE. 



83 



"I 



intellectual capacity. Travelers in the desert assure us that 
horses possess the faculty of directing their course to the nearest 
water, when hard pressed for that necessary article. 

Horses swim with the greatest facility, and the distances they 
have been known to perform in the water exceed onr expecta- 
tion. A horse that was wrecked off the coast of South America 
6wam seven miles to land, thus saving his life. 

There exis^. some important differences in the animal 
economy of the equine family and that of other herbivorous 
'Animals, which, as the inferences from them are of some conse- 
'juonce, it is necessary briefly to notice. The horse naturally 
reqvlres but little sleep, and even that it often takes standing. 
In a state of nature, when fodder is short, to support itself 
proper!/ it is compelled to graze twenty hours out of the 
twenty -fuT. Euminating animals eat with greater rapidity, 
and lie down to chew the cud. The horse eats no faster than 
it digests. Digestion in the former is interrupted ; in the latter, 
continuous. This explains why the horse has no gall-bladder, 
as it requires no reservoir for that necessary fluid ; for, as fast 
as the bile is secreted by the liver it is carried to the intestines 
to perform its important action on the chymous mass. The 
stomach of the horse is also remarkably small and simple, dif- 
fering widely from the capacious and complicated structures 
of the ruminantia ; but the intestines are long, and the ccecum 
capable of containing a large quantity of fluid, of which it is 
considered the receptacle. The mawma of the mare is by no 
means so pendulous and bulky as that of the cow. The horse^s 
feet, from their compact, undiviaed nature, are much less liable 
to injury during fleet exertion than those of the ox. All these 
circumstances teni to establish the individuality of the horse, 



and are so ipany proofs of admirable design for the purposes 
to which man has applied him ; for, without these peculiarities, 
he would not be so valuable and superior, as a beast of con- 
tinued and rapid motion, and would consequently occupy a very 
inferior station. 

LinnjBus asserted that the male horse was without the rudi- 
mentary mamma invariably found in the males of other animals- 
but this naturalist was mistaken, for they may be seen on each 
side of the sheath, and, although of no possible use, still their 
existence preserves the uniformity of nature's operations. 

• The horse and zebra possess horny callosities on the inside 
of the fore-legs, above the knees, and on the hocks of the hind- 
legs ; the ass and the quagga have them only on the fore ex- 
tremities. 

In a state of nature, the horse is purely a herbivorous animal, 
but under the restraint which domestication imposes, his habits 
become changed, and grain and dry grasses form the principal 
articles of his diet. Domestication is known to originate many 
diseases totally unknown in a natural state, but it appears to 
have the effect of augmenting the muscular power of the animal 
far beyond its uncultivated state. 

It may be remarked, in addition to what has been previously 
said as to the limit of life allotted to the horse, that there is some 
difficulty in estimating the natural average length of his life, since 
many obstacles oppose an inquiry on a scale of sufficient mag- 
nitude to be satisfactory. The numerous evils entailed on him 
by the arduous labors and the r stricted and unnatural habits 
of a domesticated state tend gr jatly to abbreviate life. F/ora 
these and other reasons, it cannot be much doubted that his ago 
is greatly underrated. Horses are most erroneously termed 



.^uu 



81 



NATURAL HISTORY OP THE HORSE. 



L Mi: 




aged on the obliteration of the mark from the lower incisor 
teeth, wliich occurs by the completion of the eighth year; and 
though it is far from being the natural term of age and debility 
or even of the decline of the vital energies, it too frequently 
happens, that by that time bodily infirmities have been prema. 
turely induced by over-exertion of their powers. Horses at 
twenty years of ago, are often met with in cases where the least 
humanity has been bestowed on their management. Eclipso 
died at the age of twenty-five ; Flying Childers, at twenty-sij. 
Brom^s mare Maggie reached more than twenty-nine years. 
Bucephalus, the celebrated horse of Alexander of Macedon, 
lived till thirty. The natural age is probably between twenty- 
five and thirty. A faint and uncertain guide is found in the 
register of the ages of the most celebrated racing stallions, re- 
collecting, however, that several of them were destroyed on 
becoming useless for the purposes of the turf. The united ages 
of ninety-three of these horses amounted to two thousand and 
five years ; or rather more than twenty-one and a half years to 
each horse. 

As a matter of civil economy, it is important to judge cor- 
rectly of the age of the horse. This is chiefly accomplished 
by observing the natural changes which occur in his teeth, the 
periods at which they appear, are shed a..d replaced, and the 
alterations in their form and markings. 

The teeth of most animals ofi^er some criterion by which their 
age can be estimated with more or less accuracy. The teeth 
are nearly the sole indices of t >e age of the horse, ass, elephant, 
camel, dog, and the polled vari ities of the ox and sheep ; while 
in other domesticated animals, as the elk, deer, goat, common 



NATURAL HISTORY OF THE HORSE. 



85 



OX and sheep, the horns also present legible indications of the 
progress of time. 

Reference to the teeth to ascertain the age of the horse is 
not by any means of recent origin. Xenophon, in his wrk on 
horsemanship, from which we have already quoted, alludes to 
it as an established custom used in the selection of cavalry for 
the Grecian armies; he properly advised the rejection of such 
horses as have lost the dental mark. The same facts are sub- 
sequently noticed by Yarro, Columella, Vegetius, and other 
Roman writers. 

Tiie horse, when full-mouthed, possesses forty teeth— twenty 
in each jaw. They are named from their use, position, and 
character. Those in the front of the mouth, whose office it is 
to gather food when grazing, are termed incisors, or, mure pro- 
perly, nippers. They are twelve in number; six above, and 
six below. They do not overlap each other, as is the case in 
man, but meet in a broad tabular surface. From these teeth 
the age of the animal is principally dea'uced. For the sake of 
description, they are usually ranged in pairs, as they appear; 
and the first pair is called the central, the second the dividers 
and the third the corner nippers. The tushes, or canines, 
come next ; one above, and one below on each side. They are 
of a pointed form, and are convex* on the outer sides, and 
slightly concave on the inner surface. They scarcely ever ap- 
pear above the gums in mares, although their rudiments may 
be discovered on dissection, imbedde<l in the maxillary bones. 
They are consequently regarded as sexual distinctions. It is 
difficnlt to assign their use ; their position precludes the possi- 
liiJity of their being used as weapons of offense or defense. 
They may be viewed as a link of uniformity so commonly 






II 



86 



NATURAL HISTORY OP THE HORSE. 



traced in the animated world. Tlie grinders, or molars, are 
twenty-four in number. They are teeth of great power. By 
them the food is crushed or ground into small particles, and 
preparitt for the digestive action of the stomach. In order to 
fit them for this office, they possess additional interlayers of 
enamel, which prevent their too rapid wear. 

In common with most animals, the horse is provided with 
two sets of teeth; those appearing first are known as the tem- 
porary, deciduous, or milk teeth, and are succeeded by the 
permanent set. On comparing the different magnitudes of the 
jaw-bones of the colt and the adult horse, the necessity of such 
a change is at once apparent. By it the teeth are adapted to 
the size of the maxillary bones. The teeth, from their [)ccnliar 
character and mode of growth, do not admit of any material 
increase of dimension ; and nature was therefore forced either 
to place the large permanent teeth in small and disproportionate 
jaw-bones, or to adapt the size of the teeth by displacement to 
the growth of the bones that contained them. The latter pro- 
cess is adopted, and constitutes one of those remarkable 
evidences of creative power, with which the living frame is 
replete. 

Three substances enter into the structure of the teeth ; first 
ih^ enamel; secondly, i\\9 dental bone, ov ivory ; and tliinlly, 
a cortical envelope, surrounding the fang. The enamel differs 
but little in chemical constitution from the bony body of the 
teeth ; and that principally results from the absence of animal 
matter in it. It appears closely analogous to^ the univalve 
porcellaneous shells, and is the hardest and most indestructible 
substance of the body. The dental bone is distinctly tubular 
in structure J these tubuli taking a perpendicular direction, 



NATURAL HISTORY OP THE HORSE. 



ST 



being exceedingly small, but capable of absorbing ink by capil- 
lary attraction. No such tubuli have been traced in the enamel. 
The teeth, both incisors and grinders, are being constantly 
worn away at the crown ; but the loss is supplied by the gradual, 
continuous, and equivalent growth from the root. The horseVi 
teeth are sometimes, but not frequently^ subject to disease. It 
is seldom that any of them are lost from age, as is the case with 
man, and most other animals. 

It has been remarked, that the constitulion of horses and 
men may be considered as in an equal degree of perfection 
and capability of exertion, or of debility and decay, according 
as youth or age preponderates. Thus, the first five years of 
a horse may be considered as equivalent to the first twenty in 
man ; or thus, that a horse five years old may be comparatively 
considered as a man of twenty ; a horse of ten years, as a man 
of forty ; a horse of fifteen, as a man of fifty ; a horse of twenty, 
as a man of sixty ; of twenty-five, as a man of ^seventy ; of 
thirty, as a man of eighty ; of thlrtyfive, as a man of ninety. 
So far from this comparison being in favor of the horse, it may 
rather be regarded as too little. Horses of thirty-five years 
of age are as common as men of ninety, provided it be taken 
into account that there are twenty human subjects for every 
horse ; and, unquestionably, a horse of forty-five is less rare 
than a man of one hundred and ten» 

To this it may be added, that the early English racers 
appear to have been more addicted to longevity than those 
of modern days, and the American horse generally than the 
English ; probably because, in the former case, the horse was 
not put to hard work until his powers were developed by an 
advance toward maturity. Two and three year old training 



88 



NATURAL HISTORY OF THE HORSl!. 



k 



li 




was unknown nntil a recent date , and, in the latter case i„ 
Amenca horses are little used in harness, or for general work 
until they hare attained to five or six years 

We will ne^t consider the first appearance and successive 

changes of the teeth, with the marks and 
their descriptions from commencement to 
maturity. 

Seven or eight months before the foal is 

born, the germs or beginnings of the teeth 

are visible in the cavities of the jaws. At 

the time of birth, the first and second 

grinders have appeared, large, compared 
B.OHT ».v. „„„. ^ith ^^^ ^i^^ ^j ^,^^ .^^_ ^^^^. ^^^^ ^___^^ _^ 

In the course of seven or eight days, the two centre nippers 
are seen as here represented. 

In the course of the first month, the third grinder appears 
above and below; and not long after, and generally before 
SIX weeks have expired, another incisor above and below 
will be seen on each side of the two first, which have 

now considerably grown, but not at- 
tained their perfect height. This cut 
will then represent the appearance of 
the mouth. 

At two months, the centre nippers 
will have reached their natural level, 
and between the second and third 
month the second pair will have over- ♦ 
taken them. Thej will then begin 
to wear a little, and the outer 
edge, which was at first somewhat 




tBAEB OB TOCK MOITTHB' TEETH. 



NATURAL HISTORY OF THE HORSE. g^ 

raised and sharp, is brought to a level with the inner 
edge, and so the mouth continues until some time between the 
sixth and ninth month, when another nipper begins to apoear 
on each side of the first two, making six above and below/and 
completing the colt's mouth; after which the onlj observable 
difference, until between the second and third year, is iu the 
-tvear and tear of these teeth. 

These teeth are covered with a polished and exceedingly 
hard enamel ; indeed, it is so hard that it almost bids defiance 
to the action of a file. It spreads over that portion of the 
tooth which appears above the gum, and not only so, but as 
they are to be so much employed in nipping op the grass and 
gathering the animaPs food— and in such employment even 
this hard substance must be gradually worn away— a portion 
of it, as it passes over the upper surface of the teeth, is bent 
Inward, and sunk into the body of the teeth, and forms a little 
pit in them. The inside and bottom of this pit being black- 
ened by the food, constitute the mark in them, by the gradual 
disappearance of which, in consequence of the wearing down 
of the teeth, we are enabled for several years to judge of the 
age of the animal. 

The colt's nipping teeth are rounded in front, somewhat 
hollow toward the mouth, and presenting a cutting surface, 
with the outer edge rising in a slanting direction above the 
inner edge. This, however, soon begins to wear down, until 
both surfaces are level, and the mark, which was originally 
Jong and narrow, becomes shorter, wider, and fainter. At 
SIX months, the four nippers are beginning to wear to a level. 

The annexed cut will convey some idea of the appearance 
of the teeth at twelve months. The four middle tcQth are 



90 



NATURAL HIOTORT OF THE HOUSE. 



I 





TKETH XT TWELVE MONTHS, 



almost level, and the corners are becoming so. The mark ia 
the two middle teeth is wide and faint, in the next two teeth 

it is longer, darker, and more 
narrow. In the corner teeth it 
is longest, darkest, and most 
narrow. 

The back teeth, or grinders, 
will not guide us far in ascer- 
taining the age of the animal, 
for we cannot easily inspect 
them ; but there are some int^- 
esting particulars connected 
with them. The foal is born with two grinders in each jaw, 
above and below, or they appear within two or three days after 
birth. Before the expiration of the month they are succeeded 
by a third, more backward. The crowns of the grinders are 
entirely covered with enamel on the tops and sides, but attrition 
Boon wears it away from the top, and there remains a compound 
surface of alternate layers of crusta petrosa, enamel, and 
ivory, which are employed in grinding down the hardest por- 
tions of the food. Nature has, therefore, made an additional 

provision for their strength and endur- 
ance The annexed cut represents a 
grinder sawed across. The five dark 
spots represent bony matter; the parts 
covered with lines enamel, and the white 
A oRiNHER SAWED ACROSS, spaccs a stroug bouy cement uniting the 
other portions of the teeth. 

At the completion of the first year a fourth grinder usually 
comes up, and the yearling has then, or soon afterwards, six 




NATURAL HISTORY OP THE HORSE. 91 

nippers and four grinders above and below in each jaw, which, 
with the alteration in the nippers just described, will enable us 
to calculate the age of foal, subject to some variations, arising 
from the period of weaning and the nature of the food. 

At the age of one year and a half, the mark in the central 
nippers will be much shorter and fainter j that in the two other 
pairs will have undergone an 
evident change, and all the 
nippers will be flat. At two 
years this will be more mani- 
fest. The accompanying cut 
deserves attention, as giving 
an accurate representation of 
the nippers in the lower jaw 
of a two-year-old colt. 

About this period a fifth 
grinder will appear, and now two tears teeth. 

hkcwise commences anotlier process. The first teeth are 
adapted to the size and wants of the young animal. They are 
sufficiently large to occupy and fill the coitus jaws; but when 
these bones have expanded with the increasing growth of the 
animal, the teeth are separated too far from each other to be 
useful, and another and larger set is required. The second 
teeth then begin to push up from below, and the fangs of the 
first are absorbed, until the former approach the surface of the 
gum, when they drop out. Where the temporary teeth do not 
rise immediately under the milk teeth, but by their sides, the 
latter being pressed sideways are absorbed throughout their 
whole length. They grow narrow, are pushed out of place, 
and cause inconvenicn|| to the gum, and sometimes to tho 




92 



NATURAL HISTORY OF THE HORSK. 



Cheek. They are then sometimes improperly called woWa 
teeth, and should be extracted. 

The teeth which first appeared are first renewed, and there- 
fore the front or first grinders are changed at the age of two 
years. During the period between the falling out of the central 
.n.lk teeth, and the coming „p of the permanent ones, the colt 
hanng a broken mouth, may find some difficulty in grazing. If' 

he should full away consider- 
ably in condition, he should 
be fed with mashes and corn, 
or cut feed. The cut annexed 
represents a three-year-old 
mouth. 

The central teeth are 
larger than the others, with 
two grooves in the entire 
convex surface, and the mark 
IS long, narrow, deep, and 
black. Not having yet attained their full growth, they are 
lower than the others. The mark in the next two nippers is 
nearly worn out, and it is wearing away in the corner nippers, 
/s il possible to give this mouth to an early two-year-old? 
The ages of all horses used to be reckoned from the first cf 
May; but some are foaled even as early as January, and bein<^ 
actually four months over the two years, if they have been well 
i.«rsed and fed, and are strong and large, they may, with the' 
inexperienced, have an additional year p„t upon them. The 
central nippers are punched or drawn out, and the others appear 
three or four months earlier than they otherwise would. In the 
natural process they would only rise by.long pressing npoa th. 



NATURAL HISTORY OF THE HORSE. 



98 



< * 



I < 




first teeth, and causing their absorption. But, opposition from 
the first set being removed, it is easy to imagine that their pro- 
gress will be more rapid. Three or four months will be gained 
in the appearance of these teeth, and these three or four months 
will enable the breeder to term him a late colt of the preceding 
year. To him, however, who is accustomed to horses, the 
general form of the animal, the little development of the fore- 
hand, the continuance of the mark upon the next pair of nippers, 
its more evident existence in the corner ones, some enlarge- 
ment or irregularity about the gums from the violence used ia 
forcing out the teeth, the small growth of the first and fifth 
grinders, and the non-appearance of the sixth grinder, which, 
if it be not through the gum at three years old, is swelling under 
it, and preparing to get through— any or all of these circum- 
stances, carefully attended to, will be a sufficient security against 
deception. 

A horse at three years old ought to have the central per- 
manent nippers growing, the other two pairs wasting, six 
grinders in each jaw, above and below, the first and fifth level, 
the others and the sixth protruding. The sharp edge of new 
incisors, although it could not well be expressed in the cut, wilj 
be very evident when compared with the old teeth. 

As the permanent nippers wear and continue to grow, a 
narrow portion of the cone-shaped tooth is exposed by the 
attrition, and they look as if they had been compressed, but it 
is not so. Not only will the mark be wearing out, but the 
^rowns of the teeth will be sensibly smaller. 

At three years and a half, or between that and four, the next 
pair of nippers will be changed, and the mouth at that time 
cannot be mistaken. The central nippers will have attained 



94 



NATURAL HISTORY OP THE HORSE. 



nearly their full growth. A vacuity will be left where the 
second stood, or they will begin to peep above the gum, and 
the corner ones will be diminished in breadth^ worn down, and 
the mark becoming small and faint. At this period, likewise, 
the second pair of grinders will be shed. Previously to this 
may be the attempt of the dealer to give to his three-year-old 
an additional year; but the fraud will be detected by an ex- 
amination similar to that already described. 

At four years, the central nippers will be fully developed ; 
the sharp edge somewhat worn off, and the mark shorter, wider, 
and fainter. The next pair will be up, but they will be small, 

with the mark deep and 



extending quite across 
them as in the annexed 
cut. The corner nippers 
will be larger than the in- 
side ones, yet smaller than 
they were, and flat, and the 
mark nearly effaced. The 
sixth grinders will have 
risen to a level with the 
others, and the tushes will 
begin to appear. 
Now, more than at any other time, will the dealer be anxious 
to put an additional year upon the animal, for the difference 
between a four-year-old colt and a five-year-old horse, in 
strength, utility, and value, is very great; but the want of wear 
in the other nippers, the small size of the corner ones, the little 
growth of the tush, the sraallness of the second grinder, the low 
forehand, the legginess of the colt, and the thickness and little 




POUR YEARS. 



NATURAL HISTORY OP THE HORSE. 



95 



depth of the month, will, to a man of common experience 
among horses, at once detect the cheat. 

The tushes are four in number, two in each jaw, situated 
between the nippers and the grinders, much nearer to the 
former than the latter, and nearer in the lower jaw than in the 
upper, but this distance increases in both jaws with the age. 
In shape, the tush somewhat resembles a cone ; it protrudes 
from the gum about half an inch, and is sharp-pointed and curved. 
The appearance o{ this tush in the horse may vary from four 
years to four years and six months. It cjin only be accelerated a 
few weeks by cutting the gum over it. At four years and a half, or 
between that and five, the last important change takes place in 
the mouth of the horse. The corner nippers are shed, and the 
permanent ones begin to appear. The central nippers are con- 
siderably worn, and the next pair are commencing to show 
marks of usage. The tush has now protruded, and is generally 
a full half inch in height ; externally, it has a rounded promi- 
nence, with a groove on 
cither side, and it is evi- 
dently hollowed within. 
The reader scarcely needs 
to be told that after the 
rising of the corner nip- 
per, the animal changes 
its name. The colt be- 
comes a horse, the filly a 
mare. 
At five years, the 
horse's mouth is almost perfect, as represented in the annexed 
cut The corner nippers are quite up, with the long, deep 




FITS TEAKS. 






96 



NATURAL HISTORY OP THE HORSE. 



'! 
n 



f 

k. 



mark irregular in the inside, and the other nippers bearing evU 
dent tokens of increased wearing. The tush is much grown; 
the grooves have almost or quite disappeared, and the outer 
surface is regularly convex. It is still as concave within, and 
with the edge nearly as sharp, as it was six months before. 
The sixth molar is quite up, and the third molar is wanting. 
This last circumstance, if the general appearance of the animal, 
and particularly his forehand, and the wearing of the centre 
nippers, and the growth and shape of the tushes be likewise 
carefully attended to, will prevent deception, if a late four- 
year-old is attempted to be substituted for a five-year-old. 
The nippers maybe brought up a few months before their time 
and the tushes a few weeks, but the grinder is with difficulty 
displaced. The last three grinders and the tushes are never 
shed. 

At six years, as in the 
annexed cut, the mark on 
the central nippers is worn 
out. There will still be 
a difference of color in 
the centre of the tooth. 
The cement filling up the 
hole, made by the dipping 
of the enamel, will pre- 
sent a browner hue than 
the other parts of the 
"^ ^"'^- tooth ; and it will be evi- 

dently surrounded by an edge of enamel, and there will remain 
ever a little depression in the centre, and also a depression 
round the case of enamel j but the deep hole in the centre of 




NATURAL HISTORY OP THE HORSE. 97 

the teeth, with the blackened surface which it presents, and 
the elevated edge of enamel, will have disappeared. Persons 
not much accustomed to horses have been puzzled here. They 
expected to find a plain surface of uniform color, and knew n Jt 
what conclusion to draw when there were both discoloration 
and irregularity. 

In the next incisors, the mark is shorter, broader, and fainter, 
and in the corner teeth the edges of the enamel are more regu- 
lar, and the surface is evidently worn. The tush has attained 
its full growth, being nearly or quite an inch long, convex 
outward, concave within, tending to a point, and the "extremity 
somewhat curved. The third grinder is fairly up, and all the 
grinders are level. 

The horse may now be said to have a perfect mouth. All 
the teeth are produced, fully grown, and have sustained no 
material injury. During these important changes of the teeth, 
the animal has sufi*ered less than could be supposed possible. 

At seven years, as in the 
accompanying cut, the mark, 
in the way in which it has 
been described, is worn out 
iu the four central nippers, 
and is fast wearing awny in 
the corner teeth ; the tush is 
also beginning to be altered. 
It is rounded at the point, 
rounded at the edges, still 
round without, and beginning to get round inside. 

At eight years old, the tush is rounder in every way ; tho 
niark is gone from all the bottom nippers, and it may almost 




n 



NATURAL HISTORY OF THE HORSE. 



I 



|| 



1 1 



, I 



m^: 



be said to be out of the moutli. There is nothing Temaining 
in the bottom nippers that can clearly show the age of the 
horse, or justify the most experienced examiner in giving a 
positive opinion. This should be distinctly borne in mind, as 
it is a very common error in the United States, and one especi- 
ally insisted on by dealers having old horses to sell, that the 
age can be positively ascertained even to ten, eleven, or twelve 
years, so that it can be predicated of a horse that he is so old, 
and no older. This is an absolute fallacy. It is easy, from 
many general signs, to see that a horse is above eight years 
old ; but it is impossible to judge certainly bow much older. 
The length and angularity of the nippers, the depth of the 
super-orbital cavities, and other points of information, may 
enable a good judge to guess comparatively, but never to speak 

surely. 

Dishonest dealers have been said to resort to a method of 
prolonging the mark on the lower nippers. It is called Bish- 
oping, from the name of the scoundrel who invented it. The 

horse of eight or nine years 
old — whose mouth is repre- 
sented in the accompany- 
ing cut — is thrown, and 
with an engraver's tool a 
hole is dug in the now al- 
most plain surface of the 
corner teeth, in shape re- 
sembling the mark yet left 
in those of a seven-year- 
old horse. The hole is then burned with a heated iron, and 
a permanent black stain is left. The next pair of nippers is 




£iaHT OB KI5B TEAE3. 



NATURAL HISTORY OP THE HORSE. 



99 



Bometimes slightly touched. An ignorant man would be very 
easily deceived by this trick ; but the irregular appearance of 
the cavity, the diffusion of the black stain around the tushes, 
the sharpened edges and concave inner surface of which can 
never be given again, the marks on the upper nippers, together 
with the general conformation of the horse, can never deceive 
the careful examiner. 

Horsemen, after the animal is eight years old, are accustomed 
to look to the nippers in the upper jaw, and some conclusion 
has been drawn from the appearances which they present. It 
cannot be doubted that the mark remains in them for some 
years after it has been obliterated in the nippers of the lower 
jaw. 

There are various opinions as to the intervals between the 
disappearance of the mark from the different cutting teeth of 
the upper jaw. Some have averaged it at two years, others at 
one. The latter opinion is more commonly adopted by those 
most conversant, and then the age is thus determined. At 
nine years, the mark will be worn from the middle nippers ; 
from the next pair at ten ; and from all the upper nippers at 
eleven. During these periods the tush is likewise undergoing 
a manifest change. It is blunter, shorter, and rounder. In 
what degree this takes place in the different periods, long and 
favorable opportunities can alone enable the horseman to 
'decide. 

The alteration in the form of the tushes is frequently uncer- 
tain. It will sometimes be blunt at eight; and at others re- 
main pointed at eighteen. 

After eleven, and until the horse is very old, the age may 
be guessed at with some degree of confidence, from the shape 



iWi 



100 



NATURAL HISTORY OP THE HORSB. 



\ ^ 



t I 



of the upper surface or extremity of the nippers. At eight 
they are all oval, the length of the oval running across from 
tooth to tooth ; but as the horse gets older, the teeth diminish 

in size and this commencing in their width, and not in their 

thickness. They become a little apart from each other, and 
their surfaces become round instead of oval. At nine, the 
centre nippers are evidently so ; at ten, the others begin to have 
their ovals shortened. At eleven, the second pair of nippers 
is quite rounded ; and at thirteen, the corner ones have also 
that appearance. At fourteen, the faces of the central nippers 
become somewhat triangular. At seventeen, they are all so. 
At nineteen, the angles begin to wear off, and the central 
teeth are again oval, but in a reversed direction, viz., from 
outward, inward; and at twenty-one, they all wear this 

form. 

It would, of course, be folly to expect any thing like a 
certainty in an opinion of the exact age of an old horse, as 
drawn from the above indications. It is contended by some, 
though denied by others, that stabled horses have the marks 
sooner worn out than those that are at grass ; and crib-biters 
still sooner. At nine or ten, the bars of the mouth become 
less prominent, and their regular diminution will designate in- 
creasing age. At eleven or twelve, the lower nippers change 
their original upright direction, and project forward horizon- 
tally, becoming of a yellow color. 

The general indications of old age, independent of the 
teeth, are the deepening of the hollows over the eyes ; gray 
hairs, and particularly over the eyes, and about the muzzle ; 
thinness and hanging down of the lips ; sharpness of the 
withers, sinking of the back, lengthening of the quarters \ and 






NATURAL HISTORY OF THE HORSE. JQl 

the disappearance of windgalls, spavins, and tumors of every 
kind. 

Horses kindly and not prematurely used, sometimes live to 
between thirty-five and forty-five years of age ; and a well 
authenticated account is given of a barge horse that died in 
his sixty-second year. 

Under this head of age, nothing beyond the cut of the com- 
plete aged mouth, with the accompanying description of it 
would have been here inserted, were it not for the prevalent 
opinion, inculcated by interested dealers in the United States 
that the age of a horse, after eight or nine years, can be as 
eerta.nly and as exactly predicated by mouth-mark, and his 
exact age guaranteed accordingly, as previously to that 
period. 

Summing up »1I that need be offered on this particular point 
we simply say, that if one chooses to buy a horse past mark 
of mouth, he must do so on his own judgment and at his own 
risk ; for to credit any assertions, or to give ear to any horse- 
dealer's opinion on the subject, is sheer folly. 




^'^^^^ 




^MARtAND FOAL 




_' Relative to Breeding, — a very important 
"^ subject, all will admit — two very common mis- 
takes are made ; the first, that mares are bred 
from only because they are useless for work, 
and consequently have to be turned out to grass 
for the season ; the second, that a mare is put to a handsome 
horse which may chance to strike the fancy of her owner, without 
% jioment's consideration on the part of the latter as to how far 
hU particuiai mare is suited to that particular horse. The 



BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT. 103 

consequence of the first error is, that the infirmities of the mare 
are perpetuated in her unfortunate ofispring, and thus become 
hereditary, to the no small disappointment of the breeder, la 
the second case mentioned, the result is an indescribable 
mongrel, possessing only a combination of bad qualities, without 
a single redeeming trait. 

Now, no principle is better established in breeding than that 
'Mike will produce like-/Mn other words, that the offspring will 
inherit the general ca; mingled qualities of the parents. So 
true is this, that there is scarcely a disease affecting either of 
the parents that is not inherited by the foal, or, at least, to which 
he does not at times show a predisposition. The consequences 
of bad usage or hard work even will descend to the progeny. 
Though the defects may not appear in the immediate offspring, 
they often do in the next, or some succeeding generation. 
Some knowledge is therefore indispensable of the parentage 
both of the sire and the dam. 

Both parents should be selected with reference not only to 
their individual points of excellence, but also to the relative 
adaptation which the points of one present to the points of the 
other. Though both may be excellent in their way, one parent 
may have points of excellence which actually counteract or neu- 
tralize those of the other. None but sound parents, therefore, 
should be bred from ; accidents, however, are not to be regarded, 
as unsoundness ; but if a defect exists in a mare which is in- 
tended for breeding, the breeder should be certain that such 
defect is a mere accident, and not a natural malformation. 
Both parents should also be as free from moral as from physical 
infirmity; from faults or vices of temper or disposition. Although 
a defect of one parent may sometimes be counteracted by a pre- 



lit I 



104 



BREEDING AND 3IANAGEMENT. 



ponderating excellence relative to that defect in the other, great 
care is necessary that both ))arents do not possess the same de- 
fect. If one would be perfectly certain in breeding, it is better to 
avoid even such mares as have suffered merely from accident ; nor 
should the mare be put to the horse at too early an age, if one 
' would avoid the hazard of obtaining an unreliable offspring. 

The best form of a mare from which to breed, for any pur- 
pose, is a short-legged, lengthy animal, with a deep, roomy 
chest and carcass, wide and capacious hips, and a sound 
constitution. ''Breed," of course, must be looked for, accord- 
ing to the class of horses to which the mare belongs ; a good, 
animated countenance, an upright, sprightly carriage ; general 
structure of muscle, bone and sinew firm, dense, and compact. 
The head of the brood-mare is an important point to be re- 
garded ; a mare that has a heavy head and a stupid countenance 
cannot breed a good foal, unless to a horse possessed of fire 
almost to madness — for her countenance indicates her disposi- 
tion. The neck should be brought out of the top of the withers, 
and not of the bottom of the shoulders and chest ; the shoulders 
Fhould be well back, the blade-bone lying obliquely from the 
Fhoulder joint ; the blade should also belong and wide, CAtend- 
ing nearly to the top of the withers, but attached so closely and 
so yell covered with muscle as not to present any undue pro- 
minence ; the back of the shoulder should also be well furnished 
with muscle, appearing to the mounted rider of a wedge shape 
widening towards his knee ; the fore-leg should be perpendicular, 
the toe and the point of the shoulder being in a right line ; the 
foot should be round, even, and of a dark color ; the heels should 
be open, but not low; the brisket should be deep, especially in 
the case of a riding-horse, as otherwise a crupper will be re-r 



BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT. 105 

quired to keep the saddle in its proper place ; the quarters should 
be long and oval on the top ; the hips cannot be too broad in 
a brood-mare, though in a stallion too wide hips are objection- 
able ; the hocks should be regarded, and the shank-bone and 
isinew, both before and behind, should be well developed, and 
/dropped straight below the joint. 

As to the shape of the stallion little satisfactory can be said. 
It must depend upon that of the mare, and the kind of horse 
wished to be bred ; but, if there is one point absolutely essential, 

it is compactness — as much 
goodness and strength 
as possible condensed 
into a small space. 
Next to compactness, 
the inclination of the 

shoulder should 
be regarded. A 
huge stallion, 
with upright 

THE ARAB STALLION JUPITE*. ShOUldcrS, nCVCF 

got a capital hunter or hackney; from such nothing but a 
cart or dray horse can be obtained, and that, perhaps, spoiled 
by the opposite form of the mare. If, however, a merely slow 
draught-horse is desired, an upright shoulder is desirable, if not 
absolutely necessary. 

The principal requirements in connection with breeding may 
be concisely summed up as follows : 

Flrd. There should be mutual adaptation in form and size, 
and indeed in all important characteristics, between the sire and 
the dam. 




ft 



f 






ff 



( 



106 



BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT. 



Second. If the mare be defective in any particular, she should 
not be bred to a stallion having a similar, or even an opposite, 
fault ; but one should rather be chosen perfect in that point. 

Third. Exceedingly small mares should not be bred with 
enormously large horses ; distortions will generally be the result. 
For a mare of sixteen hands, a horse of not less than fifteen 
hands should be selected ; if she be too low or small, the horse 
may be an inch or two higher, but not of the tall or leggy kind. 

Fourih, As it is frequently the case, that without any known 
cause the blood of a certain kind of horses will not cross well 
with that of another, such instances when ascertained should be 
avoided. 

Ff/th. If the mare is of a good kind of horses, but one which 
has degenerated in size from "in-breeding," (that is, from con- 
tinuous breeding into the same family and blood— with their 
own daughters and grand-daughters, in other words— for about 
two generations,) the only remedy is, to breed to the purest 
stallion that can be found, but of a different kind from hers, 
unless some ten or more generations removed. 

Sixth. After breeding for several generations from males and 
females of one kind, it is generally beneficial to change to 
another entirely different; otherwise degeneracy in size will be 
the general result. 

The mare should not be put to horse under three years of 
age. Although some contend that, if lightly worked, she may 
be used for breeding until she is twenty, yet it is very doubtful 
whether breeding from any mare over twelve years old, at the 
very utmost, will prove satisfactory. If a large colt is desired, 
have a large mare ; as her size has generally more to do with 
the matter than that of the stallion. The most favorable time 



/ 



BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT. 



lOT 



for putting the mare to the horse is from March to the begin- 
ning of May; colts foaled in March are generally found to turn 
out hardier, and to stand better, than those foaled earlier. 

From the time of covering to within a few days of the ex- 
pected period of foaling, the cart-mare may be kept at moderate 
labor not only without injury, but with decided advantage. 
She should then be released from work and kept near home 
under the frequent inspection of some careful person. When 
nearly half the time of pregnancy has elapsed, she should have 
a little better food, being allowed one or two feeds of grain in 
the day. As this is about the time when they are accustomed 
to slink their foals, or when abortion occurs, the owner's eye 
should be frequently upon her. Good feeding and moderate 
exercise are the best preventives of this mischance. As the 
mare that has once slunk her foal is liable to a repetition of 
this accident, she should never be suffered to be with other 
mares between the fourth and fifth months ; for so great is the 
power of sympathy or imagination in the mare that if one 
suffers abortion, others in the same pasture will too often share 
the same fate. Farmers frequently suppose that such mishaps 
originate from some infection ; and many wash and paint and 
tar their stables to prevent an infection that really lies in the 
imagination. 

The period of pregnancy varies from forty-four to fifty-six 
weeks, but it is usually from forty-seven to fifty. If the mare, 
whether of pure or common breed, be cared for as suggested 
above, and be in good health while in foal, little danger will 
attend the act of giving birth to the young. Should there be, 
however, false presentation of the foetus, or any difficulty in pro' 
ducing it, recourse should be had to a well-informed veterinary 



108 



BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT. 



BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT. 



109 



Burgeon, rather than to run the risk of injuring the mare by 
violent attempts to relieve her. 

After the mare has foaled, she should be turned into some 
well-sheltered pasture, with a shed or hovel into which she may 
lun when she pleases. If she has foaled early and the grass 
IS scanty, she should have a feed or two of oats or Indian corn 
daily ; if the corn is given in a trough upon the ground, the foal 
will partake of it with her. Nothing is gained at this time by 
starving the mare and stinting the ff>ix]. When the new grass 
is plentiful, the quantity of grain may be gradually diminished. 
The proper care of young foals will repay a hundred-fold ; thia 
being, indeed, the most critical period of the animal's life, when 
attention or neglect produces the most noticeable and permanent 
results. 

If convenient, the foal may be permitted to run for twelve 
months at the foot of the mare ; but when mares are kept ex- 
pressly for breeding purposes, many circumstances render this 
objectionable. Within about a month or six weeks from foal- 
ing the mare will be again in heat, and should be put to tho 
horse ; at the same time, also, if she is used for agricultural 
purposes, she may resume light work. At first, the foal should 
be shut up in the stable during working hours ; but, as it ac- 
quires sufficient strength, it is better to allow it to follow its 
dam. The work will contribute to the health of the mother, 
and increase her flow of milk ; and the foal, by accompanying 
her, will suck more frequently, thrive better, become tamed, 
and gradually familiarized with the objects among which it is 
afterward to live. While the mare is thus worked, she and the 
fool should be well fed ; and two feeds of corn, at least, should 
be added to the green food which they get when turned out 
after their work, and at night. 



In five or six months, according to the growth of the foal, 
it may be weaned. For this purpose, it should either be 
housed, or turned into some pasture at a distance from the 
dam. The mare should be put to harder work and drier food. 
If her milk is troublesome, or she pines after her foal, a few 
purgatives (one or two urine-balls, or a physic ball) will bo 
found useful. The foal should be fed well and liberally every 
morning and evening, bruised oats and bran being about the 
best kind of food which can, be given. The money so laid out 
upon the liberal nourishment of the colt, is well expended • 
yet, while he is well fed, he should not be rendered delicate by 
excess of care. Toward the end of summer the foal may be 
turned out to general pasture without fear of his again seeking 
his dam. 

Should the foal be a male, and emasculation be desirable, it 

is better to perform the operation at the time of weaning, that 

the one trouble shall serve for both occasions. If, however, 

weaning take place in June or July, when the fly abounds, the 

operation should not be performed, as this insect by its attacks 

will cause restlessness and consequent inflammation, and thus 

retard recovery. Early spring, or an advanced period of 

autumn, is the best time. This operation should in no instance 

be performed by any other than a competent veterinary sur- 

geon. One thing in this connection should be mentioned ; 

when a horse is suff-ered to attain two-thirds of his growth 

before emasculation, an animal is obtained of form, power, and 

value far superior to that which has been operated upon when 

a foal. This much is deserving of remembrance ; though we 

cannot omit heartily condemning the practice of emasculation 
at alL 



110 



BREAKING. 



BREAKINQ, 



111 



I 



i-i 



i! 



I 



I 




'^-^^igi^l^,";^^^- ^ ^ 



BREAKINQ. 



BKEAKINa. 

No greater mistake can be made than the postponement 
of this part of the rearing of a horse. It should always 
commence as soon as the colt is weaned, or immediately after 
the effects of the emasculation have disappeared; it should 

in this manner be commenced 
and carried on gradually, with 
gentleness and kind- 
ness. The foal should 
be daily handled, par- 
tially dressed, accus- 
tomed to the fialter 
when led about, and 
even tied up occasion- 
ally for an hour or so. 
The tractability, good temper, and value of the horse depend 
much more upon this than most breeders consider. The person 
who feeds the colt should have the entire management of him 
at this period, and he should be a trustworthy person, possessed 
of a quiet, uniform temper and a kindly disposition. Many 
a horse is spoiled and rendered permanently untamable by 
early harshness or improper treatment ; and many a horse that 
otherwise would have proved a vicious, unmanageable brute, 
has been brought to be a docile, gentle, and affectionate ser- 
vant by the judicious treatment of those to whose charge his 
management at this particular period was fortunately in- 
trusted. 

Such a treatment is sufficient for the first year; after the 
second winter, the operation of training should commence in 



good earnest. The colt should be bitted, a bit being selected 
which will not hurt his mouth, and much smaller than those in 
common use. The work of bitting may perhaps occupy three 
or four days ; the colt being suffered to amuse himself with the 
bit, to play, and to champ it for an hour or so during a few 
successive days. When he has become accustomed to the bit, 
he may have two long ropes attached to it, slightly fastened 
to his sides by a loose girth over the back, and his feeder may 
thus drive him, as it were, around a field, pulling upon him 
as he proceeds. This will serve as a first lesson in drawing. 
If he is intended for a saddle-horse, a filled bag may be 
thrown across his back and there secured, and, after he has 
become used to this, a crotch may be fastened upon his back, 
its lower extremities grasping his sides, and thus preparing 
him for the legs of his^ rider. 

Portions of the harness may next be put upon him, reserving 
the blind winkers for the last ; and a few days afterward he 
may go into the team. It is better that he should be one of 
three horses, having one before him, and the shaft-horse behind 
him. There should at first be the mere empty wagon ; and the 
draught is best begun over the grass, where the colt will not 
be frightened by the noise of the wheels. Nothing should bo 
done to him, except giving him an occasional pat or a kind 
word. The other horses will keep him moving and in his place ; 
(^nd after a short time, sometimes even during the first day, ho 
will begin to pull with the rest. The load may then be gradu. 
ally increased. 

If the horse is desired for purposes of riding as well as for 
Mclusivelj agricaltural uses, his first lesson may be given when 
he is in the team j his feeder, if possible, being the first one put 



112 



BREAKING. 



BREAKING. 



fit 



upon him. He will be too much confined by the harness and 
by the other horses, to make much resistance ; and, in the 
greater nnmber of instances, will quietly and at once submit 
Every thing, however, should proceed gradually and by suc- 
cessive steps, and, above all, no whip or harsh language should, 
under any circumstances, be allowed to be used. Although mild- 
ness is absolutely essential, it is none the less necessary that 
the colt should be taught implicit obedience to the will of his 
master. To accomplish this, neither whip, nor spur, nor loud 
shouting, nor hallooing is necessary ; the successful horsebreaker 
is required to possess but the three grand requisites of firmness, 
steadiness, and patience. 

When the colt begins to understand his business somewhat, 
the most difficult part of his work, backing, may be taught him ; 
first, to back well without anything behind him, then with a 
light curb, and afterwards with some more heavy load — the 
greatest possible care being always taken that his mouth be not 
seriously hurt. If the first lesson causes much soreness of the 
gums, he will not readily submit to the second. If he has been 
previously rendered tractable by kind usage, time and patience 
will accomplish every thing that is desired. Some persons are 
in the habit of blinding the colt when teaching him to back. 
This can only be necessary with a restive and obstinate one, and 
even then should be used only as a last resort. 

In the whole process of breaking it should constantly be 
borne in mind, that scarcely any horses are naturally vicious. 
Cruel usage alone first provokes resistance. If that resistance 
is followed by greater severity, the stubbornness of the colt in- 
creases in proportion ; open warfare ensues, in which the man 
seldom gains the advantage, and the horse is frequently ren- 



113 



dered utterly unfit for service. Correction may, indeed, be 
necessary for the purpose of enforcing implicit obedience, after 
the training has proceeded to a certain extent; but the' early 
lessons should be imparted with kindness alone. Young colts 
are sometimes very perverse ; and many days will occasionally 
pass, before they will suffer the bridle to be put on, or the saddle 
to be worn. It must not, however, be forgotten, that a single act 
of harshness will indefinitely increase this length of time; but 
that patience and kindness will always prevail. On some occa- 
sion, when the colt is in a better humor than usual, the bridle 
may be put on, or the saddle be worn ; and, if this compliance 
on his part is accompanied by kindness and soothing on the 
part of the breaker, and no inconvenience or pain be sufi-ered 
by the animal, all resistance will be ended. 

The same principles will apply to the breaking-in of the horse 
for the road. The handling and some portion of instruction 
should commence from the time of weaning ; for upon this the 
future tractibility of the horse in a great measure depends. At 
two years and a half, or three years, the regular process of 
breaking.in should commence. If it is put off until the animal 
IS four years old, his strength and obstinacy will be more diffi. 
cult to overcome. The plan usually adopted by the breaker 
cannot, perhaps, be much improved ; except that there should 
be much more kindness and patience, and far less harshness and 
cruelty, than those persons are accustomed to exhibit, and a 
great deal more attention to the form and natural action of the 
horse. A headstall is put on the colt, and a cavesson (or ap- 
paratus to confine and pinch the nose,) affixed to it with long 
rems. He is first accustomed to the rein, then led around a 
nng on soft ground, and at length mounted and taught hig 

9 



114 



BREAKING. 



BREAKING. 




•)■'. 

u 



paces. Next to preserving the temper and docility of the horse, 
there is nothing of so much importance, as to teach him every 
pace and every part of his duty distinctly and thoroughly. 
Each should constitute a separate and sometimes long-continued 
lesson, taught by a man who will never allow his passion to 
overmaster his discretion. 

After the cavesson has been attached to the headstall, and 
the long reins put on, the colt should be quietly led about by 
the breaker— a steady boy following behind, to keep him moving 
by occasional threatening with the whip, but never by an actual 
blow. When the animal follows readily and quietly, he may be 
taken to the ring and walked around, right and left, in a very 
small circle. Care should be taken to teach him this pace 
thoroughly, never allowing him to break into a trot. The boy 
with his whip may here again be necessary, but an actual blow 
should never be inflicted. 

Becoming tolerably perfect in the walk, be should be quick- 
ened to a trot, and kept steadily at it; the whip and the boy, 
if needful, urging him on, and the cavesson restraining him. 
These lessons should be short, the pace being kept perfect and 
distinct in each, and docility and improvement rewarded with 
frequent caresses, and handfuls of corn. The length of the 
rein may now be gradually increased, and the pace quickened, and 
the time extended, until the animal becomes tractable in these 
his first lessons ; toward the conclusion of which, crupper straps, 
or something similar, may be attached to the clothing. These, 
playing about the sides and flanks, accustom him to the flapping 
of the coat of the rider. The annoyance which they occasion 
will pass over in a day or two ; for when the animal learns by 
experience that no harm comes from them, he will cease to re^ 
gard them. 



115 



Next comes the bitting. The bits should be large and 
smooth, and the reins buckled to a ring on each side of the 
pad. There are many curious and expensive machines for this 
purpose, but the simple rein will be quite sufficient. It should 
at first be slack, and then very gradually tightened. This pre- 
pares for the more perfect manner in which the head will after- 
ward be got in its proper position, when the colt is accustomed 
to the saddle. Occasionally the breaker should stand in front 
of the colt, and take hold of each side-rein near to the mouth, 
and press upon it, and thus begin to teach him to stop and to 
back on the pressure of the rein, rewarding every act of do- 
cility, and not being too eager to punish occasional careless- 
ness or waywardness. 

The colt may now be taken into the road or street, that he 
may become gradually accustomed to the objects -among which 
his services will be required. Here, from fear or playfulness, a 
considerable degree of starting and shying may be exhibited, 
of which as little notice as possible should be taken. The same 
or a similar object should be soon passed again, but at a greater 
distance. If the colt still shies, let the distance be still further 
increased, until he takes no notice of the object. Then he may 
be gradually brought nearer to it ; and this may usually be ac 
complished without the slightest difficulty ; whereas, had there 
been an attempt to force him close to it in the first instance, 
the remembrance of the contest would have been associated 
with every appearance of the object, and the habit of shying 
would have been established. 

Hitherto, with a cool and patient breaker, the whip may have 
been shown, but will scarcely have been used ; the colt should 
now. however, be accustomed to this necessary instrument of 



116 



BREAKTNa. 



authority. Let the bresker walk by the side of the animal, 
throw his right arm over his back, holding the reins in his left, 
occasionally quickening his pace, and at the moment of doing 
this tapping the horse with the whip in his right hand, and at 
first very gently. The tap of the whip and the quickening of 
the pace will soon become associated in the animal's mind. If 
necessary, these reminders may gradually fall a little heavier, 
and the feeling of pain be the monitor of the necessity of in- 
creased exertion. The lessons of reining in and stopping, and 
backing on the pressure of the bit, may continue to be practised 
at the same time. 

He may next be taught to bear the saddle. Some little 
caution will be necessary in first putting it on. The breaker 
should stand at the head of the colt, patting him and engaging 
his attention, while one assistant, on the off-side, gently places 
the saddle on the back of the animal ; another on the nearest 
side slowly tightening the girths. If he submits quietly to this, 
as he generally will when the previous process of breaking-in 
has been properly conducted, the operation of mounting may 
be attempted on the following, or on the third day. The 
breaker will need two assistants in order to accomplish this. 
He will remain at the head of the colt, patting and making 
much of him. The rider will put his foot into the stirrup, and 
bear a little weight upon it, while the man on the opposite side 
presses equally on the other stirrup-leather ; and according to 
the docility of the animal, he will gradually increase the weight, 
until he balances himself on the stirrup. If the colt is uneasy 
or fretful, he should be spoken kindly to and patted, or a 
mouthful of grain be given to him; but if he offers serious re- 
sistance, the lessons must terminate for that day. He may 
possibly be in a better humor on the morrow. . 



BREAKING. 



117 



When the rider has balanced himself for a minute or two, he 
may gently throw his leg over, and quickly seat himself in'the 
saddle. The breaker should then lead the animal around the 
ring, the rider meanwhile sitting perfectly still. After a few 
minutes he should take the reins, and handle them as gently as 
possible, guiding the horse by the pressure of them ; patting 
him frequently, and especially when he thinks of dismounting; 
and, after having dismounted, offering him a little grain, or 
green feed. The use of the rein in checking him, and of the 
pressure of the leg and the touch of the heel in quickening his 
pace, will soon be taught, and his education will be nearly com- 
pleted. 

The horse having thus far submitted himself to the breaker, 
these pattings and awards must be gradually diminished, and 
implicit obedience mildly but firmly enforced. Severity will 
uot ofteji^^e^ecessary, in the great majority of cases it being 

altogether 
uncalled for; 

but should the 
animal, in a 
moment of 
waywardness, 
dispute the 
command of 
the breaker, 

THE AaRICULTURIST's METHOD. 

he must at 
once be taught that he is the slave of man, and 
that we have the power, by other means than those of kindness, 
to bend him to our will. The education of the horse, in short' 
sliould be that of the child. Pleasure is, as much as possible,' 




118 



CASTRATIOrf. 



associated with the early lessons ; but firmness, or, if need be, 
coercion, must establish the habit of obedience. Tyranny and 
cruelty will, more speedily even in the horse than in the child, 
provoke the wish to disobey ; and, on every practicable occasion, 
the resistance to command. The restite and vicious horse is, 
in ninety-nine cases out of a hundred, made so by ill-usage, and 
not by nature. None but those who will take the trouble to 
make the experiment, are aware how absolute a command the 
due admixture of firmness and kindness will soon give us ovef 
any horse. 



CASTRATION. 

The period at which this operation may be best performed 
depends, as has been previously remarked, much on the breed 
and form of the colt, and the purpose for which he is destined* 
For the common agricultural horse, the age of four or five 
months will be the most proper time, or, at least before he is 
weaned. Few horses are lost when cut at that age ; though 
care should be taken that the weather is not too bad, nor the 
flies too numerous. 

If the horse is designed either for the carriage or for heavy 
draught, he should not be castrated nntil he is at least a year 
old ; and, even then, the colt should be carefully examined. If 
he is thin and spare about the neck and shoulders, and low in 
the withers, he will materially improve by remaining uncut 
another six months ; but if his fore quarters are fairly developed 
at twelve months, the operation should not be delayed, lest he 
grow gross and heavy before, and, perhaps, has begun too de- 
cidedly to have a will of his own. No specific age, therefore, 
can be fixed ; but the operation should be performed rather lato 



CASTRATION. 



ll» 



in the spring, or early in the autumn, when the air is temperate 
and particularly when the weather is dry. 

No preparation is necessary for the sucking colt, but it 
may be prudent to physic one of more advanced age. In 
the majority of cases, no after treatment will be necessary, ex- 
cept that the animal should be sheltered from intense heat, and 
more particularly from the wet. In temperate weather he 
will do much better running in the field than nursed in a close 
and hot stable. The moderate exercise which he will necessa- 
rily take in grazing, will be preferable to entire inaction. 

The old method of opening the scrotum, or testicle bag, on 
each side, and cutting off the testicles, preventing bleeding by 
a temporary compression of the vessel, while they are seared 
with a hot iron, must not, perhaps, be abandoned ; but there is 
no necessity for that extra pain, when the spermatic cord (the 
blood-vessels and the nerve,) is compressed between two pieces 
of wood as tightly as in a vice, and there left until the following 
day, when it may be removed with a knife. 

The practice of some farmers of cording, or twitching their 
colts at an early period exposes the animal to much unneces- 
Rary pain, and is attended with no slight danger. 

Another method of castration is by torsion. An incision ia 
made into the scrotum, and the vas deferens is exposed and 
divided. The artery is then seized by a pair of forceps con- 
trived for the purpose, and 'twisted six or seven times round. 
It retracts without untwisting the coils, and bleeding ceases. 
The testicle is removed, and there is no sloughing or danger. 
The most painful part of the operation—the operation of the 
firing-iron, or the claws— is avoided, and the wound readily 
teals. It is to be remarked, in this connection, that the use 



/ 



120 



DOCKING. 



of chloroform lias been found very beneficial in performing the 
operation in the old way, both in removing all pain, and also 
preventing that severe struggling which often takes place, and 
which has sometimes been followed with very dangerous con- 
(Sequences. With the assistance of this agent, the operation 
has been safely performed in seven minutes, without any pain 
to the animal. 



DOCKING. 

This is an operation, whose only sanction is to be found in 
the requirements of a senseless fashion. " The convenience of 
the rider,'* which is sometimes urged in its favor, is the veriest 
nonsense afloat. In truth, the operation is one of the most 
useless which the brain of man, fertile in romance and expedi- 
ents as it is, ever devised ; since, instead of adding to the beauty 
of the animal, as some assert, it but adds deformity. Not many 
years back, this attempted improvement upon nature became a 
perfect mania. In England, however, this cruel practice has 
been almost entirely discarded ; and it is to be hoped that the 
operation iu the United States also will speedily be frowned 
down. 

The operation, as now performed by veterinary surgeons, was 
introduced some years ago by the American Veterinary Asso- 
ciation of Philadelphia. It consists in passing a narrow-bladed 
knife (a pricking knife will answer,) between the coccygeal bones 
at the desired point, from above downwards, cutting outwards 
and backwards on each side so as to form two flaps, which are 
carefully brought together over the end of the tail and secured 
by the interrupted suture ; thus giving protection to the stump 
of the tail; and making a much neater finish than by any other 



DOCKING. 



121 



inethod which could be adopted. No styptic whatever is re- 
quired, and there need be no fear of hemorrhage, as the union 
generally takes place by what surgeons call first intention. If, 
however, the flaps do not fit nicely, healing will not take place 
without suppuration. Tiiis f^ct should be borne in mind in 
performing the operation, as much time in healing may thus be 
saved. 

By the old method that joint is searched for, which is nearest 
to the desired le.igth of tail. The hair is then turned up, and 
tied round with tape for an inch or two above this joint, and 
that lying immediately upon the joint is cut off. The horse is 
fettered with the side-line, and then the veterinary surgeon with 
his docking-machine, or the farmer with his carving-knife and 
mallet, cuts through the tail at one sftrokc. 

Some farmers dock their colts a few days after they are 
dropped. This is a commendable custom on the score of hu- 
manity. No colt was ever lost by it ; the growth of the hair, 
and the beauty of the tail not being at all impaired. 



WICKINQ. 

This barbarous operation was once sanctioned by fashion, 

and the breeder and the dealer are even now sometimes tempted 

to inflict the torture of it in order to obtain a ready sale for 

their colts. It is not, practiced to the extent that it used to 

.be, nor is it attended by so many circumstances of cruelty. 

The operation is thus performed. The side-line is put on 
the horse, or some persons deem it more prudent to cast him, 
and that precaution may be recommended. The hair at the 
end of the tail is securely tied together, for the purpose of 
afterward attaching a weight to it. The operator then grasps 



122 



NICKING. 



the tail in his hand, and, lifting it up, feels for the centre of 
one of the bones — the prominences at the extremities guidin"* 
him — from two to four inches from the root of the tail, accord- 
ing to the size of the horse. He then with a sharp knife di- 
vides the muscles deeply from the edge of the tail on one side 
to the centre, and, continuing the incision across the bone of 
the tail, he makes it as deep on the other side. One continued 
incision, steadily yet rapidly made, will accomplish all this. 
If it is a blood-horse that is operated on, this will be sufficient. 
For a hunter, two incisions are usually made, the second being 
about two inches below the first, and likewise as nearly as 
possible in the centre of one of the bones. 

On a hackney, a third incision is made ; for fashion has 
decided that his tail shall be still more elevated and curved. 
Two incisions only are made in the tail of a mare, and the 
second not very deep. 

When the second incision is made, some fibres of the mus- 
cles between the first and second will project into the wound, 
and must be removed by a pair of curved scissors. The same 
must be done with the projecting portions from between the 
second and third incisions. The wound should then be care- 
fully examined, in order to ascertain that the muscles have 
been equally divided on each side, otherwise the tail will be 
carried awry. This being done, pieces of tow must be intro- 
duced deeply into each incision, and confined, but not too 
tightly, by a bandage. A very profuse bleeding only will 
justify any tightness of bandage, and the ill consequences that 
have resulted from nicking are mainly attributable to the un- 
necessary force that is used in confining these pledgets of 
tow. Even if the bleeding, immediately after the operation, 



NICKING. 



123 



fthould have been very great, the roller must be loosened in two 
or three hours, otherwise swelling and inflammation, and even 
death, may possibly ensue. Twenty-four hours after the ope- 
ration, the bandage must be quite removed ; and then all that 
is necessary, so far as the healing of the incisions is concerned, 
is to keep them clean. 

The wounds must remain open ; and this can only be accom- 
plished by forci- 
bly keeping the 
tail curved back 
during two or 
three weeks. For 
this purpose, a 
cord, one or two 
feet in length, is 
affixed to the end 
of the hair, which 
terminates in an- 

THE USUAL METHOD. 

Other divided cord, each division going over a pulley on each 
side of the back of the stall. A weight is hung at each ex« 
tremity, sufficient to keep the incisions properly open, and 
regulated by the degree in which this is wished to be accom, 
plished. The animal will thus be retained in an uneasy posi. 
tion, although, after the first two or three days, probably not 
of acute pain. It is barbarous to increase this uneasiness or 
pain by affixing too great a weight to the cords ; for it should 
be remembered that the proper elevated curve is given to the 
tail, not by the weight's keeping it in a certain position for a 
considerable time, but by the depth of the first incisions, and 
the degree in which the wounds arc kept open. 




124 



NICKING. 



The dock should not, for the first three or four days, be 
brought higher than the back. Dangerous irritatiou and in- 
flammation would probably otherwise be produced. It may, 
after that, be gradually raised to an elevation of forty-five 
degrees. The horse should be taken out of the pulleys, and 
gently exercised once or twice every day ; but the pulleys 
cannot finally be dispensed with until a fortnight after the 
wounds have healed, because the process of contraction, or the 
approach of the divided parts, goes on for some time after the 
skin is perfect over the incisions, and the tail would thus sink 
below the desired elevation. The French method is simpler 
and less barbarous than ours, allowing 
the horse to lie down or move about at 
his pleasure. 
Where this ope- 
ration is to be 
performed, it 
might be adopted 
with advantage 
as shown in the 
engraving an- 
nexed. 

If the tail has 

not been unnecessarily extended by enormous weights, no bad 
consequences will usually follow ; but if considerable inflamma- 
tion should ensue, the tail must be taken from the pulley, and 
carefully fomented with simple warm water, and a dose of 
physic given Locked-jaw has, in some rare instances, fol- 
lowed, under which tne horse generally perishes. The best 
means of care in the early state of this disease, is to amputate 




t^*i^^f>S=^'****»^ 



THE FREXCH METHOD. 



THE STABLE. 



125 



the tail at the joint above the highest incision. In order to 
prevent the hair from coming off, it should be unplaited and 
combed out every fourth or fifth day. 



THE STABLE. 

The most desirable thing in a stable is ventilation. A horse 
requires air equally with his master; and as the latter requires 
a chimney to his sleeping apartment, so does the former. This 
may be a mere outlet through the ceiling, or it may be formed 
as a dome or cupola. It should not, of course, be open at the 
top, or rain will get in, but roofed over, and have an opening 
at the sides. Besides this, there should be openings in the 
wall, near the ground, but not in the stalls. This will produce 
a thorough air, and may be so placed as not to expose the 
horses to the draught. 

The stable should not be less than twelve feet high, from floor 
to ceiling, and the floor should be well paved, slope slightly back- 
ward, and along the back of the stalls should run a gutter, about 
a foot wide and an inch or two deep. No stable should be less 
than eighteen feet deep, and each stall should be at least six 
feet clear; but if eight feet can be allowed, so much the better. 
Although some horses will agree when kept together in one 
stall, it is far preferable to allow each a stall to himself. The 
manger should be about sixteen inches deep, the same from front 
to back, more narrow at bottom than at top, and two feet in 
length. The rack is best when closed in front, the back part 
being an inclined plane of wood sloping gradually toward the 
front, and terminating about two feet down. This kind of 
rack effects a considerable saving in hay; for the reader 
scarcely needs to be reminded that in the common rack much 



1 



126 



THE STABLE. 



AIR. 



127 



I 



* 

if 



of the hay given is dragged down and trampled in the litter. 
It also prevents the hay-seed from falling into the horse's eyes; 

, for the rack is on a 
:? level with the man- 
ger, and about three 
feet from the ground. 
Another advantage 
gained by this rack 
is the facility with 
which it can bo 
filled, thus obvi- 
ating all necessity 
for a loft over the 
stable, and, con- 
sequently, admit- 
ting of a greater 

CUSTOMARY FORM OF STALLS. hciffht Of CCiUnff 

above the horses, as well as of a superior ventilation. 

The windows and the doors should be at opposite ends, as 
ventilation is thereby promoted ; the doors should be divided 
transversely, at the height of about four feet from the ground. 
The upper portion may thus be occasionally opened. White- 
wash is a bad dressing for the interior of the stable, as it causes 
too great a glare of light ; paint of a leaden color is best, and 
it can be washed from time to time with soap and water. 
There should be a bin, properly divided into partitions for 
oats, beans, and the like ; and this is better at the back of the 
stable. 

A few buckets of water dashed over the floor of the stable 
while the horses are at work, will keep all sweet. The litter 




should also be turned out to dry, and a little fresh straw spread 
for the horses to stale on. A shed placed beside the stable is 
a great advantage, on two accounts— it admits of the litter 
being dried, and the horse dressed there in wet and stormy 
weather. 

A little powdered gypsum, strown upon the stable floor, will 
also act by absorbing the ammoniacal gas, and thus removing 
its foul smell — a frequent predisposing cause of ophthalmia. 
If the ammonia, however, accumulates in any considerable 
quantity, the speediest and most efficacious remedy as a disin- 
fectant is muriatic acid. 



AIR. 



The importance of thorough ventilation has been adverted to 
under the preceding bead, but a few words additional seem 
necessary. 

A hot stable has in the minds of many been long connected 
with a glossy coat for the horse. The latter, it is thought, 
cannot be obtained without the former. To this it may be re- 
plied that in winter a thin, glossy coat is not desirable. Nature 
gives to every animal a warmer clothing when the cold weather 
approaches. The horse—the agricultural horse, especially— » 
acquires a thicker and a lengthened coat, in order to defend 
him from the surrounding cold. Man puts on additional and 
a warmer covering, and his comfort is increased and his health 
preserved by it. He who know^s anything of the farmer's horse, 
or cares about his enjoyment, will not object to a coat a little 
longer, and a little roughened when the wintry wind blows 
bleak. The coat, however, does not need to be so long as to 






128 



AIR. 



AIR. 



129 



f 



?• 



f! 



be unsightly; and warm clothing, even in a cool stable, will, 
with plenty cJf careful and faithful grooming, keep the lioir suf- 
ficiently smooth and glossy to satisfy the most fastidious. The 
over-heated air of a close stable dispenses with the necessity of 
this grooming, and therefore the idle attendant unscrupulously 
sacrifices the health and safety of the horse. 

If the stable is close, the air will not only be hot, but foul. 
The breathing of every animal contaminates it ; and when, in the 
course of the night, with every aperture stopped, it passes again 
and again through the lungs, the blood cannot undergo its proper 
and healthy change ; digestion will not be so perfectly performed, 
and all the functions of life are injured. Let the owner of a 
valuable horse think of his passing twenty or twenty-two out of 
the twenty-four hours in this debilitating atmosphere. Nature 
does wonders in enabling every animal to accommodate itself 
to the situation in which it is placed, and the horse that lives 
in the stable-oven suffers less from it than would scarcely be 
deemed possible ; but he does not, and cannot, possess the 
power and hardihood which he would acquire under other cir- 
cumstances. 

The air of the improperly closed and heated stable is still 
further contaminated by the urine and dung, which rapidly fer- 
ment there, and give out stimulating and unwholesome odors. 
When one first enters an ill-managed stable, and especially early 
in the morning, he is annoyed, not only by the heat of the con- 
fined air, but by a pungent smell, resembling hartshorn ; what sur- 
prise, then, need be excited at the inflammation of the eyes, and 
the chronic cough, and the disease of the lungs, by which the 
animal, which has been all night shut up in this vitiated atmos- 
phere, is often attacked j or if glanders and farcy should occa- 



Bionally break out in such stables ? Chemical experiments have 
demonstrated that the urine of the horse contains in it an ex- 
ceedingly large quantity of hartshorn; afjd not only so, but 
that, influenced by the heat of a crowded stable, and poJsibly 
by other decompositions which are going on at the same time, 
this ammoniacal vapor begins to be rapidly given out almost 
immediately after the urine is voided. 

When disease begins to appear among the inhabitants of these 
ill-ventilated places, it is not wonderful that it should rapidly 
spread among them, and that the plague-spot should be, as it 
were, placed on the door of such a stable. When distemper 
appears in spring or autumn, it is in very many cases to be 
traced to such a pest-house. It is peculiarly fatal there. The 
horses belonging to a small establishment, and rationally 
treated, have it comparatively seldom, or, when they do, but 
li^Hitly ; but among the inmates of a crowded stable it is sure 
to display itself, and there it is most deadly. The experience 
of every veterinary surgeon, and of every large proprietor of 
horses, will corroborate this statement. 

Every stable, then, should possess within itself a certain de- 
gree of ventilation. The cost of this would be trifling, and its 
saving in the preservation of valuable animals maybe immense 
The apertures need not be largo, and the whole, as before said, 
may be so contrived that no direct current of air shall fall on 
lue horse 

A gentlnman's stable shonid never bewithoi.t a thermometer. 
•»1;e temperature sl.ould seldom exceed seve.ity degrees in the 
""immer, or sink below forty or fifty degrees iu the winter 
9 



> 



130 



UTIEk. 



MGHT. 



13X 



li 






lilTTER. 

Having spoken of the vapor of hartshorn, which Is so rapidl; 
and plentifully given out from the urine of a horse in a heated 
Btable, the subject of litter comes naturally next in order. Tiie 
first caution is, frequently to remove it. The early extrication 
of gas shows the rapid putrefaction of the urine ; the conse- 
quence of which will be the rapid putrefaction of the litter which 
is moistened by it. Every thing hastening to decomposition 
should be carefully removed where life and health are to be pre- 
served. The litter which has been much wet or at all softened 
by the urine, and is beginning to decay, should be swept away 
every morning ; the greater part of the remainder may then be 
piled under the manger ; a little being left to prevent the pain- 
ful and injurious pressure of the feet on the hard pavement 
during the day. The soiled and soaked portion of that which 
\vas left should be removed at night. In the better kind of 
stables, however, the stalls should be completely emptied every 



morning. 



No heap of fermenting dung should be sniTered to remain 
during the day in the- corner or in any part of the stable. 
With regard to this, the directions for removal should be per- 
emptory. 

The stable should be so contrived that the urine may quickly 
ruft off, and the offensive and injurious vapor from the decom- 
posing fluid, and the litter will thus be materially lessened ; but 
if this is effected by means of gutters and a descending floor, 
the descent must be barely sufficient to cause the fluid to escape, 
as, if the toes are kept higher than the heels, it will lead to 
lameness, and is also a frequent cause of contraction of the foot 



Stalls of this kind certainly do best for mares ; but for horses 
those are preferable, which have a grating in the centre, and a 
Slight mclination in the floor on every side towards the middle. 
A short branch may communicate with a larger drain, by, means 
of which the urine may be carried off to a reservoir outside the 
Ftable. Traps ar^now contrived, and may be procured at little 
expense, by means of which neither any offensive smell nor cur. 
rent of air can pass through the grating. 

In stables with paved floors particularly, humanity and 
interest, as well as the appearance of the stable, should induce 
the proprietor of the horse to place a moderate quantity of litter 
under him during the day. 



LIGHT. 

This neglected branch of stable-management is of | it more 
consequence than is generally imagined. The farmer a stable 
is frequently destitute of any glazed window, and haj only a 
shutter, which is raised in warm weather, and closed when the 
weather becomes cold. When the horse is in the stable only 
during a few hours in the day, this is not of so much conse- 
quence, nor of so much, probably, with regard to horses of slow 
work ; but to carriage-horses and roadsters, so far, at least, as 
the eyes are concerned, a dark stable is little less injurious than 
a foul and heated one. In order to illustrate this, reference may 
be made to the unpleasant feeling, and the utter impossibility 
of seeing distinctly, when a man suddenly emerges from a dark 
place into the full glare of day. The sensation of mingled pain 
and giddiness is not speedily forgotten ; and some minutes elapse 
before the eye can accustom itself to the increased light. If 
this were to happen every day, or several times in a day, tho 



132 



LIGHT. 



'I 



sight would be irreparably injured, or possibly blindness would 
be the final result. We need not wonder, then, that the horse, 
taken from a dark stable into a blaze of light, feeling, probably, 
as we should do under similar circumstances, and unable for 
any time to see anything around him distinctly, should become 
a starter ; or that the frequently repeated violent effect of sudden 
light should induce inflammation of the eye so intense as to 
terminate in blindness. There is, indeed, no doubt that horses 
kept in dark stables are frequently notorious starters, and that 
abominable habit has been properly traced to this cause. 

If plenty of light be admitted, the walls of the stable, and 
especially that portion of them which is before the horse^s head, 
must not be of too glaring a color. The color of the stable 
should depend on the quantity of light. Where much can be 
admitted, the walls should be of a gray hue. Where darkness 
would otherwise prevail, frequent painting may in some degree 
dissipate the gloom. 

For another reason, it will be evident that the stable should 
not possess too glaring a light ; it is the resting-place of the 
horse. The work of the farmer's horse, indeed, is principally 
confined to the day. The hours of exertion having passed, the 
animal returns to his stable to feed and to repose, and the latter 
is as necessary as the former, in order to prepare him for re- 
newed work. Something like the dimness of twilight is requi- 
site to induce the animal to compose himself to sleep. This 
half-light is more particularly adapted to horses of heavy work. 
In the quietness of a dimly-lighted stable, they obtain repose, 
and accumulate flesh and fat. 



GROOMING. 



133 



GROOMING. 

To the agriculturist it is not necessary to say much under 
this head, as custom, apparently without any ill effect, has 
allotted so little of the comb and brush for the farmer^s horse. 
The animal that is worked all day, and turned out at night^ 




^— 



O ROOMINO. 



requires little more to be 
done to him than to have the dirt 
brushed off his limbs. Regular grooming, by ren- 
dering his skin more sensitive to the alteration of 
I temperature, and the inclemency of weather, would b* 
prejudicial. The horse that is altogether turned 
out, needs no grooming. The dandruff, or scurf, which accu- 



134 



GROOmNa. 



EXERCISE. 



mulates at the roots of the hair, is a provision of nature to 
defend him from the wind and the cold. 

It is to the stabled horse, highly fed, and h'ttle or irregularly 
worked, that grooming is of so much consequence. '^Good 
rubbing with the brush, or the curry-comb, opens the pores of 
the skin, causes the blood to circulate to the extremities of the 
body, produces free and healthy perspiration, and stands in 
the stead of exercise. No horse will carry a fine coat without 
either unnatural heat, or dressing. They both effect the same 
purpose J they both increase the insensible perspiration ; but 
the first does it at the expense of health md strength, while 
the second, at the same time that it produces a glow on the 
skin, and a determination of blood to it, rouses all the energies 
of the frame. It would be well if the proprietor of the horse 
were to insist-and to see that his orders are implicitly obeyed 
—that the fine coat, in which he and his groom so much de- 
light, is produced by honest rubbing, and not by a heated 
stable and thick clothing, and, most of all, not by stimulating 
or injurious spices. The horse should be regularly dressed 
every day, in addition to the grooming that is necessary after 
work. 

When the weather will permit the horse to be taken out, he 
should never be groomed in the stable, unless he is an animal 
of peculiar value, or placed for a time under peculiar circum- 
stances. Without dwelling on the want of cleanliness, when 
the scurf and dust which are brushed from the horse lodge in 
his manger, experience teaches that, if the cold is not too 
great, the animal is braced and invigorated to a degree that 
cannot be attained in the stable, from being dressed in the 
open air. There is no necessity, however, for half the punish- 



135 



ment which is often inflicted upon the horse in the act of 
dressing; and particularly on one whose skin is thin and sen- 
sitive. The curry-comb should always be applied lightly. 
With many horses, its use may be almost dispensed with ; and 
even the brush does not need to be so hard, nor the points of' 
the bristles so irregular as they often are. A soft brush, with' 
a little more weight of the hand, will be equally effectual, and 
much more pleasant to the horse. A hair-cloth, while it will 
seldom irritate and tease, will be almost sufficient with horses 
that have a thin skin, and that have not been neglected. After 
all, it is no slight task to dress a horse as it ought to be done. 
It occupies no little time, and demands considerable patience, 
as well as dexterity. It will be readily ascertained whether a 
horse has been well dressed, by rubbing him with one of the 
fingers. A greasy stain will expose the idleness of the groom. 
When, however, the horse is changing his coat, both the 
curry-comb and the brush should be used as lightly as pos- 
sible. 

Whoever would be convinced of the benefit of friction to 
the horse's skin, and to the horse generally, needs only to ob- 
serve the effects produced by rubbing the legs of a tired 
horse well with the hands. While every enlargement subsides, 
and the painful stiffness disappears, and the legs attain their 
natural warmth and become fine, tht animal is evidently and 
rapidly reviving ; he takes hold of his food with zest, and then 
quietly lies down to rest 



EXERCISE. 

The remarks upon this branch, also, can have but a slight 
reference to the agricultural horse. His work is usually, regu- 



I'il 



n 



i;j 






136 



KXERCISB. 



lar, and not exhausting. He is neither predisposed to disease 
by idleness, nor worn out by excessive exertion, lie, lilie his 
roaster, has enoujrh to do to iseep hin» in health, and not 
enongh to distress or injure him ; on tl»e contrary, the regii- 
larity of his worii prolongs life to an extent seldom witnessed 
ill the stable of the gentleman. These remarks on exercise, 
then, must have a general bearing, or have principal reference 
to those persons who keep a horse for business or pleasure, 
but cannot afford to maintain a servant for the express purl 
pose of looking after it. The first rule to be laid down is, 
that every horse should have daily e.xercise. The animal, that 
with the usual stable feeding stands idle for three or' four 
days, as is the case in many establishments, must suffer. He 
is predoposed to fever, or to grease, or, most of all, to diseases 
of the foot; and if, after three or four days of inactivity he is 
ridden far and fast, he is almost sure to have inflammation of 
the lungs or of the feet. 

Any horse, used for business or pleasure merely, suffers much 

more from idleness 
than he does from 
work. A stable-fed 
horse should have 
two hours' exercise 

i every day, if he is 

|, to be kept free from 

disease. Nothing 

5 of extraordinary, or 
even of ordinnrv, 

ml f 

labor can be effectetl 
oa the road or in 




IXERCISE. 



13T 



SXSRCISB. 



the field, without sufficient and regular exercise. It is thia 
wliicli alone can give energy to the system, and develop the 
powers of any animal. 

In training the race-horse, or the horse for hunting pnr< 
poses, regular exercise is the most important of all considera- 
tions, however much it may be neglected in the usual manage- 
ment of the stable. The exercised horse will discharge his 
task, and sometimes a severe one, with ease and pleasure- 
while the idle and neglected one will be fatigued before half 
his labor is accomplished ; and, if he is pushed a little too far, 
dangerous inQammation will ensue. IIow often, nevertheless, 
does it happen, that the horse which has stood inactive in the 
stable for three or four days, is ridden or driven thirty or 
forty miles in the course of a single day ! The rest is often 
purposely given in order that he may be prepared for extra 
exertion~to lay in a stock of strength for the performance 
required of him— and then the owner is surprised and dissatis- 
fied if the animal is fairly knocked up, or possibly becomes 
seriously ill. Nothing is so common and so preposterous, as 
for a person to buy a horse from a dealer^s stable, where he has 
been idly fattened for sale for many a day, and immediately to 
give him a long run, and then to complain bitterly, and think 
that he has been imposed upon, if the animal is exhausted be- 
fore the end, or is compelled to be led home suffering from 
violent inflammation. Regular and gradually increasing ex- 
ercise would have made the same horse appear a treasure to 
his owner. 

Exercise should be somewhat proportioned to the age of the 
horse. A young horse requires more than an old one. Na- 
ture has given to young animals of every kind a disposition to ' 



T 
I* 



138 



FOOD. 



POOD. 



139 




activity ; but the exercise must not be violent. Much depends 
upon the manner in which it is given. To preserve the tem- 
per, and to promote health, it should be moderate, at least at 
the beginning and at the termination. The rapid trot, or even 
the gallop, may be resorted to in the middle of the exercise,, 
but the horse should be brought in cool. 



POOD. 

One half of the diseases of the horse owe their origin to 
over-feeding with hay. This applies more particularly to 
young horses, and to such as are not put to severe work. 
They are ever placed before a full rack, and, like children 
gorged with bread and butter, -they eat merely for amusement, 
until at length the stomach gradually becomes preternaturally 
distended, the appetite increases in a relative proportion, be- 
comes sooner or later voracious, and finally merges into a mere 
craving — it being a matter of indifiference what the food is, so 
that the stomach is filled with it. This depravity of appetite 
is always accompanied by more or less thirst. This naturally 
enough produces general debility of the entire digestive func- 
tion, including stomach, bowels, liver, spleen, and pancreas; 
worms are produced in thousands, and symptoms present 
themselves of so many varied hues, that enumeration, far less 
classification, becomes utterly impossible. 

A horse's appetite is not to be taken as the criterion by 
which to determine the quantity of hay which he is to be per- 
mitted to consume ; for most horses will eat three or four times 
as much as they ought. Horses have been known to consume 
thirty pounds weight of hay between a day and a night ; and 
ten pounds is the most that should have been given during 



that time. Upon eight pounds of hay daily, with a due allow- 
ance of oats, a horse can be kept in full work, in prime health 
and spirits. It is better to keep young horses at grass until 
Mbout five years old, and to work them during that period. 
When kept in the stable and not worked they are apt to ac- 
quire many very bad habits ; and if the rack and manger be 
kept empty, with a view of preventing the over-loading of their 
stomachs, they will fall into a habit of playing with and mouth- 
ing them— a habit which finally degenerates into wind-sucking 
or crib-biting. 

The system of manger-feeding is now becoming general 
\mong farmers. There are few horses that do not habitually 
;v'aste a portion of their hay ; and by some the greater part is 
fulled down and trampled under foot, in order first to cull the 
Bweetest and best locks, which could not be done while the 
hay was confined in the rack. A good feeder will afterward 
pick up much of that which was thrown down : but some of it 
must be soiled and rendered disgusting, and, in yiany cases, 
one-third of this division of their food is wasted. Some of the 
oats and beans are imperfectly chewed by all horses, and 
scarcely at all by hungry and greedy ones. The appearance 
of the dung will sufiQciently establish this. 

The observation of this induced the adoption of manger- 
feeding, or of mixing a portion of cut feed with the grain and 
beans. By this means the animal is compelled to chew his 
food ; he cannot, to any great degree, waste the straw or hay; 
the cut feed is too hard and too sharp to be swallowed without 
sufficient mastication, and while he is forced to grind that down, 
the oats and the beans are also ground with it, and thus yield 
more nourishment ; the stomach is more slowly filled, and there- 



140 



rooD. 



FOOD. 



141 



! 







IH* I 



»•■ 



fore acts better upon its contents, and is not so likely to be 
over-loaded ; and the increased quantity of saliva thrown out in 
the protracted maceration of the food, softens it, and makes it 
more fit for digestion. 

Cut feed may be composed of equal quantities of clover or of 
meadow hay ; and wheaten, oaten, or barley straw, cut into 
pieces of a half or an incii in length, and mingled well to- 
gether; the allowance of oats or beans is afterwards added, 
and mixed with the whole. Many farmers very properly 
bruise the oats or beans. The whole oat is apt to slip out 
of the feed and be lost; but when it is bruised, and espe- 
cially if the feed is wet a little, it will not readily separate, or, 
should a portion of it escape the grinders, it will be partly pre- 
pared for digestion by the act of bruising. The prejudice 
against bruising the oats is utterly unfounded, so far as the 
farmer's horse, and the wagon horse, and every horse of slow 
draught, are concerned. The quantity of straw in the feed will 
always counteract, any supposed purgative quality in bruised 
oats. Horses of quicker draught, unless they are actually in- 
clined to scour, will thrive better on bruised than on whole oats ; 
for a greater quantity of nutriment will be extracted from the 
food, and it will always be easy to apportion the quantity of 
straw or beans to the effect of the mixture on the bowels of the 
horse. The principal alteration that should be made for the 
horse of harder and more rapid work, such as the post-horse 
and the stage-coach horse, is to increase the quantity of hay, 
and diminish that of straw. Two trusses of hay may be cut 
with one of straw. 

Some gentlemen, in defiance of the prejudice and opposition 
of the coachman or groom, have introduced this mode of feed- 



ing Into the stables of their horses, and with manifest advantage. 
There has been no loss of condition or power, and considerable 
saving of provender. This system is not however, calculated 
for the hunter, or the race-horse. Their food must lie in smaller 
bulk, in order that the action of the lungs may not be impeded 
by the distention of the stomach ; yet many hunters have gone 
well over the field who have been manger-fed, the proportion 
of grain, however, being materially increased. 

For the agricultural and cart-horse, eight pounds of oats, and 
two of beans should be added to every twenty pounds of cut 
feed. Thirty-four or thirty-six pounds of the mixture will be 
suflScient for any horse of moderate size, with fair, or even hard, 
work. The dray and wagon horse may require forty pounds. 
Hay in the rack at night is, in this case, supposed to be alto- 
gether omitted. The rack, however, may remain, as occasion- 
ally useful for the sick horse, or to contain green feed. 

Horses are very fond of this provender. The great majority 
of them, after having become accustomed to it, will leave iho 
best oats given to them alone, for the sake of the mingled cut 
feed and grain. The farmer should be cautioned, however, 
not to set apart damaged hay for the manufacture of the 
cut feed. The horse may thus be induced to eat that which he 
would otherwise refuse, and if the nourishing property of the 
hay has been impaired, or it has acquired an injurious principle, 
the animal will either lose condition, or become diseased. Much 
more injury is done by eating damaged hay, or musty oats, than 
is generally imagined. There will be sufficient saving in the 
diminished cost of the provender by the introduction of the 
straw and the improved condition of the horse, without poison- 
i"g bim with the refuse of the farm. For old horees, and for 



142 



FOOD. 



FOOD. 



143 



!^l 



|.i 



f 




!!!? 



those with defective teeth, cut feed is peculiarly useful, and for 
them the grain should be broken down as well as the fodder. 

While the mixture of the cut feed with the grain prevents it 
from being too rapidly devoured and a portion of it swallowed 
whole, and therefore the stomach is not too loaded with that 
on which, as containing the most nutriment, its chief digestive 
power should be exerted ; yet, on the whole, a great deal of 
time is gained by this mode of feeding, and more is left for rest. 
When a horse comes in wearied at the close of the day, it oc- 
cupies, after he has eaten his grain, two or three hours to clear 
his rack. On the system of manger-feeding, the chaff being 
already cut into small pieces, and the beans and oats bruised, 
he is able fully to satisfy his appetite in an hour and a half. 
Two additional hours are therefore devoted to rest. This is a 
circumstance deserving of much consideration, even in the 
farmer^s stable ; and of immense consequence to the stage-coach 
proprietor, the livery-stable keeper, and the owner of every hard- 
worked horse. 

Manger food will be the usual support of the farmer's horse 
during the winter, and while at constant or occasional hard 
work ; but from the middle of April to the end of July, he 
may be fed with this mixture in the day, and turned out at 
night, or he may remain out during every rest-day. A team 
in constant employ should not, however, be suffered to be out 
at night after the end of July. 

The farmer should take care that the pasture is thick and 
good ; and that the distance from the yard is not too great, or 
the fields too large, otherwise a very considerable portion of 
time will be occupied in catching the horse in the morning. 
He will likewise have to take into consideration the sale be 







OCT TO GRASS. 



would have for bis hay, and the necessity of sweet and untrod- 
_^_^ ^^^& ^_ ^^^ pasture for his cattle. On the 
'^^^^^^&. ^^''^^' ''°^e^«''. turning out in this way, 

when circumstances 
will admit of it, will 
be found to be more 
beneficial for the horse, 
and cheaper than soil- 
ing in the yard. . 

The horse of the in- 
ferior farmer is some- 
times fed on hay or 
grass alone, and the 
animal, although he rarely gets a feed of grain, maintains him- 
self in tolerable condition, and performs the work required of 
him ; but hay and grass alone however good in quality, or in 
whatever quantity allowed, will not support a horse under hard 
work. Other substances, containing a large proportion of 
nutriment in a smaller compass, hare been added ; a brief 
enumeration of which follows, and an estimate is formed of their 
comparative value. 

In almost every part of Great Britain and this country oats 
I'ave been selected as that portion of the food which is to afford 
tl>e pnnc.pal nourishment. They contain from seven hundred 
and forty-three to seven hundred and fifty parts of the nutri- 
t.ve matter. They should be about, or somewhat less than a 
year old, heavy, dry, and sweet. New oats will weigh ten or 
Wteen per cent, more than old ones; but the difference consists 
pnncpally in watery matter, which is gradually evaporated. 
J^ew oats are not so readily ground down by the teeth as old 



1^ 



I n 

1 



144 



FOOD. 



ones. They form a more glutinous mass, difficult to digest, 
and, when eaten in considerable quantities, are apt to occa- 
sion colic, or even staggers. If they are to be used before 
they are from three to five months old, they would be materi- 
ally improved by a little kiln-drying. There is no fear for 
the horses from simple drying, if the grain is good when put 
into the kiln. The old oat forms, when chewed, a smooth and 
uniform mass, which readily dissolves in the stomach, and 
yields the nourishment which it contains. Perhaps some chemi- 
cal change may have been slowly effected in the old oat, dis- 
posing it to be more readily assimilated. Oats should be 
plump, bright in color, and free from unpleasant smell or taste. 
The musty smell of wet or damaged grain is produced by a 
fungus growing upon the seed, which has an injurious effect 
upon the urinary organs, and often on the intestines, producing 
profuse staling, inflammation of the kidneys, colic, and inflam- 
mation of the bowels. 

This musty smell is removed by kiln-drying the oat; but 
care is here requisite that too great a degree of heat is not 
employed. It should be sufficient to destroy the fungus with- 
out injuring the life of the seed. A considerable improvement 
would be effected by cutting the unthrashed oat-straw into 
chaff, and the expense of thrashing would be saved. Oat- 
straw is better than that of barley, but does not contain so 
much nutriment as that of wheat. 

When the horse is fed on hay and oats, the quantity of the 
oats must vary with his size and the work to be performed. 
In winter, four feeds, or from ten to fourteen pounds of oats in 
the day, will be a fair allowance for a horse of fifteen hands 
and one or two inches in height, and that has moderate work- 




FOOD. 



145 



In summer, half the quantity with green feed will be sufficient. 
Those which work on the farm have from ten to fourteen 
pounds, and the hunter from twelve to sixteen. There are no 
efficient and safe substitutes for good oats; but, on the contrary, 
it may be safely asserted, that they possess an invigorating pro'/ 
perty which is found in no other kind of food. i 

Oatmeal forms a poultice more stimulating than one com- 
posed of linseed-meal alone-^or they may be mingled in different 
proportions, as circumstances require. In the form of gruel 
it constitutes one of the most important articles of diet for the 
sick horse ; not, indeed, to be forced upon him, but a pail con- 
taining it being slung in his box, of which he will soon begin 
to drink when water is denied. Gruel is generally either not 
boiled long enough, or a sufficient -quantity of oatmeal is not 
used for it. The proportions should be, a pound of meal thrown 
into a gallon of water, and kept constantly stirred until it boils, 
and five minutes afterwards. 

White- water, made by stirring a pint of oatmeal in a pail of 
water, the chill being taken from it, is an excellent beverage 
for the thirsty and tired horse. 

Barley is a common food of the horse in various parts of the 
continent, and, until the introduction of oats, seems to have 
constituted almost his only food. It is more nutritious than 
oats, containing nine hundred and twenty parts of nutritive 
matter in every thousand. There seems, however to be some- 
thmg necessary besides a great proportion of nutritive matter 
in order to render any substance wholesome, strengthenino- or 
fattening; therefore it is, that with many horses that are ha^^rdiy 
worked, and, indeed, with horses generally, barley does not 
agree so well as oats. They are occasionally subject to inflam- 
matory complaints, and particularly to surfeit and mange 



»i 



146 



FOOD. 



V ■% 



FOOD. 



¥' 



II I 



li 







When barley is given, the quantity shonld not exceed a peck 
daily. It should always be bruised, and the chaff should con- 
sist of equal quantities of hay and barley-straw, and not cut too 
short. If the farmer has a quantity of spotted or unsalable 
barley that he wishes thus to get rid of, he must accustom. his 
horses to it very gradually, or be will probably produce serious 
illness among them. For horses that are recovering from illness, 
barley, in the form of malt, is often serviceable, as tempting the 
appetite and recruiting the strength. It is best given in mashes 
— water, considerably below the boiling heat, being poured upon 
it, and the vessel or pail kept covered for half an hour. 

Grain, fresh from the mash-tub, either alone or mixed with 
oats or chaff, or both, may be given occasionally to horses of slow 
draught ; they would, however, afford very insufficient nourish- 
ment for horses of quicker or harder work. 

Wheat is more rarely given than barley. It contains nine 
hundred and fifty-five parts of nutritive matter. When farmers 
have a damaged or unmarketable sample of wheat, they some- 
times give it to their horses, and, it being at first used in small 
quantities, they become accustomed to it, and thrive and work 
well ; it should, however, always be bruised, and given in chaff. 
Wheat contains a greater portion of gluten, or sticky, adhesive 
matter, than any other kind of grain. It is difficult of diges- 
tion, and apt to cake and form obstructions in the bowels. This 
will more often be the case, if the horse is suffered to drink 
much water soon after feeding upon it. 

Fermentation, colic, and death, are occasionally the conse- 
quence of eating any great quantity of wheat. A horse that is 
fed on it, should have very little hay. The proportion should 
not be more than one truss of hay to two of straw. Wheat or 



147 



fi 




flour, boiled in water, to the thickness of starch, is given with 
good effect in over-purging, especially if combined with chalk 
and opium. 

Bran, or the ground husk of the wheat, used to be frequently 
given to sick horses, on account of the supposed advantage 
derived from its relaxing the bowels. There is no doubt that 
it does operate gently on the intestinal canal, and assists in 
quickening the passage of its contents, when occasionally given ; 
but it must not be a constant, or even frequent food. Bran or 
pollard often accumulates in the intestines, when given injudi- 
ciously, seriously impairing the digestive powers. Bran may, 
however, be useful as an occasional aperient in the form of a 
mash, but never should become a regular article of food. 

Beans afford a striking illustration of the principle, that the 

nourishing or strengthening effects of the different articles of 

^^^ ^ ^^^^ depend more upon some peculiar pro- 

which they possess, or upon some 
combination which they form, than 

upon the actual 
quantity of nuiri- 
tive matter. Beans 
contain but from 
five hundred and 
twenty to six hun- 
dred parts of nu- 

THE AMERICAN RACER, BLACK MARIA. 

tritive matter; yet 
they add materially to the vigor of the horse. There are many 
liorses that will not stand hard work without beans being 
mingled with their food ; and there are horses, whose ten! 
dency to purge it may be necessary to restrain by the astrin- 




148 



POOD. 



I r. 



m 



• > 



gency of the bean. There are few travelers who are not aware 
of the difference in the spirit and continuance of the horse 
whether he is allowed or denied beans daring the continuance 
of the journey. They afford not merely a temporary stimulus 
but they may be daily used without losing their power, or pro' 
ducing exhaustion. They are indispensable to the hard-worked 
coach-horse. Weakly horses could never get through their 
work without them; and old horses would otherwise often sink 
under the task imposed upon them. They should not be given 
whole, or split, but crushed. This will make a material differ- 
ence in the quantity of nutriment which will be extracted. They 
ore sometimes given to turf-horses, but only as an occasional 
stimulant. Two pounds of beans may, with advanta-^e be 
mixed with the chaff of the agricultural horse, during the winter 
In summer, the quantity of beans should be lessened, or they 
should be altogether discontinued. Beans are generally given 
whole. This is very absurd ; for the young horse, whose teeth 
are strong, seldom requires them ; while the old horse, to whom 
they are in a measure necessary, is scarcely able to masticate 
them, swallows many of them which he is unable to break and 
drops much grain from his mouth in the ineffectual attempt to 
crush them. Beans should not be merely split, but crushed ; as 
they will even then furnish sufficient employment for the grin- 
ders of the animal. Some persons use chaff with beans, instead 
of oats. This may possibly be allowed with hardly-worked 
horses ; but, in general cases, beans without oats would be too 
b.nd.ng and stimulating, and would produce costiveness. and 
probably megrims or staggers. 

Beans should be at least a twelvemonth old before they are 
given to the horse, and they should be carefully preserved from 



FOOD. 



149 



damp and raonldiness, which at least disgust the animal, if 
they do no other harm, and harbor an insect which destroys 
the inner part of the bean. 

The straw of the bean is nutritive and wholesome, and ia 
usually given to the horses. Its nutritive properties are sup- 
posed to be little inferior to those of oats. The small and 
plump bean is generally the best. 

Peas are occasionally given. They appear to be in a slight 
degree more nourishing than beans, and not so heating. They 
contain five hundred and seventy-four parts of nutritive matter. 
For horses of slow work they may be used ; but the quantity 
of chaff should be increased, and a few oats added. They have 
not been found to answer with horses of quick draught. It is 
essential that they should be crushed ; otherwise, on account of 
their globular form, they are apt to escape from the teeth, and 
many are swallowed whole. Exposed to warmth and moisture 
in the stomach, they swell considerably, and may painfully and 
injudiciously distend it. The peas that are given to horses 
should be sound, and at least a year old. In some sections, 
pea-meal is frequently used, not only as an excellent food for 
the horse, but as a remedy for diabetes. 

Linseed is sometimes given to sick horses— raw, ground, and 
boiled. It is supposed to be useful in cases of catarrh. 

Indian Coen in combination with roots, forms a valuable 
article of diet. Horses will eat the mess with an avidity of 
appetite calculated to e.xcite surprise at first. The mess, to 
which a little salt should invariably be added, will keep them 
in fair average condition ; and Hiose which it is desirable to 
fatten may have a small quantity of oats, pea or bran meal 
added. 



150 



POOD. 



Hay is most in perfection when it is about a year old. The 
horse, perhaps, would prefer it earlier, but it is then neither so 
wholesome nor so nutritive, and often has a purgative quality. 
When it is about a year old, it retains, or should retain, some- 
what of its green color, its agreeable smell, and its pleasant 
taste. It has undergone the slow process of fermentation, by 
which the sugar which it contains is developed, and its nutritive 
quality is fully .exercised. Old hay becomes dry and tasteless, 
and innutritive and unwholesome. After the grass is cut, and 
the hay stacked, a slight degree of fermentation takes place in 
it. This is necessary for the development of the saccharine 
principle ; but it occasionally proceeds too far, and the hay be- 
comes mow-burnt, in which state it is injurious, or even poison- 
ous. The horse soon shows the effect which it has upon him. 
He has diabetes to a considerable degree ; he becomes, hide- 
bound ; his strength is wasted ; his thirst is excessive ; and he 
is almost worthless. 

Where the system of manger-feeding is not adopted, or where 
hay is still allowed at night, and chaff and grain in the day, 
there is no error into which the farmer is so apt to fall as to 
give an undue quantity, and that generally of the worst kind. 
The pernicious results of this practice have been already men- 
tioned in the commencement of this head, and the practice can- 
not be too strongly reprobated. 

It is a good practice to sprinkle the hay with water in which 
salt has been dissolved. It is evidently more palatable to the 
animal who will leave the best nnsaltcd hay for that of an infe- 
rior quality which has been moistened with brine ; and there 
can be no doubt that the salting materially assists the process 
of digestion* Tho preferable way of Salting hay is to sprinkle 



FOOD. 



151 



It over the different layers as it is put away, or as the stack is 
formed. From its attraction to water, it would combine with 
that excess of moisture which in wet seasons, is the cause of too 
rapid and violent fermentation, and of the hay becoming mois- 
tened, or of the stack catching fire, and it would become more 
incorporated with the hay. The only objection to its being thus 
used is, that the color of the hay is not so bright ; but this will 
be of little consequence for home consumption. 

Clover is useful for soiling the horse ; and clover hay is 
preferable to meadow hay for chaff. It will sometimes tempt 
the sick horse, and may be given with advantage to those of 
slow and heavy work ; but custom seems properly to have for- 
bidden it to the roadster or those used for quick work. 

The Swedish Turnip is an article of food, the value of 
which, particularly for agricultural horses, has not been suf- 
ficiently appreciated. Although it is far from containing tho 
amount of nutritive matter which many have supposed, that 
which it has seems to be capable of complete and easy diges- 
tion. It should be sliced vith chopped straw, and without hay. 
It quickly fattens the horse, and produces a smooth glossy coat 
and a loose skin. It is a good plan to give it once a day, and 
that at night when the work is done. 

The virtues of Carrots are not sufficiently known, both as 
contributing to the strength and endurance of the sound horse,? 
and to the rapid recovery of the sick one. To the healthy 
horse they should be given sliced in his chaff. Half a bushel 
will be a fair daily allowance. There is little provender, of 
which the horse is more fond. There is none better, nor, per- 
haps, so good. When first given, it is slightly diuretic and 
laxative, bat as the horse becomes accustomed to it, these effects 



152 



FOOD. 



cease to be produced. They also improve the state of the skin. 
They form a good substitute for grass, and an excellent altera- 
tive for horses out of condition. For sick and idle horses they 
render grain unnecessary. They are beneGcial in all chronic 
diseases connected with breathing, and have a marked influence 
upon chronic cough and broken wind. They are serviceable 
in diseases of the skin, and in combination with oats they re- 
store a worn horse much sooner than oats alone. 

Potatoes have been given and with advantage in their raw 
state, sliced with chaff; but, where it has been convenient to 
boil or steam them, the benefit has been far more evident. 
Purging then has rarely ensued. Some have given boiled pota- 
toes alone, and horses, instead of rejecting them, have soon 
preferred them even to oats ; but it is better to mix them with the 
usual manger feed, in the proportion of one pound of potatoes 
to two and a half pounds of the other ingredients. The use of 
the potato must depend upon its cheapness, and the facility 
for boiling it. Those who have tried potatoes extensively in 
the feeding of horses, assert ^hat an acre of potatoes goes as 
far as four acres of hay. A horse fed upon them should have 
his quantity of water materially curtailed. Half a dozen horses 
would soon repay the expense of a steaming boiler for potatoes 
in the saving of provender alone, without taking into account 
their improved condition and capability for work. 

The times of feeding should be as equally divided as conve- 
nience will permit; and when it is likely that the horse will bo 
kept longer than usual from home, the nose-bag should inva- 
riably be taken. The small stomach of the horse is emptied in 
a few hours ; and if he is allowed to remain hungry much be- 
yond his accustomed time, ho will afterwards devour his food 



WATEB. 



153 



BO voraciously as to distend the stomach and endanger an attack 
of the staggers. 

When extra work is required from the animal, the system of 
management is often injudicious; for a double feed is put upon 
him, and as soon as he has swallowed it, he is started. It would 
be far better to give him a double feed on the previous evening, 
which would be digested before he is wanted, and then he might 
set out in the morning, after a very small portion of grain had 
been given to him, or, perhaps, only a little hay. One of the 
most successful methods of enabling a horse to get well through 
a long journey, is to give him only a little at a time while on 
the road, and at night to indulge him with a double feed of 
grain and a full allowance of beans. 



WATEB. 

The watering of the horse is a very important but disregarded 
portion of his general management, especially by the farmer. 
He lets his horses loose morning and night, and they go to tho 
nearest pond or brook and drink then- fill, and no harm results ; 
for they obtain that kind of water which nature designed them 
to have, in a manner prepared for them by some unknown in- 
fluence of the atmosphere, as well as by the deposition of many 
saline admixtures. 

The kind of water fitted for the horse has not been, as a 
general thing, sufiiciently considered. The difference between 
what is termed hard and soft water, is a circumstance of general 
observation. The former contains certain saline principles, 
which decompose some bodies, as appears in the curdling of 
Boap, and prevent the decomposition of others, as in the making 
of tea, the boiling of vegetables, and the process of brewing: 



154 



WATER. 



WATER. 



165 






It is natural to suppose that these diflferent kinds of water would 

produce somewhat differing effects upon the animal frame: and 

Buch is the ease. Hard water, freshly drawn from the well 

will frequently roughen the coat of the horse unaccustomed to 

it, or cause griping pains, or materially lessen the animal's 

power of exertion. The racing and the hnnting-groom are 

perfectly aware of this ; and instinct or experience has made 

even the horse conscious of it, for he will never drink hard 

water if he has access to soft, and he will leave the most trans- 

parent and the purest water of the well for a river, although 

the stream may be turbid, and even for the muddiest pool. 

Some trainers, indeed, have so much fear of hard or strange 

water, that they carry with them to the different courses the 

water which the animal has been accustomed to drink, and that 

which they know agrees with it. 

The temperature of the water is of far more consequence than 
its hardness. It will rarely harm if taken from the pond or 
the running stream; but its coldness, when recentlv drawn from 
the well, has often proved injurious; it has produced colic, 
spasms, and even death. 

There is often considerable prejudice against the horse being 
fairly supplied with water. It is supposed to chill him, to 
injure his wind, or to incapacitate him for hard work. It cer- 
tainly would do so, if, immediately after drinking his fill, he 
were galloped hard ; but not if he were suffered to quench his 
thirst more frequently when at rest in the stable. The horse 
that has free access to water, will not drink so much in the 
course of the day as another, who, in order to cool his parched 
mouth, swallows as fast as he can, and knows not when to 
stop. 



A horse may, with perfect safety, be far more liberally sup- 
plied with water than he generally is. An hour before his work 
commences, he should be permitted to drink a couple of quarts. 
A greater quantity might probably be objectionable. He will 
perform his task far more pleasantly and effectually than with 
a parched mouth and tormenting thirst. The prejudice both 
of the hunting and the training groom on this point is cruel, 
as well as injurious. The task or the journey being accom- 
plished, and the horse having had his head and neck dressed, 
his legs and feet washed, should have his water before his body 
is cleaned. When dressed, his grain may be offered to him, 
which he will readily take ; but water should never be given 
immediately before or after the grain. 

If the horse were watered three times a day, especially in 
summer, he would often be saved from the sad torture of thirst 
and from many a disease. Whoever has observed the eagerness 
with which the. overworked horse, hot and tired, plunges his 
muzzle into the pail, and the difficulty of stopping him before 
he has drained the last drop, may form some idea of his previ- 
ous suffering, and will not wonder at the violent spasms, inflam- 
mation, and sudden death, that often follow. 

It is a judicious rule with travelers, that when a horse begins 
to refuse his food, he should be pushed no further that day. It 
may, however, be worth while to ascertain whether this does 
not proceed from thirst as much as from exhaustion ; for in 
niany instances his appetite and his spirits will return soou 
after he has partaken of the refreshing draught. 



156 



PASTURING. 



PASTURING. 



157 



I 



PASTURING. 

So far as mere health is concerned, f^rass is the most salabri- 

ous food which the horse can receive. When it is eaten where 

lit grows, the horse is said to be turned out, to be getting a run 

,at grass, or to be at grass. When it is cut, and consumed in 

the stable, the horse is said to be soiled. 

It is probable that grass eaten in the field produces quite the 
same effects as that eaten in the stable. But at pasture, there 
are several agents in operation to which the stabled horse is not 
necessarily exposed. The exercise which -he must take ; the 
position which his head must assume, in order that he may ob- 
tain food ; the annoyance ho suffers from flics ; his exposure to 
the weather ; the influence of the soil upon the feef and legs ; 
and the quantity of food placed at his disposal ; are the priu* 
sipal points wherein pasturing differs from soiling. 

The Exercise which he must take as he gathers his food, 
varies according to the herbage. When the ground is bare, 
the exercise may amount even to work, but to a sound horso 
it is never injurious; in cold weather it keeps him warm, or, 
at least, prevents him from becoming very cold. With a lame 
horse, the case is different. In some species of lameness, as 
in chronic diseases of the joints, the slow but constant exercise 
thus rendered necessary is highly beneficial ; but the exertion 
demanded by a bare pasture is unfavorable to any sprain or 
lameness arising from disease in the ligaments and tendons. 
Lameness, when very great, no matter where seated, forbids 
pasturing, even though the grass be knee-high. The pain of 
standing, and moving on two or three legs, may be so great 
^hat the horso will be obliged to lie down before he has ob* 



taincJ Iialf a meal. It is for slight lameness only that horses 
should be turned out ; and the pasture should be such as to 
afford su3iciont nutriment, without giving the horse more ex- 
ercise than is good for the disease. 
The legs of fdst-working horses often become turned, shape- 
less, tottering, bent at the knee, and 

at the pasterns. These 
^ always improve at 
pasture, as, indeed, 
they do in the sta- 
ble, or loose-box, 
when ihe horse is 
thrown out of work. 
Grazinjf exercise 
does not appear to 
PASTURiKo. be unfavorable to 

their restoration ; but when the knees are very much bent, the 
horse is unfit for turning out ; he cannot graze ; when his head 
is down, he is ready to fall upon his nose, and it costs him 
much effort to maintain his balance. 

The position op the head in the act of grazing is unfavor- 
able to the return of blood from the brain, from the eyes, from 
all parts of the head. Horses that have had staggers, or bad 
eyes, those that have recently lost a jugular vein, and those 
that have any disease about the head— strangles, for instance— 
should not be sent to pasture. The disease becomes worse, or, 
if gone, is apt to return. Even healthy horses are liable to 
attacks on the brain, when turned to grass, pariicularly wheu 
the weather is hot, and the herbage abundant. 
Horses that have been for more than a year In the stable. 




f t 



158 



PASTURTNa. 



PASTURING. 



159 






'.' 



!;' i 



:1 



i 



and especially those that have been reined up in harness, often 
experience considerable difficulty in grazing. The neck is 
rigid, and the muscles which support the head are short. It 
is often several weeks before an old coach-horse can graze 
with ease. Yery old coach-horses that have short, stiff necks, 
should not be turned out when they can be kept in ; if they 
must go, they should be watched, lest they die of want. 

Exposure to the Weather. Wet, cold weather always 
produces emaciation and a long coat. If the horse is put out 
without preparation, he is apt to have an attack of inflamed 
lungs, or sore throat, or a common cold, with discharge from 
the nose, and may sicken and die. Many persons seem to think 
that no usage is too bad for the horse, if it do not immediately 
produce some fatal disease. Early in spring, or late in au- 
tumn, the animal is turned out of a warm, comfortable stable, 
and left to battle with the weather as he best can. He crouches 
to the side of a wall, shivering and neglected, as if he had no 
friend in the world. In time, the horse becomes inured to the 
weather, if he does not sink under it, but sometimes he comes 
home with diseased lungs, and very often with a cough which 
never leaves him, and which produces broken wind. 

Shelter, so easily provided — at the cost of a few rude 
boards even — is too much neglected in the pasture. A hovel, 
covered on three sides, the fourth open to the south, and just 
high enough to admit the horse, will answer the puroose. 
The bottom should be sloping, elevated, and quite drv. When 
litter can be afforded, it will tempt the horse out of the blast. 
There may be hay-racks and mangers, strong, though of rude 
construction. In summer, the horse can retire here during the 
heat of the day, and in the more inclement season he may thus 
avoid the wind and the storm. 



Exposure to hot weather is not so pernicious, although it 
always produces pain, if the horse be turned out in the middle 
of summer. For a while he is fevered all day and loses flesh ; 
but he soon recovers. The parts that are most apt to suffer 
are the brain and the eyes. Staggers, that is, an affection of 
the brain, is not common, and the eyes never suffer permanent 
mischief. They are inflamed by die flies, but the brain is in-^ 
jured, partly by the heat, and partly by the pendent position 
of the head. 

Flies. The horse is persecuted by at least three kinds of 
flies. One, the common horse-fly, settles on his ears and dif- 
ferent parts of his body, tickling and teazing him. Another is 
a large fly, termed the gad-fly; it is a blood-sucker, bites pretty 
smartly, and irritates some tender-skinned horses almost to 
madness, forcing them sometimes to rush into the water to 
escape their attacks. Another fly is a small insect,whose name 
is unknown, which lives in the blood, attacking those parts 
where the skin is thinnest, as the eyelids, inside and outside, the 
Sheath, and the vagina. The eyelids especially always swell 
where this fly abounds, and the swelling is sometimes so great 
as to make the horse nearly blind, while the eye is red and 
weeping. The injury however, is not permanent. 

The principal defense which the horse has against these 
puny, but tormenting enemies, is his tail. On some parts of 
his body he can remove them with his teeth and his feet ; and 
that which cannot be done by these, is done by the tail. With 
us, however, in far too many instances the effective instrument 
which nature has furnished is removed, or materially impaired, 
before he has attained maturity; and, as if the pains of 
servitude were not sufficiently great and numerous, domestica- 
tion is rendered still more intolerable by whim and caprice. 



160 



PASTURING. 



rASTURINQ. 



161 



I'. 

i 



TfiE SOIL. Much bas been saitf about the influence of the 
soil upon the horse^s feet and legs, and much exaggeration of 
assertion has been set afloat. Horses reared in soft, marshy 
pastures have large flat feet, low at the heels, and weak every- 
where. On dry ground the hoof is hard, strong, and small, 
the sole concave, and the heels high. But to impart any 
peculiar character to the hoof, or to produce any change upon 
it, a long and continuous residence upon the same kind of 
soil is necessary. A period of six months may produce some 
change; but it is so insignificant in general that it is not 
apparent. 

The low temperature at which the feet and legs are kept in 
a moist pasture has probably some influence, though not very 
great, in abating inflammation in those parts. The legs be- 
come finer and free from tumors and gourdiness ; but they 
would improve nearly or quite as soon, and as much, in a 
loose box. 

When the pastures are hard and baked by the sun, unshod 
horses are apt to break away the crust, and they often come 
home with hardly horn enough to hold a nail. Feet that have 
never been shod sufi*er less; others should, as a general thing, 
be preserved by light shoes, especially on the fore feet ; kick- 
ing horses, when shod behind, are rather dangerous among 
others. 

It has been supposed that the act of grazing throws con 
siderable stress upon the tendons of the fore legs, and ulti- 
mately impairs them. This has been urged against grazing 
hunters; but so far as sound legs are concerned, there seems 
to be no foundation for the supposition, and it certainly has 
never been proved. 



Quantity op food. In the stable, a horse's food can be 
Apportioned to him as his wants may require; but at pasture, 
he may get too much or too little. It is difficult to put the 
horse where he will obtain all the nourishment he needs, and 
no more. In a rich pasture, he may acquire an inconvenient 
load of fat; in a poor one, he may be half starved. If he 
must go out, he may be taken in before he becomes too fat ; 
or he may be placed in .a bad pasture, and fed up to the point 
required by a daily allowance of grain. 

Time of turning out. Horses are pastured at all times of 
the year. Some are out for lameness, some for bad health, 
and some, that they may be kept for less than the stable 
cost. The usual time of turning out is about the end of 
April, or the beginning of May. Then the grass is young, 
juicy, tender, and more laxative than at a later period.. Tho 
spring grass is best for a horse in bad health, worn out by 
sickness, hard work, or bad food. The weather is mild, neither 
too hot nor too cold ; when it is unsettled and backward, the 
delicate horse, and sometimes every one, should come in at 
nigiit and on bleak days. Toward the end of summer, the 
grass is hard, dry, coarse, fit enough to afford nutriment, but 
not to renovate a shattered constitution. The days are hot, 
the nights cold and damp, and the flies strong and numerous. 
This is not the time for turning out a delicate or thin-skinned 
horse. 

Many persons are accustomed to give the horse a dose or 
two of physic before sending him to grass. Unless the animal 
has tumid legs, or is afflicted with some ailment, this is en- 
tirely unnecessary, though it may do no harm. To preparo 
the horse for exposure to the weather, the clothing to which 
U 



162 



PASTURINa. 



I( 



he has been accustomed is lightened, and then entirely re- 
moved, a week or two before turning him out. The tempera- 
ture of the stable is gradually reduced, until it becomes as 
cool as the external air. These precautions are most neces- 
sary for horses that have been much in the stable, and particu- 
larly a warm stable. For eight or ten days previous to going 
out, the animal should not be groomed. The dust and per° 
spiration which accumulate upon the hair, seem in some 
measure to protect the skin from rain and from flies. The 
feet should be dressed, and the grass shoes, or plates, applied 
a week before turning out. If ihcy are injured by the nails, 
the injury will become apparent before much mischief is done; 
at grass it might not be noticed so soon. On the day of going 
out, the horse should be fed as usual. If he goes to grass 
when very hungry, he may eat too much. Indigestion will be 
the result, which may prove fatal. Weather permitting, night 
is usually chosen for the time of turning out, as the horse is 
not so apt to gallop about. Let loose in the day time, many 
are disposed to gallop till they lame themselves, and to try 
the fences. 

In autumn, or early in spring, the stable preparation for 
grass is often insufficient. If the horse be tender, or the 
weather unsettled, he should be taken home every night, 
for perhaps the first week. For eight or ten days longer,' 
it may be proper to house him on very wet or stormy nights. 
The stable given to him should always be cool, not so cold 
as the external air, but never so warm as if he were accus- 
tomed to it 

Confinement. Some horses are not easily confined at pas- 
ture. They break or leap the fences, and wander over the 



PASTURING. 



163 



country, or proceed to the stable* The fore feet are some- 
times shackled in order to confine them; but these fetters, if 
worn for a long time, are apt to alter the horse's action, ren- 
dering it short, confined, irregular, at least for a time, till he 
regains the use of his shoulders. Sometimes the horse is tied 
by a rope to a stake driven in the ground. He then requires 
almost constant watching, for he must be often shifted as ho 
eats down the grass, and he may get his legs entangled in the 
rope, thereby casting himself, and receiving serious injury, 
wiless relief be immediate. Sometimes he is tied to a stake, 
which he can drag about the field. He soon finds that he can 
walk where he pleases, but he cannot run, and seldom attempts 
to leap. This, however, is also liable to throw the horse 
down, or to injure his legs by getting them entangled in the 
rope. To prevent the horse from leaping, a board is some- 
limes suspended round his neck, reaching to his knees, which 
it as apt to bruise. None of these clumsy and unsafe restraints 
should ever be employed, when it is possible to dispense with 
them. Few horses, mares in spring and stallions excepted, 
require them after the first two days. For horses that are 
turned out only an hour or two during the day, they are as 
mucli used to enable him to be easily caught when wanted, as 
to prevent him from wandering. 

Attendance while out. Horses at grass should be visited 
at least once every day. If neglected for weeks, as often 
happens, one may be stolen, and conveyed out of the country 
before he is missed ; the fences may be broken ; the water 
may fail ; the horses may be lamed, or attacked with sickness; 
one may roll into a ditch, and die there for want of assistance 
'to extricate him ; the shoes may be cast ; the heels may crack ; 



164 



PASTURING. 



. 



»: < 



thrushes may form ; sores may run into sinuses, or become full 
of maggots; the feet and legs may be injured by stubs, thorns, 
broken glass, or kicks ; or the horses may quarrel, figjit, and 
wound each other. That these and similar evils and accidents 
may be obviated, or soon repaired, the horses should be visited 
every morning by a trustworthy person who knows what is re- 
quired of him. 

The grain, hay-either or both-if any be given, should be 
furnished at regular intervals j when fed with grain, the horses 
ought to be watched till it is eaten, lest they rob each other, 
or some prowling thief appropriate the whole. Horses at 
grass require, and should have, no dressing, as it exposes the 
Ekin too much. The shoes may be removed, however, and the 
feet dressed every four or five weeks. 

Treatment after Grazing. When taken from grass to 
warm stables, and put upon rich, constipating food, horses fre- 
qucntly become diseased. Some catch cold, some suffer in- 
flammation in the eyes, some take swelled legs, cracked heels, 
grease, thrushes, founders, surfeit, or a kind of mange! 
These are very common ; and physic is often, and indeed 
generally, given to prevent them. They are produced by a 
combination of circumstances ; by sudden transition from gentle 
exercise and indolence or exciting work; from a temperate to 
stimulating diet ; from a pure, cool, and moving atmosphere, 
to an air comparatively corrupt, hot, and stagnant. These 
changes must be made, and are, to a certain extent, unavoid- 
able ; but it is not in all cases necessary that they should be 
made suddenly. It is the rapid transition from one thing to 
another and a different thing, that does all the mischief. If it 
were effected by slow degrees, the eyiU would be avoided, and 



pasturing. 



165 



there would be less need, or none at all, for those medicines 
which are given to prevent them. 

During the first week, the temperature of the stable ought 
to be little different from that of the external air. Sub- 
sequently it may be rajsed, by slow degrees, till it is as warm 
as the work or other circumstances demand. The horse should 
not at first be clothed, and his first clothing should be light. 
Grooming may commence on the first day ; but it is not good 
to expose the skin very quickly by a thorough dressing. The 
food should be laxative, consisting of bran-mashes, oats, and 
hay ; but no beans, or very few. Walking-exercise, twice a 
day, is absolutely necessary for keeping the legs clean, and it 
assists materially in preventing plethora. 

The time required for inuring a horse to stable treatment, 
depends upon several circumstances. If taken home in warm 
weather, the innovation, so far as the temperance and the 
purity of the air are concerned, may be completed in about 
two weeks. If the horse is not very lean, his skin may be well 
cleaned in the first week ; and to clean it, he must have one or 
two gentle sweats, sufficient to detach and dissolve the dust, 
raud, and oily matter which adhere to the skin, and glue the 
hair together. All this, or as much of it as possible, must be 
scraped off while the horse is warm and perspiring. If it is 
allowed to get dry before scraping, he is just where he was. 
If the weather be cold, there need be no great hurry about 
cleaning him completely. 

The propriety of giving physic after grazing has been often 
questioned. In the stable, its utility is generally acknow- 
ledged. In books it is sometimes condemned as pernicious, 
Bometimes as useless. It may be safely said, however, that 



166 



PASTURINO. 



PASTURINa. 



167 



It 



I 
I 



i ff 



l^'i 



;i 






there are many cases in which physic is very nsefnl ; but that 
«s a general thing, it is given too indiscriminately, and befor 
It IS wanted. 

To a lusty horse, one or two doses may be given for the 
pnrpose ot- reducing l.im, for removing superfluous fat and 
flesh. The phys.c may be strong, sufficiently so to produce 
cop.ous purgation. It empties the bowels, takes up the carcass 
-d g.ves freedom to respiration ; it promotes absorption, an^ 
expels the juices which embarrass exertion. Work, sweating 
and a spare diet of condensed food, will produce effects with- 
out the aid of physic. But purgation shortens the time of 
tram.ng, and it saves the legs. If the horse must be rapidly 
prepared for work, with as little hazard as possible to his le J 
he n,ust have phj-sic. The first dose may be given on the d^ 
When he comes from grass ; the others, if more than one b 
necessary, at intervals of eight or ten clear days 

A lean horse, fresh from grass, needs no physic till he has 
een stabled for several days, and perhaps n'ot then. By Z 
.me he has acquired strength sufficient to stand trainin' his 

fZlT''' :"''''''' '''' '""^ belly small enough to :;,ow 
^r e m of resp.rat.o„. At the end of a fortnight or three 
wee s, the lean horse ought to be decidedly lustier. If too 

It, "' "'""■'■"•' """ '"'^ ^'-^P'^'^' °- <l-e of physic 

n.ay be g.ven, active enough to produce smart purgatio and 
prevent the evils which arise from plethora, 'if 'he ^ nl 

taking on flesh so rapidly as he shnnlri h. 

^ ^ '^^ "^ should, he may have two. 

perhaps three, mild doses of physic in.f „ >r 

v^i pnjsic, just active enough to 

produce one or two watery or semi-fluid evacuations. If he 
eat a great deal without improving in condition, he is probably 
troubled wUh worms, and half a drachm of calomel may be 



added to each dose of physic. If he does not feed well, there 
is probably a torpid state of the digestive apparatus, produced 
by a bad or deficient diet. lu such a case, mild physic is 
still proper, and, in addition, the horse may have a few tonic 
balls between the setting of one dose and the administration 
of another. Four drachms of gentian, two of ginger, and ono 
of tartar emetic, made into a ball with honey, forms a very 
useful tonic. One of these may be given every day, or every 
second day, for a fortnight. If the horse does not improve 
under these, he requires the aid of a veterinary surgeon. 

The mode of grazing farm- horses requires some notice. 
Other horses are sent to pasture, and with few exceptions, re- 
main at it for days and weeks without interruption. Those 
employed in agriculture are pastured in three different ways. 
By one, the horse is constantly at grass, except during his 
hours of work ; he is put out at night, is brought in the 
next morning, goes to work for tw^o or three hours, and is 
then returned to pasture for about two hours ; in the afternoon 
be again goes to work, which may be concluded at five or six 
o'clock, and from that time till he is wanted on the next morn- 
ing he is kept at grass. By another mode, the horse is turned 
out only at night. During the day he is soiled in his stable 
at his resting intervals. When work is over for the day, he 
I's sent out till the next morning By the third mode, which 
is generally allowed to be the best, the horse is turned to grass 
only once a week. He is pastured from the time his work is 
finished on Saturday night till it commences again on Monday 



morning. 



If the horses have any thing like work, the first two modes 
are decidedly objectionable. There is much expenditure of 



168 



SKRVICB. 



'11 



I'i 



f'' 



lit 



abor ,„ procnria. the food, and there is ^reat loss of tim, 
It .nay cost the horse four or five hours good work ,o e«. 
down the grass which he eats. A ,„aa supplied with a scvti.e 
W.11 do the same work with far Jess labor i„ a few n.iuute, 
If there be nothing else for the horse to do, it is quiie ri^lit 
to make hiu, gather his own food. L>„t, otherwise, it is absurd 
to make him e.xhanst his .strength and time in doing that wi,ich 
a man can do so much more easily and quickly. JJesidcs this 
e..pendi.ure of the horse'., time and strength, the loss of 
manure, and the dau.age done to pasture by the feet, o«ght to 
be taken into consideration. 

The third mode of grazing appears to be the least objection- 
able. The horses have no f.eld labor on Sunday ; if the pas- 
t-re be good, the weather favorable, and the horses not 
fofgued, they are better at gra.ss than in the hou.se. 

In some places the road-horses are sometimes put to '^as, 
on Sunday. This practice has nothing apparently to rccora- 
mend it. The weekly work of these horses in general de- 
mands the rest which Sunday brings; and if th.y travel at a 
fast pace, as all coach-horses do now. they are apt to eat so 
inuch grass, and carry such a load in their bellies, that on 
Monday they are easily over-worked. The breathing is in,- 
peded. unless the horses purge, which few do. They often 
come from gra.ss as hagganl and dejected as if they had dune 
twice their ordinary work the day before. 



iERVICB. 



169 



SEHVICB. 

A change of lodging, or of diet, is often a cause of disease. 
When a fresh horse is procured, it is well to know how he has 
beeu treated during the previous month ; if he is a valuable 




animal, he will certainly be worth this inqnirj. Horses that 
come froni a dealer have probably been standing in a warm 
stable, well-clothed, wtll-groomed, highly fed, and seldom 
exorcised. They have fine glossy 

coats, are lusty, and in high'^r£:3 — '- «s^H3^ 
ipirits; but 
their flesh is 
soft and flabby. 
Tliey are unfit 'fj 
for fast work ; 
they are easily ^ 
heated by exer- 
tion, and when 
the Iciist warm, pervicb. 

are very apt to take cold. But, wherever the horse comes 
frojn, or whatever his condition may be, changes in reference 
to food, temperature, and work, must be effected by slovr 
degrees. It is absurd and always pernicious to take a horse 
from the field, and put him in a warm stable, and on rich 
food all at once; it is no less erroneous to take him from 
a warm to a cold stable, or to demand exertion to which ho 
has not been trained. 

When the horse's history cannot be traced, both his work and 
his diet should at first be moderate. More of either than he 
has been accustomed to, will do more harm than less of either. 
It may, however, soon be ascertained by trying him whether ho 
has been doing much work; if fit for work, he may be fed in 
proportion. The temperature of the stable had better be 
warmer than colder. If too warm, the horse will perspire ; his 
coat will be wet in different places, especially in the morning 



no 



SERVICE. 



SERVICE. 



in 



when the stables are first opened. If it be too cold, his coat 
will be roughened, and become dim, and the horse will catch 
cold, evidence of which will be given by a cough. 

The work of some horses exposes them much to the weather. 
Those employed in street-coaches, in the carriages of medical 
men, all those that have to stand in the weather, can never do 
so with safety until they have been seasoned. In the cold rainy 
season, many are destroyed, and many more endangered by iu- 
judicious exposure. Wet weather is the most pernicious ; yet 
it is not the rain alone that does the mischief. If the horse is 
kept in motion, and afterwards perfectly and quickly dried, or 
is kept in motion till he is dry, he suffers no injury. His coat 
may be bleached till it is like a dead fur; but the horse does 
not catch cold. If he is allowed to stand at rest with his coat 
drenched in the rain, the surface of the body rapidly loses its 
heat, there being no stimulus to the formation of it; the blood 
circulates slowly, accumulates internally, and oppresses vital 
organs, especially the lungs ; the legs become excessively cold 
and benumbed ; the horse can hardly use them, and, when put 
in motion, he strikes one against the other. Exposure, when it 
deprives the body of heat in this way, is a fruitful source of in- 
flamed lungs, of thoracic influenza, catarrh, and founder. When 
the skin is wet, or the air very cold, the horse should, if possible, 
be kept in motion, which will preserve him, however little be 
may have been accustomed to exposure. 

Horses that have been kept in warm stables, and never out 
but in fair weather, are in most danger. If they cannot be kept 
in constant motion, they must be prepared before they arc ex- 
posed. If they commence work in summer, or early in the 
autumn, they will be fully inured to the weather before the worst 



part of winter arrives. But if they commence in winter, they 
should be out for only one or two hours at a time ; in good days 
they may be out longer, no one being able to give a precise rule 
as to the length of time appropriate, as it varies with the con- 
dition of the animal, the weather, and the work required. It 
should shorten with the wetness or coldness of the weather, and 
the tenderness of the animal. If he must run rapidly from one 
place to another, and wait perhaps half an hour at each, he is 
in more danger than if the pace were slower, and the time of 
waiting shorter; and if moved about constantly, or every ten 
minutes, he suff'ers less injury than if he was standing still. After 
a time he becomes inured to exposure, and may be safely trusted 
in the severest weather. 

Repeated and continued application of cold to the surface of 
the body stimulates the skin to produce an extra supply of heat. 
The exposure of two or three days is not sufficient to rouse the 
skin to this efi'ort. It is always throwing off a large quantity 
of heat ; but it is several days, and with many horses several 
weeks, before the skin can assume activity sufiicient to meet the 
demands of a cold or wet atmosphere. Ultimately, it becomes 
so vigorous that the application of cold, whether wet or dry, is 
almost instantly followed by an increased production of heat. 
To this, however, there are limits. By exposure, gradually 
increasing in length and frequency, the system may be able to 
maintain the temperature at a comfortable warmth for three or 
four successive hours, even when the horse is standing at rest 
in wet or cold. But he cannot endure this beyond a certain 
poujt. Exhaustion and emaciation succeed, in spite of all the 
food the horse can eat. The formation of so much heat con- 
sumes the nutriment that ought to produce vigor for work. 



k 



1Y2 



SERVICB. 



SERriCB. 



173 



II 




Hence, working horses kept very much in verv cold stables aro 
lean and dull. 

I is chiefly the horses that have to stand in the weather, 
which require preparation for exposure. Bleeding, pur<xin|r^ 
aid other means, which debilitate or emaciate, are never neces, 
sary in this process. Hunting, stage-coach, and cart-horses 
seldom require any preparation fur exposure, as they are ia 
motion from the time of leaving the stable till their return. 
They only require to be well and quickly dried when wet. 

New horses are very liable to have the skin injured by tin 
harness. The friction of the saddle, collar, or traces, pro. 
duces excoriation. In some horses this is altogether unavoid: 
able, especially when they are in poor condition. Their skin 
is tender, and a little chafing exposes the quick. In all 
horses it is some time before the skin thickens, and becomes 
sufficiently callous to carry the harness without injury. The 
tJme required to undergo this change varies materially, and 
cannot be much shortened by any means. Attention to tlio 
/iarness, however, will frequently prevent excoriation. After 
every journey, the neck should be closely examined. If 
there be any spot, however little abraded, hot and tender when 
pinched, that part of the collar which produced it should be cut 
out before the next journey. The guard, or safe, is a useful 
article to prevent galls of this kind. It is merely a thin slip 
of soft leather, covering the scat of the collar. It obviates 
friction, and prevents injurious pressure from any little protub**' 
auce or hardness in the stuffing of the collar. On the fiisc or 
second journey a new horse often comes in with his neck some* 
what inflamed ; it is hot, tender, and covered with pimples. 
In the stables it is said to be fired, A solution of common 



ii 



^alt in water is commonly applied, and it serves to allay the 
(nflammation ; it should be applied whenever the collar is re- 
moved. Tumors, containing bloody water, frequently rise on 
the neck. They should be opened immediately, emptied, and 
kept opened for a few days. The piece must be taken out 
of the collar, and a safe used. On a hilly road the lower part 
of the collar often galls the neck seriously, in spite of any 
alteration in the stuffing. A broad strap attached to the 
collar, and passing over the windpipe, is a good remedy. 
The strap should be two inches broad, and drawn tightly 
enough to keep the collar steady, and make it stand nearly 
upright It should be adjusted before the head is put on the 
bearing reins, and should be worn till the neck is quite sound. 
A broad breast-band may also be substituted for the neck 
collar, till the neck and shoulders get well. A horse will pull 
nearly as well in this as in the collar and hames. When tho 
traces, crupper, or pad, threaten or produce excoriation, they 
must be kept ofif by cushions placed behind, before, or at each 
side of the part injured. 

The back requires nearly as much care as the neck. A new 
saddle is objectionable for a new horse, particularly when he 
has to travel far under a heavy rider. A tender back may be 
hardened by frequent use of the saddle and a light weight. 
The horse may stand saddled in the stable, and saddled when 
he goes to exercise. When the back is hot, and the skin dis. 
posed to rise in tumors, the saddle should remain on till tho 
back becomes cool. Slacken the girths, raise the saddle for a 
moment, and then replace it. Its weight prevents tumors; 
excoriation and firing must be treated as on the neck. 
Always let the pommel of the saddle be dry before it is again 



174 



SERVICE. 



BHOEINO. 



ns 



used, and put it on half an hour before the horse is to be 
mounted. 

Horses, from whom extraordinary exertions are not de- 
manded, and those that are never expected or required to do 
a!l that a horse is capable of doing, stand in little need of 
inurement to work, and it is seldom that any is intentionally 
given. When a saddle or draught-horse is purchased, he is 
often put to his work at once, without any preparation. He 
is treated as if he were as able for the work as it is possible to 
make him. So long as the work is slow and not very labori. 
ous, he may perform it well enough ; but this system will not 
do for full work, whether fast or slow. If the horse has been 
idle for a month or two, he is weak. It matters little that he 
is plump and in good spirits. He may be able to draw a 
load of twenty or thirty hundred-weight with ease, and per- 
haps to draw it a considerable distance ; but on the next day 
fte is sore all over, stiff, feeble, dull, almost unable to carry 
his own weight. If the same work be exacted day after day, 
the horse loses flesh, and at last becomes unfit for any work.' 
But if the work be less severe at first, and gradually increases 
from week to week, the horse at last acquires strength and 
endurance greater, perhaps, than he ever before possessed. He 
is then able to do with ease as much in a week as would have 
completely knocked him up at the beginning. For slow, 
moderate work, this is all the preparation which the horse 
needs. At first, let it be very gentle ; and the weight he is to 
carry or draw, and the distance he is to travel, may be in- 
creased as he is found able to bear it. In preparing the horse 
for hunting, racing, or coaching, the treatment must be some- 
what different 



SHOEING. 

There is hardly any other class of mechanics who combine 
so much ignorance of the principles on which their art is 
foimded, with so much conceit of their knowledge, as do or- 
dinary horse-shoers ; and it should be one of the first duties 
of the horse-owner to inform himself of the nature and struc- 
ture of the horse's foot, the reason why shoeing is necessary at 
all, what parts of the foot it protects, what is the best form 
of shoe to effect the purpose, how it may be best fastened to 
the foot, and how often it should be removed. 

To illustrate these important points, cuts are here intro- 
duced, showing the construction of the horse's foot. 

Our first one shows the ground surface of the hoof prepared 
for receiving a shoe ; and marks very distinctly the difference 
between the curvature of the outer and inner quarters. 

The hoof is divided into 
horny crust or wall, sole, and 
frog. The horny crust is se* 
creted by the numerous blood- 
j 2 vessels of that soft protruding 
band which encircles the upper 
edge of the hoof, immediately 
^2 beneath the termination of the 
hair ; and is divided into toe, 
quarters, heels, and bars. Its 
texture is insensible, but elas- 

•. The toe — rasped away to receive the turned-up shoe, a 1. The inner toe. a 2. 
The otf^er toe. b1. The i72W6r quarter, 6 2. The OT</er quarter, c 1. The inner heel. 
c 2. The outer heel. d. d. d. The sole. e. e. The crust or wall of the hoof. / /. 
The bars. g. g. The cornmis-sures. h. k. I. The frog. h. The part immediately under 
the navicular joint, k. The oval cleft of the froif. I. The elevated boundary of th« 
•Itft. i. t The bulbs of the heeli. 




i i 

GROUND SURFACE OP THE HOOF. 



116 






SHOEING. 



SHOEINO. 



M 



tic throughout its whole extent; and, yielding to the weight of 
the horse, allows the horny sole to descend, whereby much in- 
convenient concussion of the internal parts of the foot is avoided. 
But if a large portion of the circumference of the foot is fettered 
by iron and nails, it is plain that that portion, at least, cannot 
expand as before ; and the beautiful and efficient apparatus for 
effecting this necessary elasticity, being no longer allowed to 
act by reason of these restraints, becomes altered in structure- 
and the continued operation of the same causes, in the end, 
circumscribes the elasticity to those parts alone where no nails 
have been driven ; giving rise to a train of consequences de- 
structive to the soundness of the foot, and fatal to the usefulness 
of the horse. 

The toe of the fore foot is the thickest and stronjrest portion 
of the hoof, and is in consequence less expansive than any other 

part, and there^ 
fore better calcu- 
lated to resist the 
effects of the nails 
and the shoe. The 
thickness of the 
horn gradually 
diminishes to- 
ward the quarters 
and heels, particu- 

I. a broad flat mass of horn, projecting npward Into the middle of the elastic cnsh- 
loa. and called "the froi^ Rtnv " ;. >. a . i. , . ... 

., f , , , ^ ^- "' * ^""P t^o horny projections risinj? into (ho 

cavity of the hoof formed hy the commissures, c. c. Are portions of the same projec- 
Uoos and are situated j„st undor ti.e two ends of the nariculHr hone, and mark ihe 
po.n on either sid^ where diminution in the. natural elasticity of the fat*y fro^ would 
be felt xT.th the greatest severity hy the navicular Joint ; for under themovt favorabU 
c.rcumatance*, the qtiantity of cushion between these points and the navicular joint 
cannot be very large ; and henco the ifflportaoc^ oX our doing all wo can to prewrvo 
UtaUatUit/atlongaspoasibU. 




THE HOOF OF THE HOaSE. 



177 



larly on the inner side of the foot, whereby the power of yield- 
ing and expanding to the weight of the horse is proportionably 
increased, clearly indicating that those parts cannot be nailed 
to an unyielding bar of iron, without a most mischievous inter- 
ference with the natural functions of the foot. In the hind foot, 
greater thickness of horn will be found at the quarters and heels, 
than in the fore foot. This difference in the thickness of horn 
is beautifully adapted to the inequality of the weight w^hich 
each has to sustain, the force with which it is applied, and the 
portions of the hoof upon which it falls. 

The toe of the fore foot encounters the combined force and 
weight of the fore hand and body, and consequently in a state 
of nature is exposed to considerable w^ar and tear, and calls 
for greater strength and substance of horn than is needed by 
any portion of the hind foot, where the duty of supporting the 
hinder parts alone is distributed on the quarters and heels of 
both sides of the foot 

The bars are 
continuations of 
the wall, reflected 
at the heel towards 
the centre of the 
foot, where they 
meet in a point, 
leaving a triangu- 
lar space between 
A sECTiox o? THE FOOT. thcm for thc frog. 

•The coronet bone. 2. The coffin bone. 3. The navicular bone. a. The wall. h. 
•e sole. c. The cleft of the frog. d. d. The fro?. «. «. The fatty frojf, or elaitie 
cjishion. / The sensitive sole. g. The sensitiye frog. h. h. h. Tendons of the mua- 
cles which bend the foot. i. Part of the pastern bone. *. k. Tendons of the muscles 
^liich extend the ft»ot. t. The coffin joint, m. The navicular joint, n. Tlie coronary 
•ab«tauce. o. Tho sensible iamin«, or covering of tho coffin bono. 

12 




178 



SHOEING. 



SHOEINQ. 



1T9 



■il 



N 



il 



The whole inner surface of the horny crnst, from the centre 
of the toe to the point where the bars meet, is everywhere Hned 
with innumerable narrow, thin, and projecting horny plates, 
which extend in a slanting direction from the upper edge of the 
wall to the line of junction between it and the sole, and possess 
great elasticity. These projecting plates are the means of 
greatly extending the surface of attachment of the hoof to the 
coffin bone, which is likewise covered by a similar arrangement 
of projecting plates, but of a highly vascular and sensitive cha- 
racter ; and these, dovetailing with the horny projections 
above named, constitute a union combining strength and elas- 
ticity in a wonderful degree. 

The horny sole covers the whole interior surface of the foot 
excepting the frog. In a well-formed foot it presents an arched 
appearance, and possesses considerable elasticity, by virtue of 
which it ascends and descends, as the weight above is either 
suddenly removed from it, or forcibly applied to it. This de- 
scending property of the sole calls for one especial consideration 
in directing the form of the shoe ; for, if the shoe be so formed 
that the horny sole rests upon it, it cannot descend lower ; and 
the sensitive sole above, becoming squeezed between the edges 
of the coffin bone and the horn, produces inflammation, and 
perhaps abscess. The effect of this squeezing of the sensitive 
Bole is most commonly witnessed at the angle of the inner heel, 
where the descending heel of the coffin bone, forcibly pressing 
the vascular sole upon the horny sole, contuses a small blood- 
vessel, and produces what is called a corn, but which is, in fact, 
a bruise. 

The horny frog occupies the greater part of the triangular 
space between the bars, and extends from the hindermost part 



of the foot to the centre of the sole, just over the point where 
the bap meet, but is united to them only at their upper edge ; 
the sides remain unattached and separate, and form the channel 
culled the commissures. 

If we carefully observe the form and size in the frog in the 
foot of a colt of from four to five years old, at its first shoeing, 
and then note the changes which it undergoes as the shoeings 
are repeated, we shall soon be convinced that a visible departure 
from a state of health and nature is taking place. At first it 
will be found large and full, with considerable elasticity ; the 
cleft oval in form, open, and expanding, with a continuous, 
well-defined, and somewhat elevated boundary ; the bulbs at the 
heels fully developed, plump, and rounded ; and the whole mass 
occupying about one-sixth of the circumference of the foot. By 
degrees the fulness and elasticity will be observed to have 
diminished ; the bulb at the heels will shrink, and lose their 
plumpness ; the cleft will become narrower, its oval form disap- 
pear, the back part of its boundary give way, and it will dwindle 
into a narrow crack, extended back between the wasted, or 
perhaps obliterated, bulbs, presenting only the miserable remains 
of a frog, such as may be seen in the feet of most horses long 
accustomed to be shod. 

Tlie bones proper to the foot are three in number, — viz., the 
coffin bone, the navicular bone, and part of the coronet bone ; 
they are contained within the hoof, and combine to form the 
coffin joint; but the smallest of them, the navicular bone, is of 
far more importance as connected with the subject of shoeing, 
than either of the others ; for upon the healthy condition of this 
bone, and the joint formed between it and the tendon, which 
passes under it to the coffin bone, and is called the navicular 
joint, mainly depends the usefulness of the horse to man. 



i 



180 



SHOEING. 



SHOrtNG. 



181 



^This small bone, which in a horse sixteen hands high mca. 
Bures only two and a qnarter inches in its longest diameter 
three-fourths of an inch at the widest part of its shorter diameter 
and half an inch in thickness in the centre, its thickest part, has 
the upper and under surfaces and part of one of the sides over- 
laid with a thin coating of gristle, and covered by a delicate 
secreting membrane, very liable upon the slightest injury to 
become inflamed ; it is so placed in the foot as to be continually 
exposed to danger, being situated across the hoof, behind the 
coffin bone, and immediately under the coronet bone ; whereby 
it is compelled to receive nearly the whole weight of the horse 
each time that the opposite foot is raised from the ground. 

The coffin bone consists of a body and wings ; and is fitted 
into the hoof, which it closely resembles in form. Its texture 
is particularly light and spongy, arising from the quantity of 
canals or tubes that traverse its substance in every direction, 
affording to numerous blood-vessels and nerves a safe passage 
to the sensitive and vascular parts surrounding it; while the 
unyielding nature of the bone effectually protects them from 
compression or injury, under every variety of movement of the 
horse. 

In an unshod foot, the front and sides of the coffin bone are 
deeply furrowed and roughened, to secure the firmer attachment 
of the vascular membranous structure, by which the bone is 
clothed ; but in the bone of a foot that has been frequently shod, 
the appearance is greatly changed, the furrows and roughness 
giving place to a comparatively smooth surface. This change 
is probably produced by the shoe limiting, if not destroying, the 
expansive power of that part of the horn to which it is nailed: 
whereby a change of structure in the membrane itself, a^ ^^iaaa 



absorption of the attaching portions of the bone, is induced ; for 
it is an invariable law of the animal economy not to continue 
to unemployed structures the same measure of efficient repara- 
tion tliat is extended to parts constantly engaged in performing 
their allotted tasts. The shoe restricts or prevents expansion ; 
while nature, as the secret influence is called, immediately sets 
to work to simplify the apparatus for producing the expansion, 
which art has thus rendered impracticable, and substitutes for 
it a new structure, less finely organized, but admirably suited 
to the altered condition of the parts. 

The wings extend from the body of the bone directly back- 
ward, and support the lateral cartilage of the foot. 

The sensitive sole, or, as it is sometimes called, tiie fleshy sole, 
is about the eighth of an inch thick, and is almost entirely made 
up of blood-vessels and nerves ; it is one of the most vascular 
and sensitive parts of the body, and is attached to the lower 
edge of the sensitive covering of the coffin bone, to the bars, 
and point of the frog, and also with great*firmness to the whole 
of the arched under-surface of the coffin bone. 

The sensitive frog includes not only the part corresponding 
to the sensitive sole, but also the peculiar spongy elastic sub- 
stance which intervenes between it and the navicular joint, and 
fills the space between the cartilages. The proper sensitive 
frog is thicker, and less finely organized, than the sensitive sole, 
possessing fewer blood-vessels and nerves. 

It is a common, but very erroneous, opinion, that the shape 
of the perfect foot is circular, or very nearly so. This induces 
most smiths to endeavor to reduce the foot to that shape as soon 
as possible. There are very few things in nature so little varied 
as the form of the ground surface of horsros' feet; for Whether the 



182 



8H0EIN0. 



hoof be high-heeled and upright, or low-heeled and flat, large or 
small, broad or narrow, the identical form of ground-surface is 
maintained in each, so long as it is left entirely to nature's 
guidance. The outer quarter, back to the heel, is curved con- 
siderably and abruptly outward, while the inner quarter is 
carried back in a gradual and easy curve. The advantage of 
this form is so obvious, that it is strange that any interference 
should ever be attempted with it. The enlarged outer quarter 
extends the base, and increases the hold of the foot upon the 
ground; while the straighter inner quarter lessens the risk of 
striking the foot against the opposite leg. 

The inclination of the front of the horny crust of the foot, 
should be at an angle of about forty-five degrees. If the foot 
is much steeper than this, it is very liable to contract ; while, 
if it is much more slanting, it constitutes what is called 
the '' oyster shelP' foot, in which there is an undue flatness of 
the sole, and a tendency to pumiced feet. 

Before removing the old shoes, care should be taken to 
raise all the clinches of the nails to prevent injury to the 
crust, and to avoid giving pain to the horse; even after 
clinches are raised, if the shoes cannot be easily drawn off, 
those nails which seem to hold most firmly should be punched, 
or drawn out, that the shoe may be removed without injury to 
the hoof, and without weakening the nail-hold for the new 
shoeing. 

The shoe being removed, the edge of the crust should be 
well rasped to remove so much of the horn as would have been 
worn away by the contact with the ground, had it been un- 
shod. In no case should the rasp be used on the surface of 
the hoof, eiicept to make the necessary depressions for the 



SHOEING. 



183 



clinches, after the new shoe has been put on, and to shape the 
hoof below the line of the clinches of the nails. The hoof, 
above this line, will inevitably be injured by such treatment, 
which is one of the most fruitful sources of brittleness of the 
horn, which often results in ** sand-crack.'' 

The operation of paring out the horse's foot is a matter re- 
quiring both skill and judgment, and is, moreover, a work of 
gome labor, when properly performed. It will be found that 
the operator errs much oftener by removing too Utile than 
too much ; at least it is so with the parts which ought to be 
removed, which are almost as hard and unyielding as flint, and 
in their most favorable state, require considerable exertion to 
cut through. 

Ko general rule can be given applicable to the paring out 
of the feet of all horses, or even of the feet of the same horse 
at all times. It would be evidently unwise, for example, to 
pare the sole as thin in a hot, dry, season, when the roads are 
broken up, and strewed with loose stones, as would be proper 
in a moderately wet one, when the roads are well bound and 
even ; for, in the case first named, the sole is in constant danger 
of being bruised by violent contact with loose stones, and 
therefore, needs a thicker layer of horn for its protection ; 
while the latter case off'ers the most favorable surface that the 
greater part of our horses ever have to travel upon, advantage 
of which should be taken for a thorough paring out of the 
sole, in order that the internal parts of the foot may derive the 
full benefit accruing from an elastic and descending solo ; a 
condition of things very essential to the due perrbrmance of 
their separate functions. To take another illustration : horn 
grows very freely, especially toward the toe in horses with 



184 



SnOEINff. 



K 



f 



li 



upright feet and high heels ; and such are al,vay., benefited by 
having the toe shortened, the heels lovvered, and the sole well 
pared out ; whereas in horses with flat feet and low heel, 
horn grows sparingly, and the toe of such feet being alway,' 
weak, admits of very little shortening. Such heels bein. 
already too low, they should scarcely be touched with thi 
rasp ; and the sole presents such a small quantity of dead 
horn, that the knife should be used with great discretion. 

The corners formed by the junction of the crust and ban 
should be well pared out, particularly on the inside ; for thi, 
IS the common seat of corn, and any accumulation of horn in 
this situation must increase the risk of bruising the sensitive 
sole between the inner part or heel of the coffin bone and the 
horny sole. Little, if anything, is gained by allowing- the 
bars to project beyond the surface of the sole ; the po,ver of 
resisting contraction cannot possibly be increased by thi, 
arrangement, and the projecting rim is left exposed to the 
danger of being broken and bruised by contact with stones 
and other hard substances ; and the method is further attended 
with the disadvantages of making the cleaning out of these 
corners a work of considerable ingenuity with so unwieidly an 
instrument as a common drawing-knife. It is much preferable 
to pare them down to a level with the sole, or very nearly so- 
avoiding, however, every approach to what is styled ' opcnin-^ 
out the heels," a most reprehensible practice, which meani 
cutting away the sides of the bars, so as to show an apparent 
...crease of width betu-cen the heels, which may for the time 
deceive the eye, but is in reality a mere deception, purchased 
at the expense of impaired powers of resistance in the bars 
and uluiuate contractiou of the feet It is palpable that th» 



BHOETNO. 



185 



remoTal of any portion from the sides of the bars mnst diminish 
their substance, and render them weaker, and consequently 
]ess able to resist contraction. 

The frog should never be cut or pared, except in rery rare 
cases of horses with unusually fast-growing frogs. The first 
stroke of the knife removes the thin horny covering altogether, 
and lays bare an under surface, totally unfitted, from its moist, 
soft texture, for exposure either to the hard ground or the 
action of the air, in consequence of which exposure it soon 
becomes dry and shrinks; then follow cracks, the edge of 
which turning outward forms rags; these rags are removed 
by the smith at the next shoeing, by which means another 
Bimilar surface is exposed, and another foundation laid for 
other rags ; and this process continues until finally the pro- 
trudmg, plump, elastic cushion, interposed by nature between 
the navicular joint and the ground, and so essential to its 
preservation from injury, is converted by this senseless inter- 
ference into the dry, shrunk, unyielding apology for a frog, to 
be seen in the foot of almost every horse that has been rcgn- 
larly shod for a few years. The frog is provided within itself 
with two very efficient modes of throwing off any superfluous 
horn with which it may be troubled, and it is very unwise in 
man to interfere with them. The first and most common of 
i^iese modes is the separation from the surface of the frog of 
6^all, bran-like scales, which becoming dry, fall off in a kind 
of whitish scurf, not unlike the dust that adheres to Turkey 
figs; the other, which is upon a large scale, and of rarer oc- 
currence, IS sometimes called "casting the frog." A thick 
layer of frog separates itself in a body, and shells, off as deep 
as ft common paring with a knife; but this very important 



186 



SHOEINO. 



difference is to be noted between the two operations— that 
nature never removes the horny covering until she has pro- 
vidcd another horny covering beneath, so that alihouMi a 
large portion of the frog may have been removed, there still 
remains behind a perfect frog, smaller, it is true, but covered 
with horn, and in every way fitted to sustain exposure ; while 
the knife, on the contrary, removes the horny covering, but 
^is unable to substitute any other in its stead. The frog should, 
therefore, be left to itself; nature will remove the superfluous 
Lorn, and the rags do no harm, since, if they are unmolested, 
they will soon wholly disappear. 

The shoe should possess these general features : first, it should 
be, for ordinary work, rather heavy, in order that it may not 
be bent by contact with hard, uneven roads ; second, it should 
be wide in the web, and of equal thickness and width from the 
toe to the heel, that it may as much as possible protect the 
sole, without altering the natural position of the foot ; third, it 
should be well drawn in at the heels, that it may rest on the 
bars, and extend to the outer edge of the crust on the outside, 
and reach beyond the bar nearly to the frog, so that there may 
be no danger of its pressing on th. ''corn-place," or angles 
between the bar and the crust ; anc fourth, it should in no 
part extend beyond the outer edge of the crust, lest it 
strike against the opposite leg when the horse is travel- 
ing, or be stepped on by another horse, or be drawn off by a 
heavy soil. 

Such a shoe, and its position on the foot, is shown in the 
cut opposite. 

The shoe should be made as nearly of this form as the 
shape of the foot will allow j but it is always to be borne in 



6nOEINO. 



187 



mind that the shoe is intended for the foot, and not the 
foot for the shoe, and that it is therefore peculiarly proper 
to ma,ke the shoe to fit the 
natural form of the foot, in- 
stead, as is too often the case, 
of paring, burning, and rasp- 
ing the foot until it fits the 
shoe, which is made accord- 
ing to the smith's notion ofjl 
what the form of the horse's 
foot should be. No amount 
of paring can bring the foot 
of a horse to an unnatural 
figure, and also leave it 
sound and safe for work and use. 




THE POSITION OF TBE BHOB. 



This cut represents the foot with the shoe rendered transparent, showing what parts of 
the fi)ot are protected and covered by bringing in the heels of the shoes, a, a, a, the 
crust, with the shoe closely fitted all around. 6, 6, the bars, protected by the shoe. 
c, c, the heels, supported by the shoe, d, the situation of corns protected from injury. 

The truth really is, that the shape of the shoe cannot by 
possibility influence the shape of the foot ; for the foot being 
clastic, it expands to the weight of the horse in precisely the 
same degree, whether it is resting upon the most open or the 
most contracted shoe. It is the situation of the nails, and not 
the shape of the shoe, that determines the form of the foot. 
If the nails be placed in the outside quarter and toe, leaving 
the heels and quarters on the inside, which are the most ex- 
pansive portions, free, no shape which we can give to the 
shoe can of itself change the form of the foot. It must not, 
however, be inferred from this, that the shape of the shoe is 
therefore of do importauoe ; quite the contrary being the case, 




1 



188 



SHOEINO. 



as has been already sl.own. As the shape of the foot is in no 
degree changed by the form of shoe, that form should man!- 
festly be adopted which produces the greatest number of ad. 
vantages with the fewest disadvantages. 

» A small clip at the point of th°e toe is very desirable as 
preventing displacement of the shoe backwards ; it need not 
be driven op hard, as it is simply required as a check or stay 
The shoe should be sufficiently long to fully support the anWes 
at the heels, and not so short, as is too often the case thlt a 
little wear imbeds the edge of it in the horn at these parts 
The foot surface of the shoe should always have a good flat 
even space left all around for the crust to bear upon ; for it 
must be remembered, that the crust sustains the whole weight 
of the horse, and should therefore have a perfectly even hL 
ing everywhere around the shoe. In this space the nail-holes 
should be punched; and not, as is too generally the case 
partly in it, and partly in the seating. I„ what is technicnii; 
called "back-holing the shoe," which means completing, the 
openings of nail-holes on the foot surface, great care should be 
taken to give them an outward direction, so as to allow the 
po.nts of the nails to be brought out low down in the crnst. 
The remainder of the foot surface should be carefully seated 
out particularly around the elevated toe, where it might other- 
w.se press inconveniently upon the sole, and the seating should 
be carried on fairly to the point where the crust and bars 
meet, ,n order that there may be no pressure in the seat of 
corns; the chance of pressure in this situation will be still fur- 
ther diminished by beveling off the inner edge of the heels with 
a rasp. 

The gronnd aurface .honld be perfectly flat, with a grooro 



BHOEINQ. 



189 



running round the outer edge, just under the plain surface, upon 
which the crust bears. The principal use of this groove is to 
receive the heads of the nails that secure tlie siioe, and prevent 
their bending or breaking off; it is further useful in increasing 
the hold of the shoe upon the ground, and should be carried 
back to the heels. 

In fitting the shoe on the foot, it should never while red-hot 
be burned into its place, as this would so heat the sensitive solo 
as to produce a serious derangement of its parts ; but it may 
with safety be touched lightly to the foot, that by a slight 
burning it may indicate those parts where the foot needs paring; 
indeed, it is necessary to pursue this course in order to make 
the shoe so exactly fit the foot that there will be no danger of 
its moving suflSciently to loosen the hold of the nails. The shoo 
should be made with steel in front, this being sloped backwards 
to a line running at right angles with the upper slope of the 
hoof. Old shoes being always worn to about this form, new 
ones should be so made, and the steel will prevent their being 
unduly worn. 

The shoe having been so fitted that the foot exactly touches 
it in every part, the next step is to nail ft fast to the hoof. 
Upon the number and situation of the nails which secure it 
depends the amount of disturbance that the natural functions 
of the foot are destined to sustain from the shoe. If the nails 
are numerous, and placed back in the quarters and heels, no 
form of shoe, however perfect, can save the foot from contrac- 
tion and navicular disease. If, on the contrary, they are few, 
and placed in the outside quarter and toe, leaving the inside 
quarter and heels free to expand, no form of shoe is so bad that 
it can, from defective form alone, produce coutraction of the 
foot. 



190 



SnOEINQ. 



Various experiments, which have been made for the purpose 
of ascertaining how few nails are absolutely necessary under 
ordinary circumstances for retaining a shoe securely in its place 
have satisfactorily established that five nails are amply sufficient 
for the fore-shoes and seven for the hind. The nails should not 
be driven high up in the crust, but brought out as soon as pos- 
sible; they should also be very lightly driven up before the 
clinchers are turned down, and not, as is generally the case, 
forced up with all the power which the smith can bring to bear 
upon them with his hammer. The clinches should not be 
rasped away too fine, but turned down broad and firm. The 
practice of rasping the whole surface of the hoof after the 
clinches have been turned down, should never be allowed ; it 
destroys the covering provided by nature as a protection against 
the too rapid evaporation of the moisture of the hoof, and 
causes the horn to become dry and brittle. 

The fear, very commonly entertained, that a shoe will be cast 
almost at every step, unless it is held to the foot by eight or 
nine nails driven high up into the crust, is utterly groundless, 
as both theory and practice concur in asserting. If the pre- 
sence of a nail in the crust were a matter of no moment, and 
two or three more than are necessary were merely useless, no 
great reason would exist for condemning the common practice 
of using too many nails ; but it is far otherwise ;— the nails 
separate the fibres of the horn, which never by any chance be- 
come united again, but continue apart and unclosed, until by 
degrees they grow down with the rest of the hoof, and are 
finally, after repeated shoeings, removed by the knife. 

If the clinches chance to rise, they must be at once replaced,. 
as such rising imparts to the nails a freedom of motion which 



SHOEING. 



191 



,s certain to enlarge the size of the holes ; and this mischief is 
often increased by the violent wrenching from side to side which 
the shoe undergoes in the process of removal by the smith. As 
these holes cannot possibly grow down and be removed under 
three shoeings, it will be found that even with seven nails the 
crust must always have twenty-one of these separations existing 
in it at the same time ; and as they are often from various causes 
extended into each other, they necessarily keep it in a brittle, 
unhealthy state, and materially interfere with the security of 

the future nail-hold. 

By the mode of fastening above advocated the struggle be- 
tween the expansion of the foot and the resistance of the shoe 
is entirely overcome ; the outer side of the foot, being the only 
part nailed to the shoe, carries the whole shoe with it at every 
expansion ; while the inner side, being unattached, expands in- 
dependently of it, whereby all strain upon the nails is avoided, 
and the foot is left, with respect to its power of expansion, as 
nearly as possible in a state of nature. 

The position of the bind foot and the nature of its office 
render it less liable to injury than the fore foot, and conse- 
qnently it less frequently lames. As, however, disease of the 
navicular bone of this foot is by no means impossible, care 
should be taken to guard against its contraction by interfering 
as little as possible with the expansive power of the foot ; and 
this is best done by keeping the nails on the inside as far re- 
moved from the heel as convenient, placing four nails in the 
outer and three in the inner side of the shoe. The holes in the 
inner side should be punched closer together, and kept more 
towards the toe than those on the outside, which should be 
more spread out, as affording greater security of bold to 



ful 



i\ 



._i 



192 



SHOEIXa 



ADMINISTERING MEDICINE. 



193 



the foot. The shoe should be carefully fitted to the hoof all 
round, particularly at the heels, which are too often left without 
any support whatever; and the mischievous custom of turnin'^ 
down the outer heel only must be avoided, because it throws 
the weight entirely upon the inner quarter, which is the part 
least able to bear it, and causes much uncomfortable strain 
to the fetlock joint above. Calkins, even though they are 
turned down of perfectly even length on each side, (which, how- 
ever, is rarely done,) are objectionable appendages, and had 
better be dispensed with, except, perhaps, for very heavy draft, 
where their ends by entering the ground may prevent the foot 
from slipping backwards, and may thus enable the toe to obtain 
a firmer hold. 

The form of shoe here referred to, and the position of the 
nail-holes are shown in the cut annexed. 

Before leaving this Rubject it 
should be remarked, that con- 
tracted feet — that is, feet that 
have shrunken and become nar- 
row at the heels, and of which the 
i frog has become materially re- 
^ duced in size, — are often, and 
doubtless most frequently, caused 
by inflammation arising from im- 
proper shoeing. It is the custom 
of many smiths to *' set the shoes 
THE PROPEn FORM OF A 8H0E. wcU off at thc hccls;" and to 

a. » The hcelK of an even tliickneRH with the rest of the shoe. b. b. Show the points 
kc rhich tlie heels of the hoof terminated, r. c. The sealing carried back, »o a» to 
clear the anirles at the heels, and leave the seat of corns free from pressure, d. Th« 
raif-holes placed in the flat surface which supports the cru>*t, where they should 
always be. e. The hindermost nail of the inner side at the luaer toe, w hereby tho 
trhultf of the quarter aud heel are left free to ejtpaud. 




carry the seating or level of the upper side of the shoes bo far 
back that the heels, instead of resting on a flat surface, as they 
would on a properly fitted shoe, rest on the slopes of the seat- 
ing, which are in this respect simply two inclined planes, so 
plaled that, at each step taken by the horse, his heels must be 
pressed together, until a greater of less contraction is made 
manifest, but at too late a period to enable us to remedy the 
evil ; for there is no means by which this contraction of the foot 
can he cured— although, when it exists only to a slight extent, 
the internal portions of the foot will sometimes accommodate 
themselves to its new form. So far as disease is the result of 
bad shoeing, it can be obviated by so forming the shoe that it 
will afi'ord a sufficient and perfectly secure and level support for 
the heels. 



ADMINISTERING MEDICINE, 

The most common form in which- medicine is given to the 
horse is by means of the ball, which is an oblong mass of rather 
soft consistence, yet tough enough to reta/n its shape, and 
wrapped up in thin paper for that purpose. The usual weight 
of the ball is from half an ounce to an ounce, but thcy,may be 
given of a larger size, if they are made longer but not wider. 
Every person in charge of horses should know how to give a 
hall, which is managed either with or without a balling-iron, arf 
instrument seldom wanted, and which sometimes occasions con- 
siderable injury to the roof of the horse's mouth. Occasionally, 
a horse cannot be managed by any other means ; but, generally 
speaking, these instruments only furnish an excuse for bad 
management. In giving a ball in the ordinary way, the horse's 
tongue is drawn out of his mouth on the off or right side, and 
13 



I 






194 



ADMINISTERING MEDICINE. 



held there firmly with the left hand grasping it as near the root 
as possible, but to a certain extent yielding to the KiOvement 
of the horse's head, so as not absolutely to tear it out. While 
the tongue is thus held, the ball is placed between the fingers 
and thumb of the right hand, extended in a wedge-like or 
conical form, so as to pass as far down the swallow as possible; 
and the hand in this form, with the arm bared to the shoulder, 
is carried over the root of the tongue till it feels the impedi- 
ment caused by the contraction of the swallow, when the fingers 
leave the ball there, and the hand is withdrawn quickly yet 
smoothly, while at the same moment the tongue is released, and 
the head is held up till the ball is seen to pass down the gullet 
on the left side of the neck, after which the head may be released. 
When the balling-iron is used, the oval ring of which it is com- 
posed is passed into the mouth, so as to keep it open, being 
first well guarded with tow or cloths wrapped around it ; the 
handle is then held in the left hand, together with the halter, 
so as to steady the head, and yet to keep the horse from biting; 
and while thus held the hand can be freely carried over the 
tongue, and the ball be deposited in the pharynx. When a 
horse is very determined, it is sometimes necessary to keep the 
iron in the mouth by means of the check-pieces of an ordinary 
bridle buckled to the sides of the oval ring ; but this expedient 
is seldom required if the halter is firmly grasped with the handle 
of the iron. 

In the usual way the horse to be balled is turned around in 
his stall, which prevents his backing away from the person 
in charge ; and if the latter is not tall enough, he may stand 
upon a sound stable-bucket, turned upside down. Balls 
should be recently made, as they soon spoil by keeping ; not 



ADMINISTERING MEDICINE. 



195 



only losing their strength, but also becoming so hard as to be 
almost insoluble in the stomach, and frequently passing 
through the bowels nearly as they went into the mouth. 
When hard they are also liable to stick in the horse's gullet. 
If ammonia, or any other strong stimulant, is given in this 
way, the horse should not have his stomach quite empty, but 
should have a little gruel or water just previously ; for if this 
is put off till afterward, the nauseous taste of the ball almost 
always prevents his drinking. W^hen arsenic forms an ingre- 
dient of the ball, it should be given soon after a feed of corn ; 
or a quart or two of gruel should be given instead, just before 

the ball. 
The administration of a drench is a much more trouble- 

Bome affair than the giving of a ball ; and in almost all cases 

more or less of the dose is wasted. Sometimes, however, a 

liquid medicine is to be preferred, as in colic or gripes, when 

the urgent nature of the symptoms demands a rapidly acting 

remedy, which a ball is not, as it requires time to dissolve ; 

and, besides this, a ball cannot contain any of the spirituous 

cordials. The best instrument for giving a drench is the 

horn of the ox, cut obliquely, so as to form a spout. Bottles 

are sometimes used in an emergency, but their fragile nature 

always renders them dangerous. In giving a drench, the 

tongue is held in the same way as for the delivery of a ball, 

but the head must be more elevated ; the drench is then care- 

fully poured into the throat, after which the tongue is let go, 

but the head still kept up till it is all swallowed. Allowance 

should always be made for some waste in giving a drench. 

In managing horses while in physic, the horse should in 

all cases, if possible, be prepared by bran mashes, given for 



^a 



f 1 ;. a 



H 



f J I 



196 



ADMINISTERING MEDICINE. 



i 

t 



two or three nights, so as to make the bowels rather loose 
than otherwise, and thus allow the dose to act without undue 
forcing of the impacted fosce^ backward. If physic is given 
without this softening process, the stomach and bowels pour out 
a large secretion of fluid, which is forced back upon the rectum, 
and met by a solid obstacle which it takes a lofig time to 
overcome, and during that interval the irritating purge is 
acting upon the lining membrane, and often produces excessive 
inflammation of it. Purging physic should generally be given 
in the middle of the day, after which the horse should remain 
in the stable, and have chilled water as often as he will drink 
it, with bran mashes. By the next morning he will be in a 
condition to be walked out for an hour, which will set the 
bowels acting, if they have not already begun. It is usual to 
tie up the tail with a tape or string, so as to keep it clean. 
The horse should be warmly clothed, and if the physic does 
not act after an hour's walk, he may be gently trotted for a 
short distance, and then taken home ; and if still obstinate, 
he may be exercised again in the afternoon. As soon as the 
physic operates pretty freely, the horse is to be taken into his 
stable, and not stirred out again, under any pretense what- 
ever, for forty-eight hours after it has "set," or, in common 
language, stopped acting. When the purging has ceased, 
the mashes may be continued for twenty -four hours, with a 
little corn added to them, and a quantity of hay. The water, 
during the whole time, should be in small quantities, and 
chilled ; and the clothing should be rather warmer than usual, 
taking great care to avoid draughts of cold air. Every horse 
requires at least a three-day's rest for a dose of physic, in 
order to avoid risk of mischief. 



ADMINISTERINa MEDICINE. 19*^ 

I The mode of giving a clyster is now rendered simple 

' enough, because a pump and tube are expressly made for the 
purpose ; and it is only necessary to pass the greased end of the 
tube carefully into the rectum, for about eight or nine inches, 
and then pump the liquid up until a sufficient quantity is given. 
From a gallon to six quarts is the average quantity, but lu 
colic a much larger amount is required. 

LOTIONS are applied by means of cloth bandages, if used 
to the legs ; or by a piece of cloth Ued over the parts, if to 

any other surface. 

Fomentations are very serviceable to the horse in all recent 
external inflammations; and it is astonishing what may be 
done by a careful person, with warm water alone, and a good- 
sized sponge. Sometimes, by means of an elastic tube and 
stop-cock, warm water is conducted in a continuous stream 
over an inflamed part, as in severe wounds, etc., in which th.» 
plan is found wonderfully successful in allaying the irritation, 
which is so likely to occur in the nervous system of the horse. 
A vessel of warm water is placed above the level of the horse's 
back, and a small india-rubber tube leads from it to a sponge 
fixed above the parts, from which the water runs to the ground 
as fast as it is over-filled. This plan can be very easily carried 
out by any person of ordinary ingenuity. 



3 







^ The many excellent qualities of the horse 
are accompanied by some defects, which 
occasionally amount to vices. These may ia 
ipSl part be attributed to natural temper; for man 
himself scarcely presents more peculiarities of temper and dis- 
position than does the horse. The majority of these disagree- 
able or dangerous habits in the animal now under consideration 
are without doubt attributable to a faulty education. The in- 
structor was ignorant and brutal, and the animal instructed 
becomes obstinate and vicious. It is proposed to mention 
some of the more glaring of these vices, suggesting in connec- 
tion with each whatever remedies or palliatives experience has 
suggested. 

(198) 



BAULKING OH JIBBINO* 



199 



KESTIVENESS. 

This stands ia the front rank of all tbe vicious qualities of 
tl,c horse, being at once the most annoying and the most dan- 
serous of all. It is the direct and natural result of bad temper 
Ld worse education ; and, like all other habits based upon na- 
ture and engrained by education, it is inveterate. Whether 
it develop itself in the form of kicking, rearing, plungmg, 
boUin<^ or in any way that threatens danger to the rider or 
horse U rarely admits of a cure. The animal may, indeed, to 
a certain extent be subjugated by a determined rider ; or he may 
have his favorites, or form his attachments, and with some par- 
ticular person be comparatively or perfectly manageable ; but 
others cannot long depend upon him, and even his master is 
not always sure of him. 

BAULKING OB JIBBING. 

This species of restiveness is one of the most provoking vicet 
of the horse, and it can be successfully combated only by a man 
of the most imperturbable temper. The slightest sign of vexa- 
tion only increases the evil, and makes the animal more and more 
troublesome each time that he refuses his work. Many a thick- 
headed, quick-tempered driver flies into a passion, and beats or 
otherwise abuses his horse, on the least symptom of baulking, 
until the animal becomes utterly worthless from a conflrmaUoa 

of the habit. 

As a rule it may be stated, that horses baulk from nervous- 
ncss, or unsteadiness of disposition ; if not, indeed, from au 
over-anxiety to perform their work. Nervous, well-bred horses 
we more susceptible to the influences which induce baulking, 



il 



s;! 



^1 



1 






200 



BAULKING 'OR JIBBING. 



than are colder blooded, more indolent ones. A high-mettled 
horse, when carelessly driven, will start snddcnlj against hia 
collar, fail to start his load, draw back from the pain which the 
concussion causes, rush at it again, and again draw back, until 

it becomes impossible for his driver to steady him in his collar 

•I 

'for a dead pull. If to all this be added a smart cut with tlic 
whip, and a fiercely spoken word, — with perhaps a blow over 
the nose, or a stone in the ear, — every fear or vicious feeling of 
the horse will be summoned into action, and the animal will 
become entirely anmanageablc, requiring to be left for an hour 
or two in his position before he gets snfGeiently calm to be in- 
duced to^move. There may, occasionally, be a horse which 
cannot be made to draw steadily by the most careful treatment; 
but the cases are exceedingly rare in which gentle treatment 
and firmness — a patient persistence in mild, authoritative com- 
mand, and judicious coaxing — would not either prevent the 
formation of the habit, or euro it when formed. 

The prevention of baulky habits lies with the driver. If 
he jump upon his load, gather up his reins carelessly, flourish 
his whip, or call out wildly to his horse, he will be quite likely 
to start him forward with a jerk which will be of no avail to 
move a heavily laden wagon. The horse thus commences to 
baulk at a heavy load, and after a certain amount of such treat- 
ment, will refuse to draw anything except under the most favor- 
able circumstances. Let any person driving a strange horse, 
vlth a load that he is not perfectly sure he can start easily, 
proceed according to the following directions, and he may be 
certain that, if the animal be not already a "jibber," he will not 
make him so, and that if he is one he will have the best chance 
for getting him along without trouble : He should slowly ex* 



BAULKING OR JIBBING. 



201 



amine the harness and wagon (partly to accustom the horse to 
; esenee.) gather up the reins gently. speaUing to the horse 
rprevent his starting, get quietly into his seat, and then .f 
possible, get control of the horse's mouth before al ow.ng Inm 
olve !o that when he does step off it may be only at a slow 
„„lk If by a forward movement of the hands he can be made 
I ..ess very gradually against the collar, and if the whole ope- 
Jon is performed in a cool and unexcited manner there w. 11 
be little difficulty in bringing him to a dead puU. from wh.ch 
he will recoil only if the load is a serious tax upon his strength. 
If the first attempt fail, wait until your horse hns become 
quiet, and until you have recovered from your own^vexat.on. 
La then try again. It may be necessary to have the ass.s- 
tance of one or two persons, to start the wagon from beh.nd ; 
but they should not push it until the horse is fairly aga.nst the 

collar. J 'f • 

To cure the habit of baulking is not an easy matter, and it is 

possible only by the kindest treatment. If the horse show fear 
by his excited manner, or, by looking about him wildly, that he 
is expecting a blow, you may be sure that he has received hard^ 
usage under similar circumstances, and that he must be con- 
vinced by caresses and kind words that you will treat him 
gently. You must recollect that the horse cannot understand 
your language; and that, while he is confused, he will misin- 
terpret every sign which you may make to him. He has an 
idea of your superior power ; and, in his fear that you will 
exercise it, as bad drivers have done before, to his injury, he 
will not at once feel confidence in your kind intentions. Ho 
must feel this confidence, whether it take an hour or all day to 
convey it to him, before you can do anything to cure bira of 



i.« 






» M 



i 



M i 

I 



r 



202 



BAULKING OP. JIBBINQ. 



^ 



I 



his trick. If you have him harnessed to a light wagon on a 
Bmooth road where it will afford but little resistance, you mar 
by repeated trials convince him that it is a simple, easy mattei 
to draw it ; and you should continue to exercise him from daj 
to day with the same light load, and afterward increase il 
gradually, until you have trained him to a quiet manner of 
starting, or of going up a hill or elsewhere where he has been 
accustomed to baulk. 

By the same gentle treatment you may start a horse or a 
team that have baulked under the driving of another person. 
Request the driver and all spectators to go to the side of tho 
road, and then unfasten the check-reins, hang the reins where 
they will be easily accessible, but so that they may lie loosely 
upon the horses* backs, caress them, and allow them to look 
about and convince themselves that no harm is doing. When 
they have come properly quiet, go to their heads and stand 
directly in front of the worst jibber of the team, so that his nose 
may come against your breast if he start. Turn them gently 
to the right, without allowing them to tighten their traces, and 
after caressing them a little, draw them in the same way to the 
left. Presently tarn them to the right, and as you do so, 
bring them slowly against their collars, and let them go. 

Sometimes a horse not often accustomed to baulk, betrays 
a reluctance to move, or a determination not to move. In 
such cases, the cause, if practicable, should always be ascer- 
tained. He may be overtaxed, his withers may be wrung, or 
he. may be insupportably galled or pained by the harness. 
Those accustomed to horses know what seemingly trivial cir- 
cumstances occasionally produce this vice. A horse, whose 
shoulders are raw, or have frequently been so, will not start 



BITINQ. 



203 



with a cold collar ; but when the collar has acquired the warmth 
of the parts upon which it presses, he will go without reluc- 
tance Some determined baulkers have been reformed by 
constantly wearing a false collar, or strip of cloth around the 
Bhoulders, so that the coldness of the usual collar should never 
be felt ; and others have been cured by keeping the collar oa 
night and day, for the animal is not able to lie down completely 
at full length, which the tired horse is always glad to do. When 
a horse baulks, not at starting, but while doing his work, it has 
sometimes been found useful to line the collar with cloth in. 
stead of leather ; the perspiration is readily absorbed, the sub- 
stance pressing upon the shoulder is softer, and it may be far 
more accurately eased off at a tender place. 

BITINO. 

Tins is either the consequence of natural ferocity, or a habit 
acquired from the foolish and teasing play of grooms and 
Btable-boys. When a horse is tickled and pinched by thought- 
less and mischievous youths, he will at first pretend to bite his 
tormentors ; by degrees he will proceed further, and actually 
bite them, and very soon after that he will then be the first 
to challenge to the combat, and without provocation will seize 
the first opportunity to grip the careless teaser. At length, 
as the love of mischief is a propensity too easily acquired, this 
war, half playful and half in earnest, becomes habitual to him, 
and degenerates into absolute vicionsness. 

It is seldom that any thing can be done in the way of cure. 
Kindness will aggravate the evil, and no degree of seventy will 
correct it. Biters have been punished until they have trembled 
in every joint, and were ready to drop, but this treatment 









! -1 

1 



204 



KICKING. 



scarcely ever cures them. The lash is forgotten in an hour, and 
the horse is as ready and determined to repeat the offense as 
before. He appears unable to resist the temptation, and in its 
worst form biting is a species of insanity. 
! Prevention, however, is in the power of every proprietor of 
horses. While he insists upon gentle and humane treatment, 
he should systematically forbid this horse-play. 



KICKING. 

This, as a vice, is another consequence of the culpable habit 
of teasing the horse. That which is at first simply an indica- 
tion of annoyance at the 
pinching and tickling of 
the groom, and without 
any design to injure, gradually 
becomes the expression of anger, 
and the effort to do mischief. 
The horse, also, too soon recog- 
nizes the least appearance 
of timidity, and ^..^^^ 
takes advantage oi ^^ 

PARTICULARLY DAKOEROITS. 

the discovery. 

Some horses acquire, from mere irritability and fidgetiness, 
a habit of kicking at the stall or the bail, and particularly at 
night. The neighboring horses are disturbed, and the kicker 
gets swelled hocks, or some more serious injury. This is a 
habit very difficult to correct, if it is allowed to become estab- 
lished. Mares are much more subject to it than horses. 

Before the habit is inveterately established, a thorn-bush or 
a piece of furze fastened against the partition or post will some- 





KICKING. 



205 



times effect a cure. When the horse firds that he is pretty 
Beverely pricked, he will not long continue to punish himself, 
ll confirmed cases it may be necessary to have recourse to the 
but the legs are often not a little bruised by it. A rather 
Ion' and heavy piece of wood attached to a chain has been 
budded above the hock, so as to reach about half-way down 
the le-. When the horse attempts to kick violently, his leg will 
recei °e a severe blow ; this, and the repetition of it, may after 
a time teach him to be quiet. 

Kicking in harness is a much more serious vice. From the 
least anno°yance about the rump or quarters, some horses will kick 
at a most violent rate, and destroy the bottom of the chaise, and 
endanger the limbs of the driver. Those that are fidgety in 
the stable are most inclined to do this. If the reins chance to 
get under the tail, the violence of .the kicker will often be most 
outrageous; and while the animal presses down his tail so 
tightly that it is almost impossible to extricate the reins, he 
continues to plunge until he has demolished every thing behind 

bim. 

This is a vice standing foremost in point of danger, and one 
which no treatment will always conquer. It is altogether in 
vain to attempt coercion. If the shafts are very strong and 
without flaw, or if they are plated with iron underneath, and a 
stout kicking-strap resorted to, which will barely allow the 
horse the proper use of his hind limbs in progression, but not 
permit him to raise them sufficiently for the purpose of kicking, 
he may be prevented from doing mischief. 



t 



206 



KEARINQ. 



HEAEING. 

. This vice is not very common, at least in a dangerous foyra, 
and can generally be prevented by the use of the martingale. 

In the case of saddle-horses, another good prevention is, when 
(the horse is about to rise, to touch him with the spur on one side 
only ; this will cause him to stop to lift the hind leg on that side, 
and if he persists iu his attempt the spurs may be used vigor- 
ously, first on one side, and then on the other, but not so fast 
as to prevent the horse from raising his hind legs alternately, 
as he is spurred. The least touch of the curb-bit will cause 
some vici(Jus and badly trained horses to rear, while those which 
have been thoroughly trained will rear slightly, to a great height, 
or not at all, as their rider insy desire ; but it is obvious that 
horses €o delicately trained should not be ridden by unskillful 
persons, lest the awkwardness of the rider should cause unex* 
pected curvethig. 

The remedy of some breakers, that of pulling the horse back- 
ward on a £oft piece of ground should be practiced by reckless 
and brutal febows alone. Many horses have been injured in the 
Bpine, and others have broken their necks, by being thus sud- 
denly pulled over ; while even the fellow who fears no danger, 
is not always able to extricate himself from the falling horse. 
If rearing proceeds from vice, and is unprovoked by the bruis- 
ing and laceration of the mouth, it fully partakes of the invete- 
racy which attends the other divisions of restiveness. 



PULLING BACK ON" THE HALTER. 

This is a vice which has probably arisen from the horse 
having, at some time, broken a weak halter iu a fit of impa- 



VICIOUS TO CLEAN. 



207 



tience. The only safe cure for it, and this is not always suc- 
cessful, iS to tie the horse with a very strong halter, which it 
will be impossible for him to break ; finding that his efforts 
are futile, he will, after a time, generally desist from pulling — 
though some incorrigible brutes will try every new halter as 
soon as they are fastened, and will break it if possible. 



RUNNING AWAY. 

Some headstrong horses will occasionally endeavor to bolt 
with the best rider ; others, with their wonted sagacity, en- 
deavor thus to dislodge only the timid or unskillful one. 
Some are hard to hold, or bolt only during the excitement of 
a trial of speed, or the like ; others will run away, prompted 
by vicious propensity alone. There is no certain cure here. 
The only method which affords any probability of success is, to 
ride such a horse with a strong curb and sharp bit ; to have 
him always firmly in hand ; and if he will run away, and the 
place will admit of it, to give him (sparing neither curb, whip, 
nor spur,) a great deal more running than he likes. 



VICIOUS TO CLEAN. 

It would scarcely be credited to what an extent this exists 
in some horses that are otherwise perfectly quiet ; it is only at 
great hazard that they can be cleaned at all. The origin of 
this is probably some maltreatment. There is, however, a 



/ 



great difference in the sensitiveness of the skin in different 
horses. Some seem as if they could scarcely be made to feel 
the whip, while others cannot bear a fly to light upon them 
without an expression of annoyance. In young horses the 
skin is peculiarly delicate. If they have been curried with a 



; i 






4 



SfiaHBS^"'-" 



208 



VICIOUS TO SHOE. 



broken comb, or hardly rubbed with an uneven brush, the 
recollection of the torture they have felt makes them impa- 
tient and even vicious during every succeeding operation of 
the kind. Many grooms, likewise, seem to delight in pro- 
ducing these exhibitions of uneasiness apd vice, although, when 
they are carried a little too far, and at the hazard of the limbs 
of the groom, the animals that have been almost tortured into 
these manifestations of irritation, are brutally kicked and 

punished. 

This, however is a vice that may be conquered. If the 
horse is dressed with a lighter hand, and wiped rather than 
brushed, and the places where the skin is most sensitive are 
avoided as much as thorough cleanliness will allow, he will 
gradually lose the recollection of former ill-treatment, and be- 
come tractable and quiet. 

In those instances where the skin is so irritable that the 
horse really endures a great deal of misery every time he is 
cleaned besides requiring needlessly the expenditure of a 
great amount of muscular exertion, the remedy is very simple; 
instead of being curry-combed and wiped, the horse should be 
merely washed over with warm water on his coming in warm 
from a journey, then gently scraped and covered with a rug. 
The warmth of the body will very soon dry the skin. 



VICIOUS TO SHOE. 

The correction of this is more peculiarly the business of the 
smith ; yet the master should diligently concern himself with 
it, for it is more often the consequence of injudicious or bad 
usage, than of natural vice. The vice is certainly a bad one, 
and it very materially diminishes the value of the horse ; for it 



VICIOUS TO SHOE. 



209 



is a habit which generally gets worse at each time of snoeing. 
It is not so much the kicking of the horse that is to be feared, 
but the animal will bear his whole weight on the foot requiring 
to be shod, so that the smith is unable to lift it up, or after- 
ward to support it ; beside which the animal will keep con- 
tinually kicking or endeavoring to get the foot away, to the 
imminent danger of the limbs of the unfortunate operative. 
This deplorable and vicious habit is greatly increased, if not 
altogether produced, by rough usage at the early shoeings, 
and it generally gets worse at each time of shoeing, so that 
the horse is often rendered at last completely worthless. 

It may be expected that there will be some difficulty in 
shoeing a horse for the first few times, as it is an operation 
that gives him a little uneasiness. The man to whom he is 
most accustomed should go with him to the forge ; and if 
another and steady horse is shod before him, he may be in- 
duced more readily to submit. It cannot be denied that, after 
the habit of resisting this necessary operation is formed, force 
may sometimes be required in order to reduce our rebellious 
servant to obedience ; but there can be no manner of question 
that the large majority of horses vicious to shoe are rendered 
so by harsh usage, and by the pain of correction being added 
to the uneasiness of shoeing. It should be a rule in every 
forge, that no smith should be permitted to strike a horse, 
much less to twitch or gag him, without the raaster-farrier*8 
order ; and that a young horse should never be twitched or 
struck. There are few horses that may not gradually be ren- 
dered manageable for this purpose by mildness and firmness 
on the part of the operator ; they will soon understand that no 

harm is meant, and they will not forget their usual habit ot, 
U 



k*'f^lW***-^''«J 



210 



CEIB-BITINQ. 



ti 






i 



obedience ; but if the remembrance of corporeal punishmeni 
is connected with shoeing, they will always be fidgety, and 
occasionally dangerous. 



CKIB-BITING. 

This is a very unpleasant habit, and a considerable defect, 
although not so serious as it is often represented. The horse 
lays hold of the manger with his teeth, violently extends his 
neck and then, after some convulsive action of the throat, a 
slight grunting is heard, accompanied by a sucking or drawing 
in of air. It is not an effort at simple eructation, arising from 
indi'^'estion ; it is the inhalation of air. It is that which takes 
place with all kinds of diet, and when the stomach is empty as 
well as when it is full. 

The effects of crib-biting are plainly perceptible. The teeth 
are injured and worn away, and that, in an old horse, to a very 

serious degree. A considerable quantity 
of grain is often lost, for the horse will 
frequently crib with his mouth full 
of it, and the greater part will fall 
over the edge of the manger. 
Much saliva escapes while 
the manger is thus forcibly 
held, the loss of which must 
"^ be of serious detriment in 
MTTzzLE poR A CRIB-BITER, impairing digestion The 
crib-biting horse is notoriously more subject to 
colic than other horses, and that of a kind difficult of treatment 
and peculiarly dangerous. Although many a crib-biter is stout 
and strong, and capable of all ordinary work, these horses do 




CRIB-BITING. 



211 



not generally carry as much flesh as otlicrs, and have not their 
endurance; on these accounts, crib-biting has been, and very 
properly, decided by the highest authority to be unsound- 

ness. 

It is moreover one of those tricks which are exceedingly con- 
ta'nous. Every companion of a crib-biter in the same stable, 
is likely to acquire the habit, and it is the most inveterate of all 
habits. The edge of the manger will in vain be lined with iron, 
or with sheep-skin, or with sheep-skin covered with tar or aloes, 
or any other unpleasant substance. In spite of the annoyance 
which these may occasion, the horse will persist in his attack 
on the manger. A strap buckled tightly round the neck, by 
compressing the windpipe, is the best means of preventing the 
possibility of this trick ; but the strap must be constantly worn, 
and its pressure is apt to produce a worse affection, viz., an 
irritation of the windpipe, which terminates in roaring. 

Some have recommended turning out for five or six months ; 
but this has never succeeded, except with a young horse, and 
then but rarely. The old crib-biter will employ the gate for 
the same purpose as the edge of his manger, and he will often 
gallop across a field for the mere purpose of having a bite at 
the rail. Medicine is altogether thrown away in such a case. 

The only remedy is a muzzle, with bars across the bottom ; 
eufiiciently wide to enable the animal to pick up his corn and 
to pull his hay, but not to grasp the edge of his manger. If 
this is worn for a considerable period, the horse may be tired 
of attempting that which he cannot accomplish, and for a 
while forget the habit ; but in a majority of cases the desire of 
crib-biting will return with the power of gratifying it. 

The causes of crib-biting are various, and some of them be- 



% 



.iflRP 



212 



OVERREACHINQ. 



NOT LYING DOWN. 



213 



yond the control of the owner of the horse. It is often the 
result of imitation ; but it is more frequently the consequence 
of idleness. The high-fed and spirited horse must be in mis- 
chief, if he is not usefully employed. Sometimes, but not often, 
it is produced by partial starvation ; and another occasional 
cause is the frequent custom of dressing the horse, even when 
the weather is not severe, in the stable, — thus enabling the 
animal to catch at the edge of the manger, or at that of the 
partition on each side, if he has been turned. 



WIND-SUCKING. 

This closely resembles crib-biting, and arises from the same 
causes ; the same purpose is accomplished, and the same results 
follow. The horse stands with his back bent, his head drawn 
inward, his lips alternately slightly opened and then closed, and 
a noise is heard as if he were sucking. It appears quite pro- 
bable, judging from the same comparative want of condition 
and the flatulence noted in connection with the last habit, that 
either some portion of wind enters the stomach, or there is an 
injurious loss of saliva. 

This vice diminishes the value of the animal nearly as much 
as crib-biting ; it is equally as contagions and inveterate. The 
only remedies — and they will seldom avail — are tying the head 
up, except when the horse is feeding, or putting on a muzzle 
with sharp spikes toward the neck, which will prick him when- 
ever he attempts to rein his head in for the purpose of wind- 
sucking. 



OVERREACHING. 

This unpleasant noise known also by the name of " clicking," 
is occasioned by the toe of the hind foot, or the inner edge of 



I 



the inside of its shoe, striking upon the heel of the coronet of 
the fore foot. The preventive treatment is the beveling, or 
rounding off, of the inside rim or edge of the hind shoe. Tho 
cure is, the cutting away of the loose parts, the application of 
Friar's balsam, and protection from the dirt. 

Some horses, particularly young ones, overreach so as to 
strike the toes of the hind shoes against the fore ones, which is 
termed "clinking." Keeping up the head of the horse does some- 
thin"* to prevent this ; but the smith may do more by shortening 
the toe of the hind shoes and having the web broad. When 
they are too long, they are apt to be torn off ; when too narrow, 
the hind foot may bruise the sole of the fore one, or may bo 
locked fast between the branches of the fore shoe. 



NOT LYING DOWN. 

It occasionally happens that a horse will seldom or never 
lie down in the jptable. He sometimes continues in apparent 
good health, and feeds and works well ; but generally his legs 
swell, and he becomes fatigued sooner than another horse. If 
it is impossible to let him loose in the stable, or to put him 
into a spare box, nothing can be done to obviate the difficulty. 
No means, gentle or cruel, will force him to lie down. The 
secret is, that he is tied up, and either has never dared to lie 
down through fear of the confinement of the halter, or he has 
^been cast in the night and severely injured. If he can be suf- 
fered to range the stable, or have a comfortable box in which 
he may be loose, he will usually lie down the first night. Some 
few horses, however, will lie down in a stable, and not in a loose 
hox. A fresh, well-made bed will generally tempt the tired 
horse to refresh himself with sleep. 



ni»»'a;c.-;sso'. 



214 



SHYING. 



It may be observed in this connection, that the basis of sup^ 
port afforded by the four extremities is so considerable in the 
horse, tliat he is able to sleep in a standing position, and some 
horses have even been known to preserve their health, strength, 
and condition, although they were never known to lie down 
At the same time, it is undeniable, that an animal that will 
quickly lie down and take his rest, as a general rule, preserves 
his condition, and is better fitted for exertion. 



SHYING. 

This most dangerous habit is sometimes the effect of fear, and 
sometimes is a downright vicious propensity; and there are 

many horses which commence the 
practice through fear and end by 
becoming viciously disposed to 
indulge in it, iji consequence of 

sheer mismanage- 
ment. The young 
colt is almost al- 
ways more or less 
shy, especially if 
he is brought at 
:^r- once from the re- 

mSAnREEABLE AND DAX(SER0r8. tircd ficldS iu VVlUCll 

he was reared to the streets of a busy town. 

There are, however, numberless varieties of shyers, some 
being dreadfully alarmed by one kind of object, \s liich to another 
is not at all formidable. When a horse finds that he gains his 
object by turning around, he will often repeat the turning with- 
out cause, pretending to be alarmed, and looking out for ex- 




BHYINO. 



215 



cases for it. This is not at all uncommon, and with timid 
riders leads to a discontinuance of the ride, by which the horse 
cains his end for the time, and repeats the trick upon the first 
occasion. In genuine shying from fear, the eyes are generally 
more or less defective ; but sometimes this is not the cause, 
^Yhich is founded upon a general irritability of the nervous 
system. Thus, there are many that never shy at meeting wagons, 
or other similar objects, but which almost drop with fear on a 
small bird flying out of a hedge, or any other startling sound. 
These are also worse, because they give no notice, whereas the 
ordinary shyer almost always shows by his ears that he is pre- 

pared to turn. 

For shyers the only remedy is, to take as little notice as 
possible, to make light of the occurrence, speak encouragingly, 
yet rather severely, and to get them by the object in one waij or 
another. If needful, the aid of the spur and whip may be called 
in, but not as a punishment. If the horse can be urged to go 
by the object at which he is shying without the whip or spur, 
so much the better ; but if not, he must be compelled to do so 
by their use. Wherever fear is the cause of shying, punishment 
only adds to that fear; but where vice has supplanted fear, 
severity should be used to correct it. 

As a general rule, the whip need never be used, unless the 
horse turns absolutely round, and not then unless there is reason 
* to suspect that he is pretending fear. If he will only go by the 
object, even with *'a wide berth," as the sailors say, he may be 
suffered to go on his way unpunished; and nothing is so bad 
as the absurd severity which some horsemen exercise after the 
horse has conquered his reluctance, and passed the object. At 
this time he should be praised and petted, with all the en-' 



niB*^- •f'^VM '■ 



216 



PATTTNa. 



SLIPPING THE COLLAR OR HALTER. 



211 




couragement which can be given ; and on no account should he 
be taught to make those rushes which are so commonly seen 
on the road, from the improper use of whip and spur. If pun- 
ishment is necessary at all, it must be used beforehand ; but it 
often happens that the rider cannot spare his whip-hand until 
the shying is over; and then, in his passion, he does not reflect 
that the time has passed for its employment. 

Shying on coming out of the stable is a habit that can rarely 
or never be cured. It procec^ds from the remembrance of some 
ill-usage or hurt which the animal has received in the act of 
proceeding from the stable, such as striking his head against a 
low door-way, or entangling the harness. 

When the cure, however, is early attempted, it may be so far 
overcome that it will be unattended with danger or diflSculty. 
The horse should be bridled when led out or in. He should be 
held short and tight by the head, that he may feel that he has 
jiot liberty to make a leap, and this of itself is often suflScient 
to restrain him. Punishment, or a threat of it, will be highly 
improper. It is only timid or high-spirited horses that acquire 
the habit, and rough usage invariably increases their agitation 
and terror. 



PAWINO. 

. Some hot and irritable horses are restless even in the stable, 
ind paw frequentV and violently. Their litter is destroyed, 
the floor of the stable broken up, the shoes worn out, the feet 
bruised, and the legs sometimes sprained. If this habit does 
)»ot exist to any great extent, yet the stable never looks well. 
Shackles are the only remedy, with a chain sufficiently long to 
enable the horse to shift his posture, or move in his stall ; but 



these mus:t be taken off at night, otherwise the animal wil5 
seldom lie down. Unless, however, the horse possesses pecu- 
liar value, it will be better to dispose of him at once, than to 
submit to the danger and inconvenience that he may occasion. 



ROLLING. 

This is a very pleasant and perfectly safe amusement for a 
horse at grass, but cannot be indulged in the stable without the 
chance of his being dangerously entangled with the collar, rein, 
or halter, and being cast. Yet, although the horse is cast, and 
bruised, and half strangled, he will roll again on the following 
night and continue to do so as long as he lives. The only 
remedy is not a very pleasant one for the horse, /lor always 
quite safe ; yet recourse must be had to it, if the habit of rolling 
is inveterate. The, horse should be tied with length enough of 
halter to lie down, but not to allow of his head resting upon 
the ground ; because, in order to roll over, a horse is obliged 
to place his head quite down upon the ground. 



SLIPPING THE COLLAR OR HALTER. 

This is a trick in which many horses are so well accomplished, 
that scarcely a night passes without their getting loose. It is 
a very serious habit, for it enables the horse sometimes to gorge 
himself with food to the imminent danger of producing stag- 
gers ; or it exposes him, as he wanders about, to be kicked and 
Injured by the other horses, while his restlessness will often keep 
the whole team awake. If the web of the halter, being first 
accurately fitted to his neck, is suffered to slip only one way. 
or a strap is attached to the halter and buckled round the neck, 
but not sufficiently tight to be of serious inconvenience, the 
power of slipping the collar will be taken away. 



SPP 



218 



BTUMBLINa. 



UNSTEADINESS WHILE BEING MOUNTED. 



219 



BTUMBLINO-. 

That person must either be a skillful practitioner, or a mere 
pretender, who engages to remedy this habit. If it arise from 
a heavy forehand, and the fore legs, being too much under the 
horse, no one can alter the natural frame of the animal ; if it 
proceeds from tenderness of foot, groggincss, or old lameness, 
these ailments are seldom cured. Also, if it is to be traced to 
habitual carelessness and idleness, no whipping will rouse the 
drone. A known stumbler should never be ridden or driven 
by any one who values his safety or his life. A tight hand or 
a strong bracing-rein are precautions that should not be neg- 
lected, although they are generally of little avail ; for the in- 
veterate stumbler will rarely be able to save himself, and this 
tight rein may sooner and further precipitate the rider. If 
after stumbling the horse suddenly starts forward, and endea- 
vors to break into a short trot or canter, the rider may be 
assured that others before him have fruitlessly endeavored to 
remedy the nuisance. ^- 

If the stumbler has the foot kept as short, and the toe pared 
as close as safety will permit, and the shoe is rounded at the 
toe, or has that shape given to it which it naturally acquires ia 
a fortnight from the peculiar action of such a horse, the animal 
may not stumble quite so much ; or if the disease which pro- 
duced the habit can be alleviated, some trifling good may be 
done ; but in almost every case the stumbler should be got rid 
of, or put to slow and heavy work. If the latter alternative 
is adopted, he may stumble as much as he pleases, for the 
weight of the load and the motion of the other horses wilfkeep 
him upon his legs. 



UNSTEADINESS WHILE BEINQ MOUNTED. 

When this merely amounts to eagerness to start—very un- 
pleasant, indeed, at times, for many a rider has been thrown 
from his seat before he was fairly fixed in it-it may be reme- 
died by an active and good horseman. It oftentimes happens 
that while the elderly, inactive, and fearful man is engaged in 
making more than one ineffectual attempt to vault into the 
saddle°the horse is dancing about to his annoyance and danger; 
but no' sooner is the animal transferred to the management of a 
younger and more agile rider, than he becomes perfectly sub- 
dued° Severity will here, more decidedly than in any other 
case, do harm. The rider should be fearless ; he should care- 
lessly and confidentially approach the horse, mount at the first 
effort, and then restrain him for a while ; patting him, and 
not allowing him to proceed until he becomes perfectly quiet. 
Horses of this kind should not be too highly fed, and should 
have sufficient daily exercise. 

When the difficulty of mounting arises, not from eagerness 
to start, but from unwillingness to be ridden, the sooner that 
horse is disposed of the better. He may be conquered by a 
skillful and determined horseman ; but even he will not succeed 
without frequent and dangerous contests that will mar all tho 
pleasures of the ride. 



^fW 



■z <r■^-T^i^k^i7S*W.'i^-,Tir:. i^ "■'. ;. 



LAMPAS. 



221 




Under this head it is proposed to treat of 
the various diseases which horse-flesh is heir 
to, together with their symptoms, and to 
offer such remedies as personal experience, or the authority 
of others in whom implicit confidence may be placed, suggests 
as the most efficacious. For convenience of discussion, these 
diseases are arranged in the present work under the heads of 
diseases of tlie mouth ; of the respiratory organs ; of the 
stomach and intestines; pf the limbs; of the urinary organs; 
of the feet and legs ; of the heart ; of the head ; and 
(220) 



of the eye; — placing under the head of miscellaneous such 
as do not appropriately fall under either of the foregoing 
diseases. 



DISEASES OF THE MOUTH. 



liAMPAS. 

This term is used to designate a fullness or swelling of the 
bars or roof of the mouth, caused by the cutting of the teeth. 
Lampas will be found in all colts, although in many the slight 
inconvenience occasioned by it attracts little or no attention. 
In others, however, the great tenderness of the parts affected 
causes the animal to refuse his food, in consequence of which 
be is by many compelled to submit to an operation equally 
cruel and unnecessary— that is, no less than burning out the 
bars of the mouth with a red-hot iron, thereby destroying the 
functions of the part, and leaving the mouth sore for Bome 
time afterward. This mode of treatment has been practised 
for years, and is even at the present day almost the only one 
in vogue, although it is of no practical benefit whatever, but, 
on the contrary, is often very injurious. In the case of the 
child similarly affected, the humane practitioner seldom does 
more than to lance the gums. This, certainly, is a moro 
rational mode of operating, and the author's experience con- 
vinces him that if the parts inflamed in the case of the horse 
be simply lanced, the swelling will soon subside, and the horse 
partake of his food as usual. A common pocket-knife will 
answer the purpose quite well ; and after the lancing the 



222 



ULCERS IN THE MOUTH. 



SORE MOUTH. 



223 



mouth should be washed with a solution of the tincture of 
myrrh, two ounces to a pint of water, or a solution of alum 
in water. This should be repeated twice a day for three or 
four days, during which time give bran mashes or flax-seed 
gruel, and, if procurable, a small quantity of new grass. No 
hay, corn, or oats, should be given for a week ; at the expira- 
tion of which period the teeth will be in a condition to masti- 
cate such food. 



INFLAMED GUMS. 

Occasionally the gums of very young horses, when cutting 
their teeth, become exceedingly tender, sore, and swollen! 
As this is principally confined to the yearling, it is generally 
overlooked by the owner. The treatment in such cases is to 
cut the gum through to the tooth immediately under it with 
a lancet or common pocket-knife. The gum being thus 
broken, the tooth comes through with little pain. 



BAGS OR WASHES. 

These are soft, pufly swellings of the membrane of the 
mouth, lining the lips, just within the corners of the mouth. 
This disease is generally caused by the bearing rein being too 
tight. They are cured by cutting off a portion of the swelling 
with a pair of scissors or a knife ; after which the parts should 
be dressed with a little salt, or powdered alum. This gener- 
ally proves successful. 



UliCERS IN THE MOUTH. 

Horses, during the process of breaking, are frequently hurt 
by the pressure of the bit upon the under jaw a little in front of 



the first molar tooth ; in consequence of which the periosteum, 
or thin fibrous membrane covering the bone, often becomes 
involved in the inflammation, the bone itself not always escap- 
ing injury, a neglect of which occasionally causes the bono 
of the jaw to become carious or decayed ; sinuses, or pipe-liko 
openings, are sometimes formed, which becoming filled with 
masticated food, become fetid and often occasion troublesome 
sores. Grooms on discovering this sore, generally attribute it 
to what is commonly called squirrel grass, or wild barley. If 
the sore is confined to the gum alone, it should be washed fre- 
quently, and dressed with a little tincture of myrrh ; but when 
the bone is affected, it must be examined carefully with a probe, 
and if found rough, or presenting small openings, the bone must 
be exposed, and all the diseased parts removed, after which the 
tincture of myrrh should be used for a dressing. Such opera- 
tions should be performed by a qualified veterinary surgeon, if 
one is to be had ; otherwise more injury may be done by the 
bungling operator than would be occasioned by the disease. 
If such services cannot be procured, caustic silver, or lunar 
caustic, should be applied to the diseased bone. If the caustic 
is not readily obtainable, the red-hot iron will answer the pur- 
pose as well, or even better. Butter of antimony, placed on a 
little cotton or tow, and packed in the sore, is an excellent 
application, as it hastens a separation or exfoliation of tho 
diseased bone, thus enabling the parts soon to heal. 



BORE MOUTH. 

This is often caused by the bit^s cutting or bruising the lips 
at the angles of the mouth. In carelessly balling horses, also, 
the under part of the tongue sometimes becomes injured, which 



« »4 



>^ i| 



m 



^ii 



224 



tJNEVtN TEETH. 



QUIDDINO. 



I 



freqiientlv escapes notice until the animal refuses his food, 
and the tongue becomes tender and swollen. In such cases, 
wash the mouth clean, and sprinkle a teaspoonful of table salt 
on the sore ; the tincture of myrrh occasionally applied m\\ 
hasten the cure, 

CUT TONGUE. 

The tongue sometimes becomes bruised from the sudden 
jerking of the lines in the hands of a careless or obstinate 
driver, or it may happen from tight reining ; that portion of 
the tongue upon which the bit rests becoming bruised and 
ulcerated, and the frequent use of the bit keeping up the 
irritation, until the tongue, in some cases, becomes almost 
separated by ulceration before it is discovered. Alum water, 
saltpetre, and tincture of myrrh are the proper dressings. 



225 



UNEVEN TEETH. 

The molar teeth frequently become very uneven upon their 
faces or grinding surfaces, in consequence oi the crusta petrosa 
wearing away too rapidly and often leaving deep cavities in the 
teeth, which become filled with food and soon prove a great 
source of annoyance by interfering with proper mastication. 
This occurs more particularly in old horses. The upper molar 
teeth being well protected on the outer surface with enamel, 
wear less rapidly than the lower ones which are protected upon 
the inner side. In consequence of this the upper teeth often 
become very sharp upon the outside, and when the reins are 
drawn up the cheeks are forced upon these sharp edges and 
become sore and often lacerated, while the lower ones becoming 
«harp on the inside edges, lacerate the tongue in a simili^ 



m 



manner. The horse from this cause often refuses his food, sinco 
mastication causes him severe pain. He soon begins to lose 
flesh, the digestive organs become deranged, the skin becomes 
tiglit, and the animal is perhaps doctored for bots, worms, and 
the like. 

In all these cases the tooth-rasp becomes necessary, which 
is an instrument made concave, or hollow, upon one side, and 
conve.T, or rounding, on the other, with a long handle attached. 
The rasp is upon the hollow side, the round side and the edges 
being perfectly smooth so as not to wound the cheeks or tongue 
when used. With this instrument the sharp corners of the teeth 
arc easily taken off, and the horse is enabled to feed again in 
the proper manner. If the teeth are in this condition no 
medicine is of any avail ; all the condition powders in the world 
will not benefit in the slightest degree ; the tooth-rasp is the 
only remedj that will prove serviceable. 



QUIDDINO. 

This disease, if disease it may be called, is generally caused 
by the irregular wear of the teeth already mentioned ; or it may 
«.-,se from caries of the teeth, or from a diseased state of the 
•'-oles of deglutition. -I have seen," says White, "at the 
|<ennel the jaw of a horse which died literally from starvation 
.n consequence of a disease of the grinding teeth, which a,,. 
Ponrcd to have been brought on by feeding on coarse woody 
■ ' 7'"^'"'"^ "'^ ^t«<^k« of thistles, docks, &c. This animal 
was what dealers term a quidder, for the muscles of deglutition 
*". at least so affected that he was incapable of swallowin-.; 
«"" ^. <er fruitless attempts to chew his food it was thrown out 
"'« J^-'ger in a ball or qdd. and a great deal of imper. 

JO 






i i 1 



.-^ t^ 'h V 



226 



WOLF TEETH. 



CARIES OF THE TEETH, 



22 1 



r 

I 



I 



fectly chewed hay had been forced into the cavities formed at 
the roots of some of the grinding teeth." The tooth-rasp 
Bometimes proves a perfect cure in such cases. 

"WOIiF TEETH. 

Very erroneous opinions are entertained by horsemen, and 
even by veterinary surgeons, in reference to these teeth, and 
various theories have from time to time been set afloat regard- 
ing them, arising, for the most part, from a want of proper in- 
vestigation. 

These teeth are natural to all horses, and make their appear- 
once between the first and fifth year. They are not supernu- 
merary teeth, as has been stated by some writers, but are 
natural teeth found in all colts. The germs of these teeth will 
be found in the foal at birth, and developed in the jaw of the 
yearling ready to make their way through the gums. In an 
examination of at least one hundred heads of colts that have 
died under eighteen months of age, the author has found in 
every instance either natural wolf teeth, or the germs from 
which they are developed. It is a mistaken idea, that these 
teeth exert any influence over the eyes. Nature never placed ' 
them in their position for the purpose of injury. In cases where 
the eye is supposed to be affected by them, it is simply neces- 
sary to treat the eye for inflammation, and allow the teeth to 
remain. As a general rule they do not remain in the jaw long 
after being cut ; having performed their function, whatever it 
may be, they fall out and are therefore seldom found. Their 
removal can do no harn^ but it is an entirely unnecessary 
operation 






i 



CARIES OP THE TEETH 

The teeth of horses, as has already been stated, are made up 
of three substances, the enamel, the bone, and the crusta petrosa- 
"^ an<i in consequence of their peculiar arrangement 

and the inability 
of the animal to 
inform us of his 
sufferings, this dis- 
ease frequently be- 
comes much more 
serious than in 
man. Its opera- 
tion, besides, is 




THE BLOODED MARK FASHIOX AND FOAL. 



quite different 



upon the teeth of horses from what it is upon the human teeth. 
In the human subject caries is found, in a large majority of 
cases, making its appearance as a dark spot between the teeth, 
on one side of the crown, gradually working inwards, destroy- 
ing the bone in its progress, and leaving the enamel a mere 
Bhell upon the outside of the tooth, while the roots generally 
remain in a comparatively sound condition during the progress 
of decay. In the horse, however, caries is a very different thing, 
as far as its effects are concerned. It makes its appearance 
upon some one or more of the indentations or depressions upon 
the face of the tooth, attacking the crusta petrosa, (a substance 
not found in the human tooth,) and extending from the face 
through the entire length of the tooth, splitting it up into 
several thin plates, in consequence of which abscesses oft(^ form 
at the roots of such teeth, which, being prevented from dis 






'•m 



228 



CARIES OF THE TEETH. 



charging into the mouth by the food that fills up the cavity, 
generally find an opening into the nose, discharging their feti4 
matter through that channel. The animal while in this condi- 
tion is often treated for catarrh, commonly called distemper. 
The discharge still continuing, and becoming more and more 
fetid, the animal is at last supposed to be in a glandered con. 

dition and killed. 

The first case of this kind which came under the author's 
notice occurred in the year 1853. Having occasion to visit the 
yard where dead animals are boiled, the peculiar appearance of 
one horse lying upon the ground attracted his attention. Upon 
inquiry he learned that he had been killed as a glandered horse; 
but failing to recognize any such marks as might be expected 
in that disease, he made a very careful examination of the head 
and found the real cause of trouble to be, not glanders, but a 
carious tooth, of which but three small ribbon-like fragments 
remained. This horse was but seven years old. An abscess 
had formed at the root of the tooth, discharging itself into tho 
nostril, whence it was ejected. Another horse, with similar 
symptoms, pronounced glandered by two eminent veterinary sur- 
geons, was destroyed at the same place in the year 1859. The 
author's examination disclosed the fact, that the first two molar 
teeth were almost entirely destroyed by caries, and that a large 
abscess had formed at their roots, which extended into and 
completely closed up one nostril, causing an immense tumor on 
the right side of the head. 

The difficulty of examining the molar teeth of the horse, to- 
gether with the silence of veterinary authors on this important 
subject, are the only assignable reasons for the little informa- 
tion given us relative to a disease of such common occurrence. 



CARTES or THE TEETH. 



229 



Indeed, the author has frequently been called upon to treat 
horses laboring under this disease, without a suspicion ever 
being entertained of its true nature. 

A case of this kind came under his notice in the winter of 
1858, while on a visit to Jackson, Michigan. He was called 
to see a bay mare kept for livery purposes, having a discharge 
from the right side of the face some two inches below the eye, 
which had existed for about two years. The discharge was of 
60 fetid a character that the animal was rendered unfit for use 
and she was consequently turned upon the common to die or 
get well, as the chances might be, all known modes of treatment 
having been previously adopted without any beneficial results. 
He discovered, upon examination, a carious tooth, which was 
removed, and in a short time the animal became well. During 
the winter of 1859, a brown mare, belonging to a gentleman in 
Germantown, Pennsylvania, was sent to the Clinic of the Phi, 
ladelphia Veterinary College, having been pronounced glandered 
by a veterinary surgeon and ordered to be killed. Upon ex, 
amination a large abscess was discovered opening into the nose> 
together with two carious teeth^th^ first and second molars of 
the right side. The mare was cast, and ten pieces of carious 
teeth removed ; the cavity was then well cleaned out, and tow 
saturated with tincture of myrrh filled in, removing and cleaning 
every day. Some four weeks subsequently, the animal was sold 
for one hundred and fifty dollars, sound as a bell ; though pre- 
viously to this operation she could not have been sold \t any 
price. Many similar cases could be mentioned, but the fore- 
going will serve to show the necessity of making a thorough 

examination of an animal before pronouncing sentence of death 
upon it. 



. 41 



if 



230 



EXTRACTING TEETH. 



XNFLAMMATIOrr. 



231 



Acidity of the fluids of the mouth is generally— and, as tht 
author believes, correctly— assigned as the cause of caries of the 
teeth. The symptoms are fetid discharges from the nose, ob- 
structed respiration, improper mastication of the food, passing 
the oats or corn whole, quidding, drowsiness, loss of flesh, 
staring coat, hide-bound, tossing to and fro of the head, stop- 
ping short on the road, starting suddenly, and at times becoming 
almost frantic. All these symptoms, however, must not be 
expected to be found in the same case, as difi'erent horses are 
differently afl*ected by the disease. One is drowsy, feeds daintily 
it times, and again ravenously ; another is at times wild, so as 
to be almost unmanageable. Many of these symptoms occur in 
\)ther diseases besides those of the teeth ; but their presence 
suggests the necessity for an examination of the mouth, and 
particularly of the molar teeth, which may be done by passing 
the hand along the upper molar teeth inside of the cheek, thus 
enabling the examiner to detect the presence of caries without 
difficulty. 

EXTRACTING TEETH. 

When a carious tooth, or one so unequally worn as to cause 
mischief, is discovered, its removal is necessary to the restora- 
tion of the animaPs health. In order to accomplish this, the 
horse must be cast, and the age of the animal considered, in 
order to make choice of proper instruments. If he is young, 
say from four to six years, an instrument made simihir to the 
key used by surgeon dentists, is the best adapted ; if he is old, 
a pair of forceps of large size, made in the same manner as the 
tooth-forceps of dentists, will answer, as the roots of the teeth 
in old horses are comparatively short, and therefore may be 
easily extracted. 




DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS 



INFIiAMMATION. 

The diseases of the respiratory organs and air passages are 
generally of an inflammatory type. In order to fully under- 
stand the various diseases to which these important organs are 
subject, a few remarks regarding the nature of inflammation, its 
progress, &c., may not be out of place in a work like the 
present. 

Inflammation, then, is a state of altered nutrition, an increased 
vascularity and sensibility of the parts involved, together with 
a tendency to change of structure. The symptoms ai-e swelling, 
pain, heat, and redness where the parts are not covered with 
hair. The redness is in consequence of a redundancy of blood 
in the inflamed part, which distends the small capillaries with 
red particles of blood. When the inflammation is acute, the 
parts present a bright red or crimson hue ; when it is chronic, 
they are of a dark or purplish red color. As the various terms 
employed by authors to indicate the various degrees are unin- 
teresting to the general reader, no attempt at detail is here 
made. 

The sensation of pain is mainly due to a stretching of the 
nerves by the distended blood-vessels. It difi'ers in its char* 
acter and intensity according to the parts involved, varying 
from a burning, throbbing, sharp, and lacerating pain to a 
mere sense of heat, soreness, and a dull sensation of pain. The 
heat in inflammation is supposed to arise from an increased 
quantity of blood in the inflamed part. The swelling in the 
early stage is due to the increased quantity of blood, and 



!, i : 



i 1 



232 



SORE THROAT. 



BORE THROAT. 



afterward to the efTusion which takes phice in all loose tissnes. 
By inflammation all the various structures of the animal 
economy may be so altered as to interfere with the perfonn- 
nnce of their natural functions ; in some cases by a pernument 
thickening of the parts, and in others by adhesion and the like. 
By the aid of auscultation, that is, tlic application of tho 
ear to the parts to be examined, the slightest change in the 
normal and healthy condition of the respirator}' organs may 
be detected, and the various parts involved in inflammatory 
action may be pointed out with a considcjjftblc degree of cer- 
tainty. With thus much of introduction we proceed to tha 
consideration of the various diseases naturally falling under ouy 
present division. 

SORE THROAT. 

Sore throat is a common attendant upon catarrhal affec- 
tions. When it is confined to that portion of the throat at 

the root of the 
tongue, which is 
known to mcdica) 
men as thelarvnx 
itiscallel laryng. 
itis ; and this pail 
& is the comnioi 
seat of this dis 
ease, from whic). 
it extends dcwL 
the trachea, O' 
windpipe, to the lungs. As long as the throj».t remains ver; 
•ore, it is a pretty good evidence that the lungj* m'** not aiTecte^. 




TSK SADDLE HORSK. 



P 



233 



This disease may exist either in an acute, sub-acute, or chronic 
form. When acute, its management is simple and usually suc- 
cessful ; but if it is neglected in this early stage, it not unfrc- 
qucntly proves troublesome, and in some cases leaves tho 
animal permanently unsound, terminating in wheezing, whist- 
ling, roaring, or broken-windcdncss. 

Tiic symptoms of sore throat arc easily detected by the or- 
dinary observer. According to the intensity of the disease 
there is an accumulation of saliva in the mouth, clear, thick, 
and stringy, more particularly when the tongue is swollen ; a 
stifl'ness of the head, the horse coughing upon the sli^rhtest 
pressure on the larynx; difficulty in swallowing, more par- 
ticularly hard grain or hay, and a consequent refusal of food 
allogether; a short, hard cough; more or less copious dis- 
charges from the nose, as the disease advances; an accelerated 
pulse, frequently rising to ninety or one hundred pulsations in 
a minute; mouth hot, with considerable fever accompanying. 

For treatment, apply strong mustard, mixed with water to 
the thickness of cream, to the throat, rub it well in, and 
repeat as often as may be necessary ; or poultice the part with 
flaxseed meal for several days, and sprinkle on the tongue a 
teaspoonful of common table salt three or four times a day, 
which in ordinary cases is all the treatment which will be 
necessary for the acute type of the disease. 

The attention of the veterinary surgeon is more frequently 
called to chronic forms of this disease, in which, though no 
Bwelling of the parts is usually perceptible, a pressure upon 
the larynx at once excites a hard cough. In this stage of the 
disease much relief will be obtained by the application of a 
blister, prepared as follows • Pulverized cantharides (Spanish 






4': 

i 

PI 



***' 



■i ij 



234 



STRANGLES. 






it 

til 
n 






flies) half an ounce ; of lard, one and a half ounces ; mixea 
well, and as thin as may be desired with spirits of turpentine. 
This must be well rubbed in, and after it has acted thoroughly, 
dress with sweet oil or lard. 



STRANGLES. 

This is but another form or stage of laryngitis. The throat 
becomes enormously swollen, the swelling extending under the 
jaws and up to the very ears, threatening suffocation ; then 
respiration becomes much disturbed ; the flanks heave violently, 
and the breathing can be heard at a considerable distance; 
the animal begins to sweat from his frequently convulsive 
efforts to breathe, and, if not speedily relieved, dies a most 
violent death. 

Life may be saved by the veterinary surgeon at this crisis 
by the operation of bronchotomy, that is, by opening the 
windpipe, and inserting a tube through which the animal may 
breathe instead of through the nose. This operation aflfordi 
instant relief, and gives an opportunity to apply remedies to 
the diseased throat, which in a few days usually eflfect a cure, 
when the tube may be removed. The author has never lost 
a case where he has resorted to this operation. 

The early treatment of this disease is to poultice the throat 
well with flaxseed meal, commonly called cake-meal or oil-cake, 
using salt upon the tongue as before. Mustard plasters are 
also very effective, and steaming the nostrils frequently affords 
relief. As soon as the swelling permits, it should be lanced; 
and when it has once discharged freely, the animal may be 
considered out of danger, provided proper care be taken to 
guard against a relapse. A seton applied between the jaws 



CHRONIC COUGH. 



235 




often relieves ; but these cases are safer in the hands of a com- 
petent surgeon. Under no circumstances of this disease should 
the animal be bled. 

Malignant or putrid sore throat, is fortunately but little 
known in the United States, the author not being aware of 
its existence in any portion. Cases presenting somewhat 
similar symptoms have been found upon examination to differ 
in a marked degree from those which accompany this form 
of disease as they are laid down in the works of foreign 
authors. A detailed description of this type of the disease is 
therefore deemed unnecessary in the present treatise. 



CHRONIC COUGH. 

This arises from various causes, and is present in a number 
of diseases. It is often symptomatic of some affection of the 
lungs and air passages ; and it sometimes exists apparently as 
an independent affection, the animal thriving well, and retain- 
ing unimpaired his appetite and spirits. 

If it arises from irritation of the larynx, or upper part of 
the throat, a few applications of mustard will be beneficial ; 
if from worms in the stomach or intestines, treat as directed 
under the head of - Worms.^' If it exists without any appar- 
ent connection, or as the termination of disease previously 
existing, give every night in a bran mash one of these pow. 
^ers: of sulphate of copper (blue vitriol), digitalis (fox-glove), 
pulverized squills, nitre, and camphor, each one ounce ; to 
be made into ten powders. Green food, as carrots, potatoes, 
turnips, or parsnips, should be given when procurable. 






I 



','. 



M 



236 



CATAnnH. 



CA.TAHRH. 

This disease, commonly called a cold, is conGued in ordinary 
cases to the lining membrane of the nose and neighboring parts; 
but in severe cases the inflammation sometimes extends down 
the air passages to the lungs, frequently resulting fatally. lu 
the spring of the year this disease frequently appears in an epi- 
zootic form, when the symptoms are more alarming and the 
termination more generally fatal. 

If the inflammation is conflned to the nostrils, the membrane 
lining those cavities is reddened, a thin watery or mucous dis- 
charge from the nostrils takes place, accompanied with frequent 
sneezing ; if the larynx is involved, there are cough, swellings 
underneath the jaws, etc. 

Some authors recommend bleeding in this affection; but such 
' an abuse of the lancet can do no good, and is often productivo 
of much harm. If the symptoms are slight, one of the follow- 
ing powders given night and morning will be all that is re- 
quired: of saltpetre two ounces; of pulverized Jamaica ginger 
one ounce ; mixed, and divided into eight powders. If there is 
swelling under the jaws, poultice the throat with flaxseed meal; 
if much discharge from the nostrils, steam them well with boil- 
inf( water poured upon bran. If the inflammation exhibits any 
tendency to extend down the windpipe, apply a blister all along 
the neck over the windpipe from the throat to the breast, giving 
one of the following balls night and morning ; of nitrate of 
potassa and pulverized gentian root, each one ounce; Jamaica 
ginger and caraway seeds, each half an ounce ; mix with 
molasses and divide into six balls. If the discharge from the 
uose continues, the animal losing flesh, and the appetite being 



INFLUEN7A. 



2.^ 



impaired, give one of the follovving powders in the feed night 
and morning : sulphate of copper one ounce ; pulverized gentian 
root one and a half ounces ; pulverized ginger six drachms ; 
mix and divide into eight powders. Good wholesome food only 
should l.c given. 



DISTEMPER. 

All catarrhal afi*ections are classed by horse-owners under 
the common head of distemper. Common catarrh, epizootic or 
epidemic catarrh, laryngitis, bronchitis, and all other diseases 
accompanied by nasal discharges, are regarded by horsemen 
generally as one and the same disease. 



INFLUENZA. 

For several years past a disease has been more or less preva- 
lent in various sections of the United States, known to the 

veterinary profession as 
"J epizootic (epidemic) ca- 
tarrh, or influ- 
enza. The 
symptoms of 
this disease 
tii; are so various 
in different 
animals, no two 
being precisely 
alike, that a vari- 

QLMET ENJOYMENT. ^^7 ^^ opiuious arc current 

co!icerning it and its nature, and, as a consequence, varioua 
other diseases are often confounded with it. 




L^ 111 

1 



23S 



INFLUENZA. 



f;: 



In the year 1855, this disease made its appearance in the 
Btables of one of the largest omnibus proprietors in Philadel' 
phia, and some nine horses died in about two weeks. Theso 
were snppo§ed to have been foundered, and were treated for 
that disease. A careful examination, however, by a competent 
practitioner revealed the true nature of the disease, and under 
proper treatment the balance of the stock was saved. Shortly 
after the demand for veterinary surgeons was very great, and 
while they saved forty-eight out of every fifty cases, the flu-rier 
lost almost every case he attempted to treat, principally from 
his too common practice of bleeding and purging ; thus reducing 
the system so low that nature became exhausted. 

This disease is called by horsemen pink-eye distemper, and is 
by many regarded incurable, though the author knows of no 
disease that more readily yields to proper treatment, and in his 
own practice he has been eminently successful in accomplishing 
a cure. It commences with slight watery or thin mucous dis- 
charges from the nostrils ; matter collecting in the inner corner 
of the eyes ; eye-lid on the inner side of a very slight or yellow* 
ish red color; pulse feeble, with occasional paralysis of tho 
hind extremities ; sore throat ; excessive debility ; membrune 
of the nose much reddened ; hard cough ; heart sometimes vio- 
lently agitated ; flanks heaving; and feet sometimes hot ; thns 
producing all the symptoms of founder. 

For treatment, never bleed, as in nine cases out of ten, the 
animal dies. If inflammation runs high, as it sometimes does, 
use for several days the following : of tartar emetic and nitrate 
of potash, each two drachms, made into a ball with molasses 
and given at night. Give also in a pail of water one ounce of 
spirits of nitre twice a day j or, if more convenieDt, twc dvi^^liDM 



INFLUENZA. 



239 



of the extract of belladonna (nightshade) dissolved in the water. 
When the inflammation is reduced, give one of the following 
balls night and morning : of pulverized gentian root and nitrate 
of potassa, each an ounce; pulverized Jamaica ginger, half an 
ounce; ground fenugreek seeds six drachms ; mix with molasses, 
and divide into eight balls. In pure cases of debility (this 
being one of the serious symptoms of the disease), or in the 
early stages, previous to extensive inflammation being established, 
one of the following should be given twice a day .-—sulphate of 
iron (green vitriol) two ounces ; pulverized ginger one ounce ; 
pulverized gentian root two ounces ; mix with molasses, and 
divide into eight balls. In cases where the lungs are aff"ected, 
give the following ball twice a day : of tartar emetic and pulver- 
ized digitalis (foxglove) each one scruple ; nitrate of potash three 
drachms; mix with molasses. Linseed tea, or oat-meal gruel 
should be given frequently. :So hay should be given, unless 
the bowels are in good condition. If the liver is aff*eoted— 
which may be known by the yellow tinge of the mucous mem- 
brane, dung small and hard, horse lying on his side, and occa- 
sionally looking at his side as if in pain, with occasional fits of 
uneasiness—the following may be given, but must not be re- 
peated ; of Barbadoes aloes three drachms, calomel and pulver- 
ized digitalis each half a drachm ; make into a ball with molasses. 
In all these cases where there is soreness or swelling of the 
throat, the parts should be freely blistered ; and the sides also. 
If the lungs are involved. This mode of treatment has proved 
yerj successful in the author^s practice. 



240 



BRONCHITIS. 



NASAL GLEET. 



241 



3: 







BRONCHITIS. 

The larynx (upper part of the windpipe), the trachea (wind- 
pipe), and the bronchial tubes (branches from the trachea into 
the lungs for the passage of air), are lined by one continuous 
membrane, called the mucous membrane, which secretes a thin 
mucous substance that always keeps the parts soft and moist. 
When this membrane becomes inflamed, the disease is named 
according to its location. If it is confined to the larynx (as 
has been before observed), it is termed laryngitis; if to the 
windpipe, trachitis ; and if to the bronchial tubes, bronchitis. 
The trachea and bronchia are rarely diseased separately, the 
inflammation generally extending from one to the other. We 
shall therefore treat of bronchitis as embracing trachitis liice- 
wise. Even this disease rarely exists unmixed with others, in 
consequences of which it is often overlooked, or confounded 
with other diseases of a pulmonary character. 

Bronchitis is generally preceded by a shivering fit ; mouth 
hot, with more or less saliva; discharge from the nose ; cough; 
Rore throat; fever; short breathing; loss of appetite; accele- 
rated pulse ; and membrane of nose and eyelids reddened. 

In treating this disease it is much safer to call in the veteri- 
nary surgeon, in consequence of the difficulty which the ordi- 
nary observer will experience in distinguishing it from other 
pulmonary diseases, and from the fact that the treatment 
varies with the changes that take place in the progress of the 
disease. It is not necessarily fatal ; yet the most trifling neg- 
lect or mistake in treatment may make it so. The average loss, 
if proper treatment is pursued, is not more than five per cent. 
Resort should never be had to bleeding in any form which the 



!*■,: 



disease may assume, although such treatment has been recom- 
mended by the highest authorities. 

If much fever is present, give the following ball : of nitre 
two drachms ; pulverized digitalis and tartar emetic each half 
a drachm ; solution of gum arabic sufficient to make the ball. 
This may be repeated if the desired effect is not produced in 
twelve hours. Apply to the throat, sides, and along the 
spine, strong mustard mixed with water to the consistence of 
cream, which may be repeated as often as necessary. The fly 
blister is also recommended ; but the author prefers mustard, 
as being so much quicker in its action. After the inflamma^ 
tion has subsided, give one of the following powders twice a 
day : of pulverized gentian root and nitre, each one ounce ; 
pulverized Jamaica ginger, half an ounce; caraway seeds six 
drachms. This course of treatment is perfectly safe in the 
hands of any horseman, though it will not reach all stages of 
the disease ; nor can any general directions be given better 
calculated to warrant a successful issue in these cases. 



wasaij gleet. 
"^asal gleet is the name here given to those discharges from 
the nose, which are commonly preceded by some inflammatory 
or catarrhal attack of the air passages, in particular those of 
the head; though there occur examples of their appearing 
without any such detectible precursors, originating, indeed, 
^I'lthout any visible or apparent cause whatever; in most cases 
t ley are apt to continue long after all signs of inflammation have 
died away. Gleet is more likely to supervene after a chronic, 
than after an acute, attack of catarrh, and to show itself in an 



242 



NASAL QLEET. 



PNEUMONIA. 




i 



adult or aged horse rather than in the young subject. Some- 
times the discharge comes from one nostril alone ; more usually 
from both. Sometimes the submaxillary glands (glands under 
the jaws), remain tumefied, and sometimes they are not. The 
Schneiderian membrane (membrane of the nose) discolored by 
inflammatory action, has become pallid and leaden-hued, but 
is free from all pustular or ulcerative indications. The dis- 
charged matter varies in quantity and quality in different in- 
dividuals, and even in the same horse at different stages of 
this disease. The ordinary gleet consists of a matter more 
mucous than purulent, remarkable for its whiteness, about tho 
thickness of cream, and in some cases is smooth and uniform, 
in others clotty or lumpy ; in other cases it is yellow, and 
appears to contain in its composition more pus than mucus. 
At one time it will collect about the nostrils, and become 
ejected in flakes or masses in pretty regular succession; at 
another time there is a good deal of irregularity in this re- 
spect, the running from the nose ceasing altogether for a 
while, as though the animal were cured, and then returning 
with double or treble force. Sometimes fetor is an offensive 
accompaniment of the discharge ; at other times no fetor is 
perceptible. The health does not suffer in the least; on the 
contrary, it is one of the indications of this disease, that the 
horse eats and drinks, and has his spirits, as well as though 
he were quite free from complaint. 

Formerly, these cases were considered to be evidences of 
glanders, and were called chronic glanders ; many a horse 
having been destroyed under this mistaken impression. That 
a case of the kind might not turn to glanders, is, perhaps, 
more than can be asserted with certainty ; but that, so long as 



243 




it continues gleet, it is not glanders, I am fully persuaded • 
and to show that it is not, I have been in more than one in- 
stance successful in bringing the case to a favorable issue." 
[Percival's Ilippopathology.] 

The treatment recommended by veterinary writers has not 
been found successful in the author's practice ; nor, indeed, do 
they themselves appear to have encountered any better for- 
tune. That which has proved efficacious has, in all cases, been 
strictly tonic. Give the following powder night and morniu"^ 
for a month : of sulphate of copper (blue vitriol), half a 
drachm; pulverized gentian root, two drachms; pulverized 
ginger, one drachm ; mix for one dose : or, give night and 
morning, mixed in the feed, half-drachm doses of powdered nux 
vomica (commonly called Quaker button). There is no 
danger in giving this preparation to a horse, provided he does 
not have water for some time afterward, say half an hour; and 
it very rarely fails. 



PNEUMONIA. 

By pneumonia, or inflammation of the lungs, is meant either 
a highly congested or an inflammatory condition of the lungs, 
arising from various causes, as high feeding, blanketing, close 
or badly ventilated stables, violent or extraordinary exercise, 
or sudden changes from heat to cold. Cold applied to the 
external surface of a heated animal drives the blood from the 
skm to the internal organs, often causing congestion of the 
lungs. Pulmonary diseases are more prevalent in the sprin- 
•'nd fall, particularly if the weather be cold and damp. 

This disease is generally ushered in by a shivering fit ; the 
l»orse IS sometimes attacked very suddenly ; he refuses his food. 



244 



PNEUMONIA. 



PLEtTRIST. 



the respiration becomes disturbed, sometimes suddenly, at 
other times more slowly ; legs, ears, and muzzle cold ; cough 
sometimes present ; staring coat ; membrane of nose reddened 
or leadened-hued ; the animal hangs his head in or under the 
manger, stands with his feet wide apart, remaining in one 
position with no inclination to move. The pulse varies very 
much • it is sometimes full and quick, at other times weak and 
scarcely perceptible. 

In these cases auscultation is found of the 
greatest advantage in enabling 
detect to a certainty the true 
tion of the parts 



affected. If the 
attack is sudden, 
coming on after 
any violent exer- 
cise, and the pulse h 
quick, weak, and scarce 
ly perceptible ; by the * "« kwhivq horse lexinutox. 

application of the ear to the animaVs side the case is 
decided, in the absence of all sounds, to be one of conges- 
tive pneumonia. In all these cases the less medicine which 
is used the better; they require the free use of the lancet, 
which must be promptly applied, or the animal dies. Blood 
must be taken until the animal begins to show symptoms 
of weakness; after which place him in a cool box with a 
pail of water, but nothing else, before him, the fresh air 
being all the medicine required. He will either speedily re- 
cover, or inflammation of the lungs will ensue. A second 
bleeding, notwithstanding the inflammatory action, is positively 



24^ 




injurious. As the disease assumes an inflammatory character, 
the hreathing becomes more disturbed, the mouth hot, flanks 
heaving, and the nostrils expand and contract violently. 
Blisters must now be applied to the sides and breast, and 
those which will act quickly. The author prefers the follow- 
ing : of pulverized cantharidcs half an ounce ; lard one ounce ; 
croton oil twenty drops ; linseed oil sufficient to make it 
liquid. Divide the following into five parts, and give one 
part internally every two hours : liquor ammonia acetatis 
twelve ounces ; extract of belladonna one ounce ; water one 
pint. If there is no improvement in twelve hours, give one 
scruple of white hellebore with three drachms of nitre every 
four hours until its action is manifest. This remedy, however, 
is a dangerous one in the hands of any but the qualified prac' 
titioner. Instead of it, the tincture of aconite may be used-^ 
indeed, it is one of the very best remedies. Take of tincture 
of aconite half an ounce to an ounce of water ; give twenty 
drops on the tongue every three hours. Active purgatives 
should not be given ; injections, Lowever, are very useful. 
The horse should be kept on a low diet for a few days, as 
bran mashes, carrots, or green food ; but no hay should' bo 
allowed, and a pail of water should be kept before him. This 
is regarded by the author in all inflammatory diseases as ona 
of our best medicines. 



PliEURISY. 

By pleurisy is meant an inflammation of the pleura, or mem- 
brane covering the lungs and internal walls of the chest, without 
the lungs being involved in the inflammation ; when, however, 
tliey partake of its inflammatory action, it is styled pleoro. 



246 



PLEURISY. 



' HYDROTHORAX. 



247 



pneumonia. The former disease rarely exists in a pure form ; 
and as in a work like the present it is unnecessary to consider 
the delicately drawn distinctions between the two types, both 
will be treated as if they constituted in reality but one disease. 
Pleurisy may exist in an acute or chronic form. The attack 
may be sudden, or gradual, the animal manifesting indisposi- 
tion several days previous. A hard drive, over-exertion, 
exposure to cold, washing in cold water when warm, a fall, 
fracture of a rib, a punctured wound, &c., are all causes of 

pleurisy. 

The horse manifests uneasiness ; there is a violent heaving of 
the flanks, a looking round at. his sides, with an anxious expres- 
Bion of the face ; pulse quick and wiry ; body, mouth, and breath 
hot ; sweating in different parts of the body ; a high state of 
nervous irritation, the animal pawing, lying down but rising 
immediately ; a pressure against the side causes pain. A pecu- 
liar symptom is observable in this disease ; the right fore-log 
differs in temperature from the left, and such is the case with 
the hind ones ; if the right fore-leg is warm, the left hind one 
will also be warm, and the others cold. 

Experience proves that blood-letting in this disease is only 
opening the vein to let life escape ; for if by this means we sue. 
ceed in relieving the inflammatory action, the loss of blood so 
prostrates the system that the animal from pure debility becomes 
the victim of hydrothorax, or dropsy of the chest, living a mis- 
erable life for several weeks, perhaps months, to die at last from 
the accumulation of fluid in the chest. Bleeding, therefore, is 
uncalled for, and in fact is positively injurious. The early ap- 
plication of blisters to the sides is very important ; and for this 
purpow the same preparation will be found serviceable as has 



been recommended in the case of inflammation of the lungs. 
The application of blankets saturated with hot water and kept 
round the body for several hours is very beneficial. Give ono 
of the following powders on the tongue every hour :~of calomel 
one drachm ; lactucarium (the juice of the common garden 
lettuce) two drachms ; divide into three powders. In two hours 
after giving the last powder, give the following drench : liquor 
ammonia acetatis four ounces; sulphuric ether one ounce; 
tincture of aconite ten drops j water one pint. If no improve- 
ment takes place within six hours, give half a drachm of the 
extract of belladonna in a pail of water every three hours ; con- 
tinue this until the pupils of the eye dilate, or a favorable 
change otherwise takes place. If the pulse is weak, give two 
ounces of nitrous ether; one ounce tincture of opium ; and half 
a pint of tepid water; but do not repeat the dose. The ani- 
mal must be kept upon a low diet ; no hay or corn should bo 
given ; carrots and green food may be used sparingly ; give 
water frequently ; injections of soap and water are necessary 
from the first attack. After the animal becomes convalescent, 
strong tonics must be given, as the case may even then terminate 
in dropsy of the chest. Nux vomica should be given in half- 
drachra doses in the feed at night ; or half-drachm doses of the 
iodide of potassa dissolved iu a pail of water may be given three 
times a da v. 



HYDROTHORAX. 

Dropsy of the chest, or hydrothorax, is usually the termina. 
tion of pleurisy in cases where bleeding or long-continued seda- 
tive medication has been practised. The fluid contained within 
tiie chest, if following an acute attack of picuri&y, is a beauti-,. 



24S 



THICK WIND. 



BROKEN WIND. 



S49 



fully clear, bright yellow fluid. In srb-acutc cases there in 
considerable lymph floating in it, thus rendering it turbid. The 
quantity varies in different cases, from a quart or two to several 

gallons. 

In this disease the animal stands with legs straddling; the 
breathing is short and quick, and as the water accumulates the 
respiration becomes more labored ; pulse small and quick ; stag, 
gering gait; breast, belly, and sheath swelled, leaving after 
pressure the impression of the fingers; if the ear is applied to 
the side, no sounds are heard. 

No course of treatment can be suggested which would be 
likely to succeed in the hands of the amateur ; this disease far 
too often proving fatal in the most skillful hands. 



THICK WIND. 

This disease diff"ers in its action and effects from broken wind 
or heaves, though they are frequently confounded. It is cha- 
racterized by a quickened respiration, in consequence of the 
obstruction existing in the air passages as the termination of 
inflammatory action. The capacity of the lungs is often very 
considerably diminished ; the air-cells become filled up or obli- 
terated ; and the bronchial tubes become thickened ; so that the 
same amount of atmospheric air cannot be admitted, thus giving 
rise to the quick, blowing action witnessed in this disease. " It 
is astonishing," says Mr. Spooner, "what great alteration of 
the structure of the lungs may exist, and the horse be still able 
to perform his accustomed work. I remember a horse that foi 
some months worked in a fast coach, doing a stage of twelve 
miles daily in about an hour and a quarter. lie was seized 
with inflammation of the lungs, and died in about sixteen hours. 



On examining the body after death, it appeared that one half of 
the lungs for a long time past must have been perfectly useless, 
for the purposes of respiration, being so completely hepatized 
as to be heavier than water. '^ 

But little can be done in the way of treatment for a thick, 
winded horse. It is important to keep the bowels regular ; and 
by feeding with good sweet provender some relief is usually 
aflorded . 



HOARINQ AND WHISTLING. 

There are different stages of the same disease, arising from q 
thickening of the windpipe, or of the membranes of the larynx, 
rendering the passages smaller at the diseased parts. Thesq 
diseases are generally the termination of neglected bronchitis, 
laryngitis, and all diseases of a pulmonary or catarrhal cha* 
racter ; ulceration of the glottis (a portion of the larynx) is alsq 
a cause of roaring. 

If these diseases are caused by tight reining, the bearing rein 
should be left off; if they arise from other causes, there is but 
little prospect of benefiting the animal, except in cases where 
the thickened parts are in an inflammatory condition, when 
relief will be afforded by the application of mustard plasters or 
fly blisters to the parts affected. 



BROKEN WIND. 

The cause of broken wind, or heaves, has never been satis- 
factorily ascertained ; some writers attributing it to functional 
derangement of the digestive organs, others to rupture of the 
air-cells of the lungs, while yet a third class to a spasmodic 
action of the diaphragm, a muscle dividing the chest from the 




250 



BROKEN \nNa 



INFLAMMATION OP TUB STOMACH.' 



251 



abdomen. In this disease there is a short dry cough, which is 
characteristic, and familiar to all practised ears. 

It is a singular fact, well known to all 
e-owners, that this disease has 
no existence on the prairies of 
Indiana, Illinois, and other 
Western States; and broken- 
winded horses that have 
been taken to those sec- 
tions soon get well, and re- 
main so. 

The symptoms of this dis- 
ease are, a peculiar, double- 




THB ATTACK AND DEFENSE. 



bellows motion of the flanks; respiration quicker than natural; 
a short peculiar cough ; and frequent passing of wind. 

In its treatment the digestive organs should be kept in as 
healthy a condition as possible. The throat should be ex- 
amined ; and if by merely rubbing the sides of the throat a 
cough is excited, the chances for a cure are favorable ; but if 
the windpipe requires a squeeze in order to produce the cough, 
there is little use in attempting a cure. Use upon the throat 
three times a week for five or six weeks the following salve well 
rubbed in : iodine ointment two ounces ; blue (mercurial) oint- 
ment one ounce ; mix well together, and make thin with oil. 
Give internally every night one of the following powders: of 
sulphate of copper and pulverized ginger, each one ounce; pul- 
verized gentian root two ounces ; divide into sixteen powders. 
The benefits of this course of treatment have been very marked 
in the author's practice. In all cases no hay should be allowed, 
but wheat or oat straw will be found of great advantage. 



DISEASES OF THE STOMACH AND INTESTINES. 



INFLAMMATION OF THE STOMACH. 

Inflammation of the stomach, or gastritis, is usually the result 
of swallowing poisons, or powerful stimulants. Mr. James 
Clark relates a case of death occurring from inflammatioa of 
the stomach in a horse in consequence of being drenched with 
a pint of vinegar ; and another case where death was caused by 
giving a drench which contained half an ounce of spirits of 
hartshorn. A correspondent writing to the Turf Register in 
1855, recommends the use of nux vomica, to destroy worms* 
to which the editor appends the following remarks :-—•* We 
must caution those not acquainted with the deleterious proper- 
ties of nux vomica against giving that drug in large doses. 
Three nuts or buttons weigh eighty grains, and we have re- 
corded evidence that sixty grains of the powder have killed a 
horse in a short time. Hoffman mentions that two doses, of 
fifteen grains each, proved fatal to the patient." The cause of 
these fatal terminations was doubtless some morbid condition 
of the stomach at the time the medicine was given. " I have 
known,'' says White, '*a horse quickly destroyed by being 
drenchef^ with a quart of beer in which one or two ounces of 
tobacco had been infused, and have seen other horses take 
much larger doses without any ill effects." The author has 
J^nown cases where bots were supposed to have given rise to 
^nflamnmtion of the stomach. 

The symptoms from poisoning are extreme distress and rest- 
lessness, with a perfect loathing of all food ; the animal breaks 
out in cold sweats, lies down but rises quickly, and becomes- 



253 



INFLAMMATION OP THE BOWELS. 



INFLAMMATION OP THE BOWELS. 



253 



quickly prostrated in strength ; the pulse is quick and oppressed; 
purging may, or may not, exist. 

The treatment will depend upon the cause of the attack, and 
should in all cases be intrusted to the hands of a competent 
practitioner, if one can be obtained. Where poison is sus- 
pected, it is better to give plenty of gruel, linseed tea, starch 
water, chalk water, with a couple of ounces of tincture of opium. 
The lancet should not be used, as the animal is already in a 
debilitated coiklition, which bleeding would only increase, 
thereby preventing the possibility of a speedy recovery. 



INFLAMMATION OP THE BOWELS. 

Enteritis, or inflammation of the bowels, called by farriers 
red colic, admits of three divisions : enteritis, or inflammation 
of the muscular coat of the intestines ; peritonitis, or inflamma- 
tion of the outer coat of the intestines and the membrane lining 
the cavity of the abdomen ; and dysentery, or inflammation of 
the inner or mucous coat of the intestines. 

The muscular and peritoneal coats are those usually involved 
in inflammation of the bowels ; but the muscular is more fre- 
quently involved than the peritoneal coat. The causes of this 
disease are washing when warm, or swimming in a river, drink- 
inir cold water when in a heated condition, over exertion, cos- 
tiveness, dry food such as hay with little water, worms, calcareous 
concretions, and metastasis. 

The disease is sometimes preceded by a shivering fit ; there is 
loss of appetite ; hot skin ; continued restlessness ; mouth hot and 
dry ; membranes of nose and eyes very much reddened ; pawing ; 
the aniinal lies down and gets up frequently, kicks at his belly, 
looks frequently at bis sides ; no cessation of pain ; pulse hard, 



I 



Bmall, and wiry, often beating one hundred times or more a 
minute; respiration quickened ; bowels constipated ; dung small, 
hard, and dry ; extremities cold ; and the urine highly colored 
and passed with difficulty. As the disease progresses, the in- 
tensity of the symptoms very much increases. The animal is 
now covered with perspiration, which is succeeded by a chilly 
state; the pulse becomes quicker; the belly begins to swell ; the 
entire system becomes prostrated, and the animal dies, frequently 
in the most violent manner. 

These cases require prompt and active treatment, for the 
disease runs its course very rapidly, often terminating in the 
course of ten or twelve hours. If the costiveness yields early, 
the pulse becomes less frequent, soft, and full ; the extremities 
regain a moderate temperature, attended with remission of 
pain, and the case will be likely to have a favorable termina- 
tion. It is important that this disease should be distinguished 
from an attack of colic, since the symptoms of one very much 
resemble those of the other ; the pulse, however, is the surest 
guide in distinguishing these diseases. The ordinary mode of 
treating colic w^ould be highly injurious in the treatment of 
inflammation of the bowels. 

In this disease copious bleedings are necessary. A large 
opening should be made in the jugular vein, and from six to 
eight quarts of blood taken, the quantity varying with the 
size and condition of the animal ; the hardened dung should 
be removed by back-raking, after which tobacco-smoke injec- 
tions are of great service ; where these are not convenient, 
injections of soap and water may be used, or, what is better, 
an injection of two gallons of water with six ounces of tincture 
of arnica. One pint of linseed oil may now be given ; and if the 



■■ n ^ w myg wiv- ' - ■' , 't 'lyi . ^' 



M 



254 INFLAMMATION OF THB BOWELS. 

case be a very severe one, and likely to terminate in death 
unless relief be afforded, ten drops of croton oil may be added 
to the drench ; but this last preparation should not be given 
except in very desperate cases, as of life or death. Aloes 
should not be given unless combined with opium ; and evea 
then this treatment is not advisable. 

Blankets well saturated with hot water should be applied 
to the abdomen, and kept up for two or three hours ; the legs 
should be well rubbed with cayenne pepper or strong mus- 
tard, and bandaged with strips of flannel; if there is no im- 
provement in the course of four or five hours, give one drachm 
of chloroform in one pint of linseed oil, which may, if neces- 
sary, be followed in two hours by the following ball, mi.xed 
with molasses : one drachm of pulverized opium ; half a drachm 
of calomel ; and two drachms of linseed meal. The injections 
Bhould be continued throughout ; give linseed tea to drink, 
instead of water ; soft mashes and new grass, if obtainable, may 
be given sparingly, but no hay, until the bowels are opened. 
The animal should not be worked for some days after recovery, 
as this disease is apt to return if he is put to work or e.xposed 
too soon. An attack of this character does not necessarily 
render the animal less useful or valuable after his restoratiou 

to health. 

Peritonitis differs but little from enteritis. The horse is 
more affected with pain ; the pawing, rolling, and kicking at 
the belly are most violent ; the eye is wild in appearance ; 
tenderness is evinced on pressing the abdomen ; the pulse is 
full and throbbing ; the dung is small and hard, and covered 
with a slimy substance. The same course of treatment should 
be pursued as is recommended for enteritis. 



CIAERUCEA, 



255 



Dysentery (molten grease, or inflammation of the intestines), 
is often confounded with diarrhoea. It is sometimes accom! 
panied with purging, but this is by no means an invariable 
symptom. The most common causes are irritation, translation 
or obstructed perspiration, and the administration of improper 
purging medicines, causing undue irritation, wliich terminates 
in inflammation. The animal usually evinces but little pain ; 
the pulse is quick and small ; there is sometimes purging,' 
with great prostration of strength. 

The belly should be well rubbed with the following wash : 
half a pound of strong mustard ; four ounces of spirits of 
ammonia ; and one pint of water. The following drink may 
be given every three hours until some improvement is ob- 
served, when it should be discontinued at once : of prepared 
chalk and tincture of ginger each one ounce ; powdered opium 
one drachm ; tincture of catechu half an ounce ; tincture of 
red pepper two drachms ; and one pint of water. Throw up 
Injections of two ounces of laudanum in half a pint of water, 
frequently, and give thin gruel to drink. No blood should 
be taken under any circumstances. 



DIAREHCBA. 

This disease often arises in the absence of any inflammatory- 
action upon the mucous surface of the intestines ; and hence 
the distinction cannot be made by the ordinary observer be- 
tween ft and dysentery, if purging should be present. In 
order to obviate this difficulty we recommend only such reme- 
dies as are cal^nlated to answer either case, without the pos- 
sibility of doing injury by the administration of medicines 



256 INORDINATE APPETITE. 

The causes of diarrhoea are over-exertion, exposure to cold, 
drinlving freely of pump or spring water, and over doses of 

physic. 

For treatment, give in one pint 

of thin grael, one ounce of pre- 

p arc d 

chalk, 

i. half an 

^S^5; o u n c 



^^ of tine- 

^^^^2 ture of 
S^ catecliu, 



TALSY OP THE STOMACH. 



25T 




^^ two 
ounces 
of tine- 
^ ture of 
^^^ opium, 
and one ounce of tincture of 
ginger. Gruel, starch, or arrow- 
root should be freely given; good 
sweet hay is very advantageous, 
but no grass or bran mashes should be alloNvcd. 



«MAB rUHA, IHB TC»KISH CHIErTAlX. 



INOKDINATE APPETITE. 

Loss Of appetite is soon observed aud complained of by iho 
borse-owner. and in too many instances gives occasion lor im- 
proper medication. Some horses are particularly cho.ec m 
the selection of their food, refusing that which is poor, or 
daintily and languidly picking it over. Horses sometimes eat 
Jowly and daintily iu consequence of weakness of the diges- 



tive organs; in such cases a handful of camomile flowers occa 
sionally mi.xed in the food will be of great benefit. Boiled 
potatoes and the like will also be found beneficial in such 

cases, 

• 

The disease (for it is no less) of a voracious or depraved 
appetite arises from a morbid condition of the di^^estive 
organs, and is generally regarded by horsemen as a very"desir- 
able feature. The owner is greatly surprised, under such cir- 
cumstances, that his animal does not thrive. A distinction 
must be made between a healthy and a morbid appetite. The 
former is indicated by the animal being ready for his food as 
soon as he come, in from work, and eating his allowance if 
good sweet provender, with evident relish; but the latter is 
indicated by a constant craving for food and water, without 
regard to the quality of either, the animal oftentimes in addi- 
tion to h.s usual allowance eating up tlie Jitter fwm under 
tim, which is frequently i„ a very filthy condition. He is 
almost constantly craving water, and will drink even from a 
stagnant pool. We find him tucked up in the flanks, or carry- 
'ng a big belly ; his dung is often soft, slimy, and fetid ; ho 
«tale« largely, and his urine is often very fonl ; he is dull hzy 
and Hupid, performing his work languidly or unwillinHy' 
feueh horses arc more than any others subject to the disease 
next mentioned. 



PALSY OP THE STOMACH. 

in this disease, arising from a voracious appetite, the 
« omach becomes overloaded with food, and distenled beyond 
"•" "a.nial eapacity. This is seldom observed until the symp- 
toms are so plainly marked as not to be mistaken, developing 



258 



EUPTURB OP THE STOMACn. 



t 
I 



in many instances the disease known as stomach staggers, 
which has been ah-eady mentioned. There are rarely any 
symptoms of acute pain ; the pulse remaining in nearly its 
natural condition ; respiration is but slightly disturbed ; there 
i, great heaviness of the head ; the horse stands with the 
forefeet well under him, and appears to be weak in the k.iecs; 
the membranes of the month and eyes present a yellow or 
orange appearance, indicating the liver as involved in the 
disease -, the urine is highly colored ; and in so.ne cases there 
is paralysis of the eye, and often of the extremities. 

The treatment required is much the same as in stomach 
8ta."-ers ; in fact, this disease is the origin of the last named. 
Attention should be directed in the first place to opening the 
bowels, which requires a strong cathartic, made in the follow- 
ing manner : of Barbadoes aloes one ounce ; of pulverized 
gentian root two drachms; pulverized ginger one drachm; 
mix with molasses. Give no food for at least forty-eight 
hours; a little water may be occasionally given. In twelve 
hours' after the ball, give one scruple of calomel on the 
tongue, which may be repeated at intervals of twelve hours for 
two or three days. 

BTTPTUBB OP THE STOMACH. 

Rupture of the stomach or diaphragm is caused by the 
Btomach and bowels being distended with food far beyond 
their natural capacity, or by an accumulation of gas in the 
stomach, as in flatulent colic. The diaphragm, or midriff, is 
often ruptured in cases of flatulence, as is the case also with 
the intestines. As nothing in the way of treatment can be 
offered in these cases, all speculation upon them is superfluous. 



■\ 



CALCULUS, OB STONY CONCRETIONa 



259 



CALCULUS. OR 8TONY CONCRETIONS. 

Calculous deposits are not unfrequently found in the stomach 
Intestines, bladder, kidneys, liver, brain, and in the glands' 
more particularly in the salivary glands ; often giving rise to 
raucl. difficulty, particularly when situated in the brain, salivary 
glands, or bladder. 

stones in the .stomach and intestines of the horse are quite 
common. Tlie author has seen several weighing from one to 
three or four pounds ; and Mr. Spooner mentions one i„ his 
possession weighing little less than six pounds. There were 
found by the author in the stomach of a horse which died of 
colic, one hundred and fifty-one barrel nails, two buttons and 
three small calculi. This horse belonged to a baker, and had 
been M with the scrapings of the shop. The nails presented a 
very singular appearance, many of them being entirely covered 
with calculous deposits, and others covered with the same 
deposits on the heads and points, presenting a body with two 
beads. 

The presence of these foreign bodies in the stomach and 
inte.stines occasions frequent attacks of colic, and sometimes 
produces inflammation of the bowels. Miller's horses are 
supposed to be most subject to these accumulations. These 
abdominal calculi generally have a metallic nucleus, are com- 
posed of the triple phosphates, and are generally round and 
smooth. When first taken from the intestines, they are of a 
brown or greenish color, but they soon become white. When 
a horse is subject to frequent attacks of colic, not occasioned 
oy feeding upon corn, these accumulations may reasonably bo 
suspected to be the cause. 



■ i , ■,attwii* v^ > v ev » ' Wa arm'Wf^^-'^-'-- ^^'i-*^ 



«60 



STRANGULATION OF THE INTESTINES. 



SPASMODIC COLIC. 



261 



■v. 



HAIR BAIili. 

Hair balls are occasionally found in the stomach and intcs- 
tines of a horse, generally accumulating around a metallic nu. 
cleus. There are several in the possession of the author where 
a piece of iron is the nucleus, and one where a piece of coal 
afforded the same basis. These balls occasion the same disor- 
ders, preceded by the same symptoms, and followed by the same 
results as the calculus. The animal may recover from a number 
of attacks of colic, and die at last from the same cause. 



BTBANGUIiATION OP THE INTESTINES. 

On examining horses after death from an attack of colic, the 
small intestines are occasionally found tangled in a knot so as 
to cause a complete obstruction in the passages. This gives 
rise to colic pains, terminating in inflammation of the bowels 
and death. The small intestines being but loosely attached by 
the peritoneum, their outer covering, have free play in all dircc 
tions, whence the tendency arises to these accidents ; for the 
author believes them to spring from accidental rather than 
natural causes. There may be a simple twisting, or the intes- 
tine may be firmly tied into a knot. 

There is another species, called intro-susception, or intra-sus- 
ception, which is a slipping of one portion of the intestines into, 
or inside of, another portion, thus completely blocking up the 
passage. There are no symptoms by which either of these 
conditions may be known ; and such cases are therefore treated 
as cases of ordinary colic, or of inflammation of the bowels, as 
the case may be. Where, however, such a condition of the 
parts exists, all treatment will be useless. 



iH 



SPASMODIC COLIC. 

This disease, called by farriers gripes, cramp, fret, &c. is a 
cramp or spasm of the muscular structure of the intestines most 
generally of the small ones. The most common causes are the 
application of cold water to the surface of the body, drinkin.. 
cold water when in a heated condition, costiveness, stones i^ 
the intestines, hair ball, strictures of the intestines, unwholesome 
food, <tc. 

The premonitory symptoms are sudden in their nature The 
an.mal is first observed pawing violently, showing evident symp- 
toms of great distress, shifting his position almost constantly 
and manifesting a desire to lio down. In a few minules these' 
symptoms disappear, and the animal is again easy. But the 
same uneasiness again returns, increasing i„ severity until the 
ammal cannot be kept upon his feet; the pulse is full, but 
scarcely altered from the normal standard. As the disease ad- 
vances, the symptoms become more severe, the animal at time, 
throwing himself with great force upon the ground as though 
he were shot, looking anxiously at his sides, sometimes snap- 
ping at them with his teeth, and striking his belly with his hind 
feet The symptoms vary but little from those of inflammation 
of the bowels, the condition of the pulse and the remission of 
I'am being the distinguishing features. The extremities are of 
a natural temperature ; there are frequent but ineffectual efforts 
to stale, and a cold sweat bedews the body. 

In this disease it is necessary to back-rake, and throw up the 
fundament injections of castile soap and water. Give internally 
two ounces of nitrous ether, one ounce of tincture of opium, and 
f alf a pmt of water mixed, which may be repeated in twenty 



262 



FLATULENT COLIC. 



minutes with the addition of one ounce of tincture of aloes. 
Rub the belly well with mustard and water ; if in half an hour 
there is no improvement, and no symptoms of inflammation are 
present, give of lactucarium half an ounce, of Jamaica ginger 
half an ounce, and one pint of the best rum or gin ; shake well 
together, and give one-third with twice the quantity of water 
every hour until relief is obtained. 



FLATULENT COLIC 

This is an accumulation of gas in the stomach and intestines, 
occurring more often in the spring and fall than at any other 
season. Horses fed on corn are most sub- |^^^^^^^ 




ject to these attacks, in consequence of this g 
kind of food ferment- 
ing readily in the 
stomach, more par- 
ticularly when green. 
If the accumulation 
of gas thereby occa- 
sioned is not arrested, =^ 
it soon swells the 

stomach and intes- «,r ^kchy. the godolphix of America. 

tines to such an extent as to cause the diaphragm, or walls of 
the stomach to give way, and the death of the animal ensues. 
The author has known cases to terminate in death in less than 
half an hour from the observation of the first symptoms, so 
rapid is the course of this disease. The symptoms are the same 
in spasmodic colic, with the exception of the swelling of the 
abdomen. The same medicines are to be used, with the addi- 
tion of from one to two drachms of chloride of lime in each dose, 



WORMS. 



26a 



according to the urgency of the symptoms. This, i( gi^^n i„ 
time, will generally prove efficacious. Tincture of hartshorn 
and spa-Its of turpentine are recommended by some veterinary 
authors, and are excellent remedies; but as much injury has 
been caused by their use by inexperienced persons, the author 
would not advise their use since the animal may be killed by an 
improper administration of them. 



WOHMS. 

Four kinds of woms are found in the horse, viz : the h,mbrici 
which very ,„uch resemble the common earth-worm i« form • 
ascarides, so called from their supposed resemblance to a thread ' 
t^iua. or tape-worm, of which variety but little is known as il 
.s very rare; and, lastly, the persecuted bots, consider^ by 
farmers and horsemen the greatest of pests and the most dan- 
gerous of all the species. 

The lumbrici are most generally found in the small intestines 
h-here they sometimes do much mischief by their irritating effects' 
The author was recently shown a very remarkable specimen of 
tliese worms by his friend, W. W. Fraley, V. S. This specimea 
was some two yards long, consisting of a portion of the small 
K'testmes so completely filled with these worms as apparently 
to render it almost impossible for anything to pass through it, 
the worms having accumulated in thousands. These worms are 
from eight to ten inches in length, round and perfectly white. 
There appear to be two varieties of the lumbrici. The other 
variety is similar in form and length, but has numerous brown 
transverse lines, at about equal distances from each other, along 
>ts entire length. 

The ascarides are found in the large intestines, and are white 



U4 



irORMS. 



BOTS. 



265 






worms from one to three inches In length. It is a somewTiat 
singular fact, that although these worms are usnally found in 
the large intestines^ their origin, apparentlj, is in the stomach 
of the horse. On opening horses after death, tumors are often 
found in the stomach, which upon beiug eut open will be found 
to contain either a thick whitish matter, or knots of small 
worms, from half an inch to an inch in length, of precisclj the 
same appearance as that of the ascarides, and belicTed bj the 
anthot' to be identical with them. 

The symptoms of worms are a rongh,. harsh, starfng coat ; 
Irregular or depraved api>etite; a whitish, or yellowish white, 
§hining substance sometimes obseryable about the futtdameni, 
accompanied by a disposition on the part of the auinoal to rub 
the tail ; breath occasionally hot and fetid ; and m sotne cases 
a diy, short cough. The animal becomes poor iu Acsh au;d 
spirits. 

Various modes of treatment harebceri adopted with hot tittle 
benefit. The remedies which have becoiwe most popular are 
tartar emetic, calamel^ turpentine, a» infusion of Indian pink, 
arsenic, green vitriol, Ac. Tliat which has wsaally been found 
most successful in the author's practice is to give one of the fol- 
lowing powders for three successive nights ; of calomel three 
drachms; of tartar emetic one dniehn>*y mix aiid divide into 
three powders. Twenty -four hours after, give the following 
purgative ball: of Barhadocs aloes six drachms; pnlvcriied 
ginger two drachms ; and pulverized gentian root one drachm. 
Oil of turpentine in doses of two ounces has been rery highly 
Tecommended by some authors ; but this the author regards as 
A dangerous remedy, from its tcudeucy to produce iu&ammatlou 



of the stomach or bowels. Too many horses have been killed 
by its destructive agency to render its use advisable. 




BOTS. 

These are the larva? of the gad-fly. During the summer 
months, when the horse is at grass, the parent fly is seen busilj 

engaged in depositing its eggs upon the 

hairs of the animal in such places as are 

easily reached by his mouth. This seems 

to be an instinctive feature in this insect. 

The legs, shoulders, and body are the parts 

selected for this purpose. The gad-fly is 

seen hovering in an upright position when ^^"^^^"^ "^^"^ o« bot. 

about to deposit her errg; she then darts upon the horse, fixing 

the egg to the hairs by means of a glutinous substance ; she 

again prepares another, which is deposited in like manner, until 

many hundreds are observed covering the hairs of the animal. 

The rapidity with which these eggs are prepared and deposited 
IS astonishing. They are taken into the mouth by the animal 
l>iting or licking himself or his mate, and are hatched upon the 
tongue, or taken into tlie stomach and there hatched. If the 
eggs are recently produced, they pass into the stomach before 
they are hatched ; but if they remain for a considerable time 
"l>on the hairs, they are hatched by the warmth of the ton^^ue 
«nd they pass into the stomach, where they are developed.' 
ilns fact may be easily and satisfactorily proven by takin- the 
newly deposited ogg m the hand, and then applying a warm 
fl">d ; when it will be observed that the egg is softened or dis- 
solved, but docs not produce the bot ; whereas, if the egc be 



»; * 



ft 



I 



ft 






i: 



I'M 



26G 



BOTS. 



old, it will hatch in the hand. The investigations of Mr. Bracy 

Clark, V. S., have thrown much additional light upon the 

natural history of these parasites. 

The dread entertained of this species of worms by farmers 

and horsemen arises from the f\ict that so many useless books 
have been published, purporting to be guides to the 
farmer and horseman, many of which attribute tire 
death of a majority of horses to ravages of the bot, 
and give as symptoms of their presence those which 
characterize inflammation of the bowels, kidneys, blad- 
der, and the like. To this circumstance is to beiuj 
attributed the vast distruction of life by drenching and 
physicking the animal for bots. Now, a rational view 
of the subject leads us but to one conclusion, viz., that 



1 



! 

Eoos OX ii^Q stomach of the horse is the natural habita- 

A HAia. EOOS 

tion of the bot, and that it cannot be, or is not, ^^''^^^^^^ 
developed anywhere else. This being the case, it is reasonable 
to suppose that inasmuch as the animal apparently suffers 
no inconvenience from their presence in his stomach, they 
were intended to serve some good purpose, rather than to do 
mischief. Indeed, without going to the extreme of asserting, 
as does Mr. Clarke, that bots are ''always harmless," it may 
be safely asserted as the unanimous opinion of veterinary sur- 
geons (farriers are not included), the world over, that they are 
comparatively harmless, and that when they do become injurious, 
it is almost always preceded by some morbid condition of the 
digestive organs. This may either arise from disease, or from 
enormous accumulations of bots, which are sometimes so great 
as to completely block up the pyloric orifice, or opening from 
the stomach into the intestines. 



BOTS. 



26T 




There are no symptoms by which the existence of bots is in. 
dicated, except it be in the spring, when they pass from the 
borsj^by the fundament, assuming again the form of a chrysa- 
lis to re-produce tl)e parent fly. As lias already been 
stated, the symptoms of other diseases, as inflam 
mation of the bowels, &c., are often assigned as indicat- 
ing the presence of bots, but although bots rany some- 
times give rise to these conditions, it is worse than 
folly to jump at the probable cause in such cases and 
c.mP,M..K, say that it is a case of bots because a horse looks at 
his sides and the like. When such an instance is 
encountered, no matter whether it arise from bots or not, the 
animal must be treated for the inflammation which is present. 
If we succeed in controlling it, and restoring the stomach to 
healthy action, the bots are no longer troublesome ; but if, on 
the contrary, we commence drenching the animal for bots the 
chances are that we shall kill him. Morbid conditions of tho 

stomach will sometimes so incom. 
mode these little creatures as to 
cause them to escape from their un- 
pleasant situation, which is com- 
monly effected by perforating tho 
walls of the stomach and allowin" 
the fluids to escape into the abdo- 
men, in which case no medical agent 
will save the animal's life. Forfu- 

cATF.Rr,u*K OR .,;;;^xnn.R,Ka '"'^^^^' ''°"''=^«'". "'ese CascS but 

TO THE u.„»a 0, THB sToaAcii. Tarcly occur. The author has met 
J'tli but a solitary case in an experience of ten years where 
death could be attributed to the action of bots. 

We know, morcoTcr, from frequent experiments that the 




is 



< J 



»rt 



• , 



268 



DISEASES OP THE LIVER. 



INFLAMMATION OF THE LIVER. 




horse hot is more tenacious of life than even the cat, which is 

popularly endowed with nine lives. The 
live bot has been immersed in spirits of tur- 
pentine, alcohol, nitric and muriatic acid, and 
THB RED oAD-FLT. mauj othcr equally powerful fluids, and yet 
lie still adhered to life with marvelous tenacity. If, then it 
K^^ were possible to detect the presence of bots by any 
marked symptoms, the attempt to remove them would 
certainly be hazardous to the life of the animal. The 
author has known cases of flatulent colic to be treated 
for bots, when, upon opening the stomach after the 
death which inevitably ensued, not a solitary bot was 
D^FLT. *^ ^^ ^^""^- It will be borne in mind that in 
large cities, where horses are not indulged in a run at grass it 
is no unusual occurrence to find their stomachs entirely free 
from bots. 




CATERPILLAR OF 
THE RED UA 



DISEASES OF THE LITER. 
Diseases of the liver are of very common occurrence in the 
horse, although the singularity of the internal structure of that 
animal renders it less liable to jaundice than the human being. 
The horse possesses no gall-bladder ; instead of such a reservoir 
it has simply a gall-duct, called the hepatic duct, which enters 
that portion of the intestines called the duodenum about six 
inches from the stomach, so that the gall is emptied into the 
bowels as fast as it is secreted. Various opinions have been ex- 
pressed touching this singular arrangement in the liver of the 
horse, any examination of which would be out of place in the 
present work. We proceed therefore to the mention of ^uch 
diseases as come apparently under the above head. 



■4 

-i 

':? 

V 



269 



?i 



INFLAMMATION OP THE LIVEB. 

Hepatitis, or inflammation of the liver, does not generally 
exist as a primary afl-ection, though it is frequently found- as a 
sympathetic one, being not uncommonly connected with epi- 
demies, or epizootic diseases, particularly in that which is known 
to horsemen as pink-eye distemper. 

The most common cause of this disease is a fullness of blood, 
or a plethoric condition of the system, in consequence of which 
too much blood is sent to the liver; want of exercise, and too 
high feeding, particularly with corn, are also causes of inflam- 
niation of this important organ. 

The symptoms of this disease are more obscure than those 
of any other part, and the difficulty is materiaFly enhanced by 
the inability of the animal to assist us with his tongue. Still, 
by close observation we can trace the symptoms with such a 
degree of accuracy as to render our treatment almost a cer- 
tainty. The mouth and breath are hot; the extremities cold ; 
the membrane lining the eyelids highly injected, presenting an 
orange-red appearance ; the pulse rises from seventy to one 
iHindred or more a minute, and is soft and full ; the appetite 
lost; the animal looks wistfully and deploringly at his sides; 
lies down, but gets up again directly ; the respiration at times 
IS perfectly tranquil, at other times slightly disturbed, and at 
others again very much disturbed, and distressing to the ani- 
mal— so that, in fact, the amateur cannot be governed by this 
Bjmptom,— there is usually much tenderness of the right side; 
and the dung small, hard, and generally dark-colored. 

In the acute stage the animal is generally in a state of 
plethora, in consequence of which a small quantity of blood 



it 

t r 



' . I 



m 



i 



I 



210 



JAUNDICE. 



may be taken to good advantage ; but in the absence of 
plethora he must not be bled ; a blister may be applied to the 
sides, or the application of creosote will be found serviceable. 
Injeltions of castile soap and water should be used occasion^ 
ally until the bowels are opened. Give every four hours one 
of the following balls: of Barbadoes aloes six drachms; 
calomel three drachms ; mix with molasses, and divide into 
twelve parts. Keep the body warm, and bandage the legs 
with flannel ; turn into a loose box stall, where the atmosphere 
is pure. When convalescent, give one of the following balls 
night and morning: of sulphate of iron two ounces; pulver. 
ized gentian root one and a half ounces ; pulverized Jamaica 
ginger one ounce ; and pulverized anise seed one ounce: mix 
with molasses, and divide into sixteen parts. 



"7 



JAUNDICE. 

This disease depends upon an obstruction of the biliary ex- 
cretions, causing a yellow discoloration of the mucous mem- 
brane, fat, ligaments, and other tissues of the body ; it will 
oftener be found in connection with other diseases than dis- 
tinct and independent of them, although it does occasionally 
exist in a pure or unmixed form, the symptoms of which m 
not at first observed by the horseman on account of their 
obscurity. 

The lining membranes of the eyelids and lips are of a yellow 
or orange color, extending even to the white of the eye ; tiie 
dung paie, small, and bally; bowels generally constipated; 
appetite lost or languid ; the animal hangs his head, is dull 
and mopy, and becomes very poor in flesh. 



HEPATIRRHCEA. 



211 



In the treatment of this disease the principal reliance is 
upon calomel ; two drachms of which made into a bolus with 
fla.\seed meal and mola.sses should be given, followed in 
twenty-four hours by a purging ball. The animal should have 
moderate exercise daily ; his body should be kept warm ; and 
if there be pain in the right side, apply a blister ; if necessary, 
the calomel may be repeated in scruple doses once a week. 

HEPATIEHHtEA. « 

This is a rupture of the peritoneal coat of the liver, and 
hemorrhage from it. It occurs most generally in aged horses 
and is always preceded by structural derangement, or disorgani! 
zation which, from the obscurity of the symptoms escapes 
notice until it is too late for medical aid. The animal gener- 
ally does his work as usual until within a few hours of his 
death, keeping in full condition, «nd presenting to the eye of 
his owner no appearance of disease. The symptoms are so 
gradual in their development as to escape observation until 
the peritoneum, or covering of the liver, gives way, or becomes 
ruptured, from the great distension of the liver, when the 
blood flows freely into the abdominal cavity, giving rise to the 
most alarming symptoms, and the horse often dies within an 
hour after he is first discovered to be ill. 

The symptoms which are noticeable are suddenly developed, 
and generally appear immediately after eating or drinking.' 
The animal will sometimes fall suddenly, and die in a few 
""nutes, without having shown any previous indisposition ; at 
otiier times the respiration becomes hurried, the belly begins 
Jo swell, the pulse becomes gradually diminished and very 
«l>Ie, partial or general sweating takes place, the animal 






t 



l>: -3 



t ,1 



272 



DECAYED STRUCTURE OF THE LIVER. 



walks with a tottering gait, the membranes lining the eyelids 
lips, and nose, become blanched, indicating internal henior. 
rhage, there is a vacant stare in the eye, with great prostra- 
tion of strength, which soon terminates in death. Upon 
opening the abdomen, it is found filled with dark venous 
blood in a fluid state, and the liver is several times its 
natural size, and exceedingly tender. Where it is possible to 
detect the existence of the disease in its incipient stages, 
calomel would be the appropriate remedy, as it is as justly 
entitled to rank as a specific for the diseases of the liver of 
the horse, as it is for those of his master— man. 



DECAYED STRUCTURE OP THE LIVER. 

This also is a disease of common occurrence, though like 
the other diseases of this organ, the symptoms, from their 
obscurity, are not well understood by tiie veterinary practi- 
tioner, but little attention having as yet been paid to its in- 
vestigation. 

The first symptoms noticed are loss of appetite; surfeit; 
the being hide-bound ; rough, staring coat; food passing un- 
digested; stools of a clay color; prostration of strength; 
readiness to sweat ; pulse quick but feeble ; respiration hur- 
ried; sometimes violent purging, after which the animal 
usually dies. 

Caution is necessary in the treatment of this variety of dis- 
eased liver. Bleeding must not be resorted to upon any con- 
Bideration. In the absence of purging, give one of the fol- 
lowing balls every other day : of calomel half an ounce ; Bar- 
badoes aloes one ounce ; resiu three ounces ; mix with molasses, 



INFLAMMATION OP THE BLADDER. 2T3 

and divide fnto six balls. Upon the intermediate days give 
of sulphate of potash one and a half ounces ; carbonate of 
potash one ounce ; pulverized Jamaica ginger half an ounce • 
linseed meal two ounces : mix with molasses, and divide into 
Six balls. 



DISEASES OP THE URINARY ORGANS. 

INFLAMMATIOIf OP THE BLADDEB. 

Inflammation of the bladder, or cystitis, is a disease of com- 
parat.vely rare oceun^nce i„ tl>e horse, and generally is found 
.n connccfon with other diseases. It is commonly supposed 
to occur more frequently in mares; although the author's ex- 
perience has not confirmed this supposition. 

The symptoms are con- 
tinual emission of urine in 

«mall quantities ; the moment 
it snters tlie bladder it is 
again e.xpelled, but Toided 
with much straining ; pulse 
nceelerated; pawing; the 
"niraal looks imploringly at 

fl'»"'vs ; and upon passing ^'""'a •,,« ,or. o» a kac, 

the hand into the rectum, the bladder will be found contracted 
«nd hard as a ball, being also hot and tender 

0- e? Z'"^"""^ °^ '^"^^^' ''''■-^ *« --7>..on three 
of uncture of opium. Gire internalljr one and a half 




1'.' - 






2Y4 



RETENTION OF URINE. 



}| 



f 



y^' 



pints of linseed oil, to which may be advantageously addej 
one drachm of chloroform. Bathe the loins with the follow. 
ing mixture •: of strong mustard, a quarter of a pound ; water 
half a pint ; hartshorn, two ounces : mix thoroughly together 
;fand rub it well in. Give half a drachm of lactucariura three 
'times a day ; or, if more convenient, the extract of belladonna 
may be substituted. Give plenty of flaxseed tea ; if the animal 
refuses to drink it, drench him with it. No hay must be 
given until twenty-four hours after he becomes convalescent 
This is one of the most dangerous diseases to which the horse 
is subject. 

KETENTION" OP UBIlSrE. 

This disease, technically known as spasm of the neck of the 
bladder, is found more frequently as an attendant upon other 
diseases than as an independent affection. It frequently occurs 
in colics as an accompanying symptom, thus misleading the 
ordinary observer in his judgment of the disorder. 

The most common symptom is frequent but unsuccessful 
efforts to stale. This, however, must not be depended upon 
loo strongly ; as it will sometimes be observed in horses that 
are comparatively sound in these organs, particularly in those 
that have been well cared for. In such cases this temporary 
retention of urine arises from a dislike on the part of the 
animal of splattering his legs in voiding his water ; hence he 
grill often retain it in the bladder, though painful to him, until 
ihe litter is placed under him, when he at once stretches him- 
self, and the urine flows freely and copiously. This fact has 
given rise to a superstitious notion among horsemen, that 
there is some peculiar virtue iu the straw to cause this suddfco 



PROFUSE STALING. 



m 



cure; as a consequence, we frequently hear the remark, "Pat 
some straw under him— that will cure him," etc. 

If, however, retention of urine arises frim disease, the straw 
possesses no magic charm to afford relief. In such instances 
the animal manifests but little pain, and rarely lies down On 
passing the hand up the rectum or fundament, the bladder 
wh.h IS easily felt, will be found very much distended with' 
urine. 

The services of a regular veterinarj practitioner will be re- 
quired :n the treatment of this disease, as the bladder must be 
at once evacuated, which can in most cases be accomplished 
bj means of an instrument called the catheter, which is not 
commonly found in the hands of any but the qualified sur- 
geon^ This desired evacuation can in some instances be pro- 
dueed b, careful manipulation. Back-raking is very necessary 
.n these cases, and injections of soap and water should be freely 
used Unless the bladder is speedily emptied, it swells and 
bursts, causing a fatal termination. Fomentations of hot 
^'ater to the abdomen, and pressure of the hand upon the 



PROFUSE STALLING. 

in rh!f ''":,""'' '^'" '"'^*"' '^ *^^ ^^^^"-' — nco 
sol r ", ''""'^' '-''' '-''''''• '-P''-'^ ^PPefte. 

wnoiesome food, and the like. 

'"ed.omal substances being used in its abatement-as catelhu. 



. (;; 
I'. >* I 
Hi 



w 



III 



i 



i! 



f 

-th 



••,1 



2T6 



BLOODY URINE. 



oak bark, gum kino, opium, chalk, etc. Either of these in 
moderate doses will usually check the copious flow of urine 
Either of the following will be found sufficient ; uva ursi (bear's 
whortleberry), powdered, two ounces ; oak bark pulverized, four 
ounces ; catechu pulverized, one ounce ; opium pulverized, twd 
drachms : mix either with molasses or honey, and divide into 
six balls, giving one every day. Or, the following may be 
used with equal advantage : opium pulverized, half an ounce- 
sulphate of iron, one ounce ; gentian root pulverized, one 
ounce : mix with molasses, and divide into six balls — one to be 
given every day. 



BLOODY tJBINE. 

This disease, known also as hematura, frequently arises from 
strains across the loins, violent exercise, unwholesome food, 
calculous concretions in the kidneys, etc. It is not attended 
by symptoms of general derangement; the appetite is not 
usually impaired, nor is any marked degree of fever present. 
The color of the urine first calls attention, iu voiding which 
the animal appears to strain slightly. 

If the bowels are at all costive, injections should at once be 
thrown up the rectum ; linseed tea should be given as a drink; 
mustard applications to the loins. Give internally one of the 
following once a day ; of sugar of lead, one ounce ; linseed 
meal, two ounces ; mix with molasses or honey, and divide 
into eight pills ; follow this for ten or twelve days, with one 
drachm of sulphuric acid in a pail of water to drink. Catecho, 
logwood, dragon^s blood, oak bark, etc., have been used with 
advantage. 



STONES IN THE KIDNEYS. 



2n 



STONES IN THE KIDNEYS. 

These concretions, which are quite common in the horse 
are of a pale, dirty yellow color, elongated or conical in form, 
- and much softer than any of the other varieties heretofori 
mentioned. " We have better evidence," says Mr. Blain, " than 
mere supposition ; for urinary calculi (or stones in the kid- 
neys), have been fcund in horses which have died with symp, 
toms which might have been mistaken for very acute enter, 
itis, or inflammation of the bowels. We may also suppose 
that the early accumulations would occasion irregular and di- 
minished secretion of urine, followed at length by a bloody 
purulent mixture with the water, until more active symptoms 
should arise, and carry off the horse. Concretions within the 
kidneys might be removed in their early state by remedies 
tending to decompose them in the urinary pelvis. For this 
purpose we have mineral acids, of which the hydrochloric, as 
holding the silicious matter in solution, is to be preferred. 
The mineral acids pass through the body unchanged, being 
emitted with the urine in a state of purity. »' 
^ A better opportunity is afi-orded us of discovering calculus 
in the urinary organs, than in any other parts ; for an examina- 
tion of the urine, when placed under the microscope, will enable 
^s to detect its presence. When these deposits are ascer- 
tained, give in every pail of water which the animal drinks, 
two drachms of hydrochloric (muriatic) acid, which will iu » 
«hort time be drunk with a relish by him. 



■y. !' 



it 



278 



TONES IN THE BLADDER. 



CONTRACTION OP THE HOOF. 



279 






STONES IN THE BLADDER. 

These differ from stones in the kidneys in form and exter- 
nal appearance ; presenting, in consequence of the constant 
washings of the calculus by the urine an uneven, or what ia 
called a mulberry appearance ; externally, it is of a reddish 
brown color. When these stones are quite large, very great 
inconvenience is occasioned to the animal. 

Stones in the bladder may exist a long time before any per. 
ceptible symptoms of their existence are manifested. The 
urine is generally thick and of a whitish color, mth frequent 
desire to void the urine, accompanied with difficulty and pain; 
the urine occasionally presents a bloody appearance ; in some 
cases all the symptoms of colic are present, rendering it diffl. 
cult to distinguish between the two disorders. If the pain is 
severe, the animal paws violently, kicks at his sheath, lies down, 
rolls, and gets up again quickly, sweats in various parts of the 
body, giving off the odor of urine. 

For treatment, we should first attempt the dissolution of the 
stones, as recommended for stones in the kidneys, or we should 
remove them by the operation of lithotomy, which will be de- 
scribed under the head of surgical operations. If they are 
small, they may sometimes be extracted through the urethra, a 
process which is very easy in the case of mares. 



DISEASES OF THE FEET AND LEGS. 



1^1 




CONTRACTION OF THE HOOF. 

To horses that are kept in cities, or in stony sections of the' 

country, this disease is one of the most common occurrence. In 

-— _ the middle and southern portions of New Jersey, 

and Ohio, and in many other sections where the 

shoeing of the horse is 
not called for except in 
frosty weather, contrac- 
tion of the hoof is com- 
paratively rare, in con- 
sequence of the feet 
being unfettered by that 

THE FAST-TROTTINQ STALLTON, GEORGE M. PATCHBN. ^^^^ baUd, thC ShOC. 

This trouble is gradual in its approach ; the first indication 
being a dry, brittle, unyielding hoof; the heels gradually be- 
coming narrower, until they are painful. The hoof no longer 
Accommodates itself to the soft structure within its limits, and, 
In consequence, the concussion is greater and the elasticity 
very much less. The parts therefore become bruised, and fever 
ensues, which still further facilitates the contraction of the hoof 
by absorbing its moisture ; lameness follows as the natural and 
inevitable result. Upon an examination of the animal sweenie 
is decided upon by the horseman as the disease to which ho 
is subject ; a disease, by the way, which, we beg to say, the 
veterinary surgeon never yet has met. 

The primary cause of this trouble is, undoubtedly bad shoeing, 
the preventives of which have already been fully unfolded. 



11 



|i 






1*1 



280 



CORNS. 



Standing upon plank-Qoors has also a tendency to produce it 
as it absorbs the moisture of the hoof, and renders it brittle and 
liable to crack. Traveling upon hard stony roads, with shoes 
that are beveled inwards, also predisposes the feet to this dis- 
©rder. 

The treatment most, necessarily, be slow in its operation ; yet 
by careful management it is sure. The shoes must, in the'fiist 
place, be removed, and the feet well poulticed for several days 
until the hoof and frogs become perfectly soft. The animal 
■hould then be carefully shod, as heretofore directed ; apply 
daily, until the heels are fully spread, the following ointment; 
of rosin, four ounces; beeswa.v, four ounces; lard, two pounds;' 
tallow, one pound ; melt together, and. when cool, stir in four 
ounces of oil of turpentine. 



CORNS. 

The first effect of contraction of the hoof is to bruise the sen- 
Bitive parts wiihin their horny limits at that part of the foot 
formed by the crust and bar, causing lameness, which may be 
acute or chronic. These bruises are commonly called corns. 
The reason why this portion of the foot should be so severely 
bruised is obvious. The crust and bar forming a triangular space 
between which a considerable portion of the sensitive laminse lie, 
this bar by its resistance of the encroachments of the crust, causes 
a twofold pressure upon the sensitive parts, acting much as 
a vice, and thereby diminishing the triangular space. Upon 
examination of the foot the horn is found hard, dry, and brittle. 
with a strong tendency to crack on very slight concussion. On 
removing a portion of the horn at the part of the foot indicated, 
tie parts arc found to be contused, sometimes slightly, and at 



CORNS. 



381 



others sererely. In the latter case the feet are in such a con- 
dition as to require prompt attention, or a sloughing, or dis- 
charge of matter, may take place, forming a sinus, or pipe-Iike 
opening, through the quarter, .sometimes passing through the 
coronet, and producing a condition, or disease, known ai 
Quitter, which often terminates in permanent lameness and 
deform itj. 

When the lameness is of a chronic character, the poor beast 
owing to his deprivation of speed, is compelled to suffer all 
kinds of barbarous treatment, such as roweling, setoning, etc. 
etc. As few believe corns to be of so serious a nature, the 
most are ready to attribute the lameness to a disease, or a sup- 
posed disease, which ezists only in their disordered imagina- 
tions. 

As symptomatic indications, it may be remarked that the 
horse extends one foot in advance of the other, and rests upon 
the toe, which causes a bending of the knee, with a hard, dry, 
brittle, and contracted hoof. 

By way of treatment, the hoof, around the corn should be 
cut away so as to prevent pressure from the shoe ; the com 
should be well cut out, and birnt with a hot iron, butter of an- 
limony. muriatic acid, caustic silver, or the permanganate of 
potash. He should then be carefully shod, and, if the frog is 
elastic a bar shoe nicely fitted, with a perfectly level bearing, 
Vould be best ; if, however, the frog is hard and unyielding, such 
a shoe may prove injurious. Flaxseed poultices frequently ap- 
Phed to the feet, together with the use of hoof ointment, will 
f°°nd effectual ; a run at grass without sboei will also prov. 
wneficial. 



i 



?i^ 



J 



^ i 



282 



THEUSH. 



I 



QUITTER. 

This i, an ulceration, or formation of pus, between the sen. 
s.t.ve and insensible laminaa, or inner parts of the wall of the 
hoof, generally situated on the inside quarter, forming sinuses or 
p.p^hke openings. Neglected corns often produce this disease 
as also caulking or bruises from any cause. 

The first appearance upon the foot on the approach of thi, 
disease ,s a hard conical tumor, hot, red. and smooth, which 
soon becomes soft, breaks, and discharges pus. A probe should 
first be antroduced by way of treatment, pointing out the direc 
tu.n of thes,nuses; an injection of sulphate of zinc, one drachm 
dissolved m a pint of water, should be thrown into the ope„i„. 
n be foot by the means of a small syringe, once daily, and thl 
foot should be occasionally washed with castile soap and water. 
The early treatment should consist in poulticing with fla.xseed 
mea for several days. If the case is very slow, use two dracho., 
of the chlonde of zinc to a pint of water; inject in the sa.e 
mnner; cut away all loose parts of the horn, which will facili- 
tate the cure. Glycerine has also been used by the author with 
marked benefit 




THRUSH. 

This is a discharge of a matter from the cleft or division of 
he frog, which occasionally produces lameness. It originates 
fn,m a filthy condition of the stable, the animal being allowed 
to stand m h.s dung, or upon foul litter. Horses that are well 
cared for are rarely troubled with it. The symptoms are a rot- 
tenness of the frog, accompanied by a discharge of fetid matter. 
Lameness may, or may not, be present. 



CANKER. 



283 



For treatment, wash the feet well with soap and water ; fill 
the cleft with powdered sulphate of copper, and pack over it a 
little tow; remove the filth from the stall, and the animal soon 
recovers. An ointment may also be used, made of equal parts 
of pine-tar and lard, melted over a slow fire ; when cool, add 
sulphuric acid until ebullition ceases, and it is then fit for use. 

CANKEK. 

This arises from neglected thrush, often proving very difficult 
to manage. It extends from the horny frog to the sensitive fro- 
and sometimes to the navicular joint, involving the surrounding 
parts, and causing much alteration or destruction of the structures 
affected. It is by no means always a local disease, but is influ- 
enced by a morbid or unhealthy condition of the blood. The au- 
thor's attention was once called to a case of four years' standing 
in which all the feet were involved, and the value of the animal 
thereby so depreciated that he was sold to a shoeing-smith of 
Philadelphia for the sum of twenty-five dollars, h.S cost being 
some two hundred and fifty dollars. All treatment had failed 
np to that time ; yet. notw/thstanding the long resistance of 
the disease, it gradually yielded to constitutional treatment 

For treatment, all loose horn should be removed, that the 
parts may be properly dressed. If taken early, the following 
wash may be used with success; of nitrate of silver, half an 
ounce; water, one pint; shake welf together, and use once a 
tlay. Or, the ointment of tar, lard, and sulphuric acid, recom- 
mended in cases of thrush, may be usefully applied. Should 
tl..s fad, apply once a day the following : of castor oil, one part j 
collodion, two parts ; mix well together. Give internally half 
a drachm of powdered nux vomica mixed in the feed, which 



284 



GREASE HEEL8. 




!!f 



should consist of green food, mashes, and a little hay. Corro. 
sive sublimate in solution has been used wiih decided advantage; 
as also chloride of zinc, chloride of lime, butter of antimony! 
tincture of myrrh, sulphate of copper, glycerine, and many 
other preparations. 



SCKATCHES. 

This disease, called also cracked heels, generally arises from 
neglect, such as allowing the horse to stand in a filthy stall. 
It is generally confined to the hind feet, and consists in a 
swelling of the skin, causing in it one or more transverse 
cracks, which discharge a sanious (thin, serous, and reddish) 
matter at times ; while in other cases the parts are almost dry 
but scurfy. 

For treatment, wash well with soap and water ; take a shav- 
ing, or other soft, brush, and make a lather of soap and water, 
with which mix a small quantity of powdered charcoal ; rub this 
Tvell in the fetlock, and let it dry, after which it can be rubbed 
off. Two or three applications are generally successful. The 
collodion and castor oil will also answer a good purpose; a 
physic ball should first be given. 



OKEASE HEELS. 

This is the result of weakness in the capillary vesse.s or m 
feet and legs, and is often preceded by dropsical effusions, which 
frequently exist upon the leg as far as the hock or knee. Com- 
mon-bred horses are supposed to be more liable to this disease, 
wh.le thorough-bred are comparatively free from its attacks. 

The principal causes are, doubtless, over-fceding and want 
of exercise } since we generally find the disease associated with 



GREASE HEELS. 



285 




a Dlethoric condition of the animal. As symptomatic, the skin 

at first is hot, r ed, swollen, and tender, and discharges a white 

^ ^^^^ oflFensive matter of a greasy feeling. As the 

-— --^g^sea^e advances, this discharge thickens into 

^gUie form of tears, and becomes 
hard, presenting a grapy 
appearance. Abscesses 
are sometimes formed 
about the heels, causing 
fe the sloughing away of a 
large portion of them. 

This disease requires 
constitutional, as well as 

.THE children's PET. t i 

local, treatment. Give 
internally for four days one of the following balls : of Barbadoes 
aloes, one ounce ; pulverized gentian root, half an ounce ; pul- 
verized ginger, two drachms ; mix with molasses, and divide into 
four balls. Follow this with halfdrachm doses of nux vomica 
powdered ; wash the parts well with soap and water, and apply 
flaxseed poultices, mixed with a solution of sulphate of zinc, 
until the inflammation is considerably reduced ; then bathe care- 
fully either with glycerine, or a solution of sulphate of zinc, or 
the castor oil and collodion wash. If the discharge is very 
offensive, use powdered charcoal and soap suds, allowing it to 
dry upon the legs ; a solution of the chloride of lime may also 

be used ; or a weak solution of corrosive sublimate is bene- 
QciaL 



286 



WATER FARCY. 



WATER FARCY. 

This disease, together with anasarca and oedema may be classed 
under a common head, as they are but modifications of the same 
disease, which depends upon general debility for its existence. 
Two stages are, however, said to exist ; one with inflammation 
and the other without ; one occurring in old horses, and the 
other in young ones. One important difference should be noted • 
the term anasarca is too extensive in its application to bo 
properly associated with this disease, the term cedema being 
preferable to it, as having a local meaning and being more cir- 
cumscribed in its limits. 

As symptoms, the legs, belly, sheath, and other parts become 
swollen, and leave the impression of the fingers behind after 
pressure. In old horses such pressure rarely causes pain, in- 
flammation being absent ; but in young horses the legs particu- 
larly are hot and painful to the touch. 

In this disease we must depend upon tonic and diuretic me- 
dicines; tonic, for the purpose of building up the system ; and 
diuretic, to increase the secretions. The two should be com- 
bined as follows: of sulphate of iron, two ounces; pulverized 
gentian root, one ounce; pulverized ginger, half an ounce; 
nitrate of potash, one ounce ; mix, and divide into eight powders, 
giving one night and morning, with good nourishing food, and 
allowing no corn. Or, the following will be found very useful : 
of sulphate of copper, one ounce ; pulverized gentian root, one 
and a half ounces; pulverized ginger, half an ounce; nitre, one 
ounce ; ground anise seed, six drachms ; mix, and divide into 
eight powders, giving one night and morning. Hand-rubbiug 
and daily exercise will be necessary. 



CRACKED HOOP. 



28T 



WEED. # 

This is a disease similar io cedema, but makes its appearance 
above the hock, and extends downward. The skin is hot, and 
extremely sensitive to the touch ; so much so that the animal 
throws the leg upward and outward as though to escape tor- 
ture. The veins of the leg are full and corded. 

For treatment, apply warm fomentations to the parts affected, 
and give a purging ball, followed by the powders recommended 
in the last disease. 



CRACKED HOOF. 

This disease, also called sand-crack, occurs only in the hoof 
that is dry, hard, brittle, and contracted. The hoof in a' 
natural, elastic condition can be bruised, but not split up if 
double the force that splits the dry, contracted hoof is applied. 
This crack occurs most generally at the quarters, and almost al- 
ways in the fore feet, they being almost alone subject to con- 
traction. If the crack extends through the hoof it causes very 
painful lameness. 

For treatment, the foot must first be carefully examined to 
see that no dirt has worked in under the hoof; the loose parts 
of the horn must be cut away ; a pledget of tow, saturated with 
sulphate or chloride of zinc, or tincture of myrrh, should be ap- 
plied, and a bandage carefully put on to keep it in place and 
lieep out the dirt. As soon as the new horn has grown down 
a little, draw a line across the top of the crack with a draw- 
ing-knifo or firing-iron, and apply a little tar or hoof ointment. 
If the crack is at the toe, a shoe with a band running across 
from the heels to a little below the coronet in front, and united 



4\ 



288 



PRTCKINa. 



FALSE QUARTER. 



289 



by two screws, will often be all that is required, and the horse 
may be kept at work ; but in quarter-crack it is unsafe to use 
the animal, particularly if it extends through to the soft parts. 
If the frog is in a healthy condition, which is rarely the case, 
a bar shoe, eased at the quarter, will be found beneficial. 



SOLE BEUISE AND GRAVEL. 

Accidents frequently occur to the feet of horses from their 
striking them forcibly upon stones and other hard substances. 
Pressure of the shoe upon the sole is the occasional cause of 
bruises of that part of the foot ; and tender heels more fre- 
quently arise from bruises than from any other cause. 

For treatment, if pus is secreted within the hoof— which 
may be discovered by the acute pain caused by a light tap of 
a hammer on that part of the hoof under which the matter is 
situated— the hoof must be cut through, that the matter may 
escape, as it will gradually work its way upward and make its 
appearance at the top of the hoof, thus rendering the treat- 
ment more difficult. After the matter escapes through tho 
opening so made, throw in an injection of sulphate of zinc in 
solution, one drachm to a pint of water. For the treatment 
will be the same as recommended in quitter. Gravel some- 
times works into these wounds, which must always be removed, 
and the parts carefully washed. 



PBICKINO. 

This is an accident of too frequent occurrence, and happens 
in various ways, as by treading upon sharp bodies, such as 
broken glass, nails, etc., etc. It occurs more frequently, how- 



eyer, m shoeing, owing to the nail not being properly pointed 
or. in some cases, from the iron not being good splits one 
part turning inward and the other outward. These acci 
dents are not always the fault of the smith, and he should not 
be unjustly censui-ed for what he could not obviate. If such 
punctures are properly attended to, serious consequences rarely 
ensue. The practice of closing up the wound after removing, 
the nail, glass, or other sharp substance cannot be too strongly 
condemned. It is doubtless in consequence of this sensefess 
practice that so many horses ain. lost from lock-jaw, which 
does not generally make its appearance until the animal has 
apparently recovered from the wound; though upon an exami- 

nation of the foot pus will often be found secreted within the 

uoof. 

When a horse picks up a nail, or is pricked by the smith, a 
pouU.cc should at once be applied to the foot, txnd kept ou 
or several days ; a cathartic ball should also be given, that the 
bouels may be in good order; after the removal of the poul- 
t'ce. apply the tar ointment, and no further trouble may be 
anticipated. 



FALSE QUARTER, 

This is an im,,erfect formation of horn at the quarter, nhici, 

d .s d.v.ded by a seam from the top to the bottom. It ii 
result of i.yu.,v from quitter and other diseases, rendering 



290 



FOUNDEt:. 



CORINITIg. 



291 



FOUNDER. 

Founder, or larainitis, is an inflammatory condition of the 
laminoe of the feet, which are the most sensitive parts of these 
important appendages. Founder is said to be produced by 
Tarious causes, such as hard driving, watering when warm, 
standing in a draught of air, or upon plank floors, and many 

others. 

The author, however, views it in a diS*erent light, attributing^ 
its existence principally to one general cause, namely, contrac- 
tion of the hoof, the causes before named being the immediate 
or exciting causes. This view is sustained by many facts. 
Founder does not occur in one case out of fifty in a healthy, 
open foot ; nor are the hind feet often involved, as they are 
rarely in a contracted condition. 

The symptoms are a full, quick pulse, from sixty upwards; 
accelerated respiration ; the fore feet are hot and tender, the 
animal for relief throwing his body back upon the hind legs, 
extending th^ fore legs until he rests upon the heels, and 
Boraetimes lying down, particularly if the hind feet arc involved; 
the animal also manifests much pain. 

If the animal is in full condition, two quarts of blood 
should be taken from each of the fore feet ; an active purging 
ball should be given, followed by one-drachm doses of bella- 
donna made into pills every four hours ; poultices of flaxseed 
meal should be applied to the feet for several days ; injections 
of soap and water, also ought not to be neglected. By this 
treatment the animal is usually well again in a week, or even 
less; but if the disease is neglected until it becomes chronic, 
the animal will ever after remain unsound, though he may bo 



rendered useful. From the alteration or disorganization of 
structure that takes place, there can little be done in the 
chronic stage except careful shoeing, which the smith should 
understand. 



PUMICED FOOT. 

This is called by horsemen a faning of the sole. It is pre- 
ceded by founder, and is, in reality, one of the termination, 
of that disease, arising from the slow, continued inflammation 
of chronic founder, which causes ab.sorption of the outer ed-^o 
of the coffin bone, the latter thereby gradually losing its con- 
cave surface, and becoming convex. The sole, yielding to 
this gradual change, becomes flat, or, in some instances, con- 
Te.v. Very little can be done in such cases by way of treat- 
ment ; yet by careful shoeing the animal may be rendered use- 
ful, although never sound. 



CORINITIS. 

This is an inflaiiimation of the coronary ligament, situated 
within the upper part of the hoof and between the hoof and the 
hair. This ligament secretes the horn forming the wall or 
crust of the hoof, and when diseased ceases to perform its 
function, or performs it f ery imperfectly ; as a consequence, 
tlic coronet, or upper margin of the hoof, is contracted, which 
causes the soft parts to bulge out in such a manner that it has 
often been mistaken for ring-bone. This contraction often 
causes lameness. The most frequent causes are, standing npon 
plank floors, hard driving, and the neglect to apply softenin- 
applications to the hoof. " 

For treatment, apply a flaxseed poultice for several days, and 



f 



292 



NAVICULARTHRITIS. 







then a fly blister well rubbed in around the upper margin of the 
hoof; afterward use the hoof ointment once a day, until the 
coronet comes up full. 

NAVICUIiAKTHRITIS. 

Coffin-joint lameness, as it is generally termed, is a dis- 
ease of very common occurrence, and often troublesome to 
manage. This joint is formed by the union of three bones: 
the OS pedis, or coffin-bone, situated immediately within 
the hoof; the coronary, or small pastern bone, the lower 
half of which is situated within the upper part of the hoof, 
^ called the coronet, and uniting with the 
OS pedis; and the navicular, situated be- 

S tween and behind 
the two, uniting 
with both, and 
forming the navi- 
cular joint. This 
joint is protected 

THB FAMOUS TEOTTIICU MARE, FLORA TEMPLE. BgaiUSt lujliry frOOl 

concussion by the fatty frog, the sensible frog, and the horny 
frog, situated beneath it, and forming a soft elastic cushion on 
which it may rest. So long as the foot remains in a healthy 
condition, there is little danger of the occurrence of this dis- 
ease. Even though the foot be strained very considerably, 
and a high degree of inflammatory action be produced, this 
disease will hardly arise, unless the inflammation becomes 
chronic. The author regards its origin as mainly due to a 
contracted condition of the feet, which, in fact, is the predis- 
posing cause. 



293 



OSSITICATION OP THE LATERAL CARTILAGES. 

Rarely, indeed, is navicular-joint lameness found existing in 
feet that have open heels and elastic frogs. If from any cause 
these frogs lose their moisture, they also lose their elasticity 
and the foot therefore strikes the ground with ajar; inflamma' 
lion of a chronic character sets in ; the synovia (joint-oil) be- 
comes absorbed ; and caries of the bones is established which 
destroys their articular surfaces and causes excessive lameness 
Occasionally, owing to some new injury, acute inflammation 
sets in, causing new depositions of bone to be thrown out and 
uniting the three bones together; which union is called anchy. 
losis. Tins condition may be known by stiffness, and the 
animal walking upon the toe. 

The symptoms of this disease have been confounded with 
those of another disease of the foot, which has been discovered 
by recent investigations. The horse is found to go lame upon 
coming out of the stable, which wears off after traveling some 
distance; one foot is observed in advance of the other when 
the animal is at rest ; as the disease advances, the lameness 
becomes more frequent, until at last it is permanent. Various 
kmds of treatment have been resorted to, but with little 
success, such as blistering, firing, etc. Of late years, the frog 
seton has been introduced with very decided benefit. Should 
tin's, too, fail, there is no hope but in the operation of nerving, 
^vhich should only be performed in certain cases mentioned 
binder the head of neurotomy. 



OSSIFICATION OP THE LATEHAL CARTILAGES. 

This is a transformation to bone of two projections of car- 
t»J«??e, or gristle, springing from each side of the coffin bone 
posteriorly, and known as the lateral cartilages. This disease 



\ 



294 



SPRUNG OR BROKEN KNEES. 



was at one time called ring-bone, but the ring-bone of the 
present day is quite a different disease. It arises from con- 
cussion, and will rurely be found in any but contracted feet. 

The treatment in these cases is only palliative, as the dis- 
ease cannot be eradicated by any course of medical treatment. 
The first endeavor should be to expand the heels by applying 
poultices to the feet, together with the hoof ointmeiii. 



WIND GALLS. 

Wind galls are puffy swellings about the joints, found abovft 
the fetlock on both the hind and fore legs. They are techni* 
cally known as bursal enlargements, that is, a distended con- 
dition of the bursce or synovial sacs, which contain tho 
synovia, or joint oil. The animal suffers no inconvenience, 
apparently, from their presence upon his limbs, they evidently 
causing no pain. 

It is seldom that any treatment is resorted to, except in the 
case of a very valuable animal. Blisters are commonly ap- 
plied, but they are not attended with any permanent benefit. 
The application of cold water and compresses, secured by 
means of bandaging the legs, has proven the most efRcacious. 



BPKUNG OR BROKEN KNEES. 

This trouble does not always result from an injury of tho 
leg, or strain of the tendons ; it is more often found in horses 
that have bad corns in the feet, or troubled with navicular 
disease, than in any others. The animal raising his heels to 
prevent pressure upon the tender parts, bends the knee, which 
bending becomes finally, from the altered position of the limb^ 



STRAINS OP THE KNEES. £95 

a permanent deformity. Horses with sprung kuces are unsafe 
for saddle purposes, owing to their consequent liability to 

Respecting the treatment, it may be said that six out of 
every ten spruug-kaeed horses will be found to have corns. 
If these be of recent growth, there is a fair prospect of 
straightening the limbs by removing the corns as directed 
under the head of that disease ; by the removal of these the 
heels are brought to the ground, an* the limb becomes straight 
Under any other circumstances all treatment proves useless. 



BHEAKIWQ DOWJf. 

This accident occurs in rnuning, jumping, racing, etc. It 
IS sometimes called a strain of the back sinews, and lets tho 
animal down upon the fetlock, in consequence of a rupture of 
the ligament of the pastern. Horses meeting with this acci- 
dent are of little value ever after, as they always remain weak 
m the fetlock. Unless the animal is quite young and valuable, 
the treatment would cost more than Ihe animal's value. The 
Trench treat these cases very successfully by the application 
of instruments which keep the limb in its proper position until 
the parts have again healed and become strong. This is the 
only course to be pursued with any possible chance of a sue 
cessful termination of the case. 



STEAIWS OF THE KNEES. 

Strains of this joint occur in young horses while being 
broken into harness more often, probably, than at any other 
period of the animal's life. This results from the tendernesa 






4 



295 



SHOULDER STRATJT. 



IP 






of the parts at that lime, not one in twenty having them having 
arrived at maturity. These strains ofictt prove trouWesom© 
to manage, and occasionally leave a stiff knee as the result. 

Treatment — Bleeding from the plantar, or plate rein ; warm 
fjmentations to the part ; when the inftamraation is reduced, 
apply once a day for several days tlie following ointment; 
iodine ointment, one ounce ; bloe, QX mercurial oiutment, half 
an ounce ; mix well together. 



©TRAIN OF THB HIP JOINT, 

This occurs in falling, slipping, getting up, etc. The symp- 
toms are a dragging motion of the limbj the lameness passing 
oflf after the animal gets warmed up, and returning upon his 
becoming again cool, the horse being thea even more stiff 
a&d lame than before leaving the stable. 

For treatment, apply cold water ; a purging ball and rest 
are all that are requisite to effect a cure. Careful usage foif 
Boiae time after will be very necessary. 






SHOULDER STRAiri. 

This, which is of rare occurrence, arises from .severe blows, 
or concussions ; slipping so as to throw the legs apart forcibly; 
falling in the shafts of a heavily laden cart, etc. The symp- 
toms are usually well marked ; the horse is quite lame, both 
ivhen walking and trotting ; the leg drags with the toe on tho 
ground, having an outward or circular motion. 

Local bleeding is generally useful by way of treatment; 
three or four quarts may be taken from the plate vein, which 
runs down the inside of the leg. If, however, the animal is in 
a debilitated condition, bleeding should Bot bo practised. 



6WEENIK. 



29T 



Foment the shoulder well with hot water frequently ; a seton 
will ofien be found beneficial. After fomenting two 'or threo 
dnys, use the following liniment; laudanum, one ounce ; spirits 
of camphor, one ounce; tincture of myrrh, one ounce ;' castile 
soap, one ounce; alcohol, one pint. Or, sweet oil, one pint; 
spirits of hartshorn, three ounces ; shake well together. 



OPEN JOINTS. 

These are generally the result of a punctured wound; the 
capsular ligament that surrounds the joint and confines the 
joint oil within its proper limits being thereby penetrated. 
These accidents are often attended with serious results, from 
the inflammation that is likely to arise from such an injury. 

For treatment, efforts should first be made to close the 
wound, that the escape of the oil which lubricates the joint 
may be prevented. If the wound is small, it may be closed 
by means of a I ot iron ; if large, shave off all the hair around 
the opening, apply a piece of linen cloth well saturated with 
collodion, and bandage the part. Care must be taken to have 
the skin around the wound perfectly dry. or the collodion will 
not adhere. Slioemaker^s wax, or common glue, applied in 
the same way, will frequently answer the purpose. Tho 
animal must be kept perfectly quiet, his bowels opened, and he 
be kept upon his feet for several days; if, however, the coUo- 
dion adheres well, this is not of so much importance. 



B WEENIE. 

This imaginary disease has been the occasion of the infliction 
of much cruelty and unnecessary torture upon the horse. No 






I 



i 

I j 



298 



OSTITIS. 



CAPULET AND CAPPED HOCK. 



299 



respectable veterinary author recognfzes any such disease. 
The symptoms which accompany its supposed existence are 
but sympathetic effects, or atrophy of the muscles of the 
shoulder. The attention of the horse-owner is directed to a 
wasting away or lessening of these muscles, which from want 
of action naturally become smaller or contracted; upon the 



animal's regaining the natu 

cles are again developed, as 

arm by the constant 

mer. Cases called 

the result of injury 

as the knee, 

When the M 

the foot 

ground, it^ 

ed upon 

is not i n 




THE EQUESTRIENNE. 



ral use of the limb, the mus- 
the muscles of the smith's 
use of the sledge ham- 
sweenie are invariably 
in some remote parts, 
the foot, etc. — 
animal picks up 
^clear from the 
may be depend- 
that the injury 
the shoulder ; if 



however, the leg drags with the toe on the ground, the injury 
may be looked for in that locality. It is, however, more easy 
to decide a case of shoulder lameness than any other to which 
the limb is liable. 



OSTITIS. 



This is an inflammation of the bone, occasioning lameness 
of an obscure nature, and is one of the most difficult of all 
cases of lameness to detect. Where it occurs in the cannon 
bone, it is often mistaken for a thickening of the integuments. 

Treatment — Cold bandages, lead water, rest, with daily 
half-drachm doses of iodide of potassa dissolved in a pail of , 



water, will usually prove successful if the treatment be per- 
Bcveringly adopted. 



CAPCriiET AND CAPPED HOCK. 

There arc generally serous abscesses, produced by blow?, 
bruises, strains, or injuries from any cause. Capulet is an en' 
largement at the point of the elbow, and is generally caused by 
lying on the heels of the shoe, which bruise the part. Capped 
hock is found at the point of the hock joint, and is usually 
caused by kicking against the sides of the stall. 

By way of treatment, first open the part; if it contains fluid 
which will be known by the soft elastic feeling, throw in witli 
a syringe an injection of the tincture of iodine diluted with 
alcohol ; a solution of the sulphate of zinc may in incipient cases 
answer the purpose. If fluid is not formed, blisters will often 
succeed. In cases of capulet, have the heels of the shoes 
shortened, or bind the feet at night to prevent injury. 



CAKIES OP THE BONES. 

This is, perhaps, the most common of all the diseases to 
which the horse is subject, and its frequency can only be ac- 
counted for, by the abuses to which he is subjected. It gene- 
rally arises from a low, inflammatory condition of the joints, 
these parts being principally affected ; an ulceration of the heads 
of the bones is established, generally in young horses, which is 
tailed, from the destruction which it occasions, caries, or decay 
It will usually be found preceding spavin, ring-bone, stiff back 
l^nd other anchylosed conditions of the bones, and can best be 
illustrated under the heads of Spavin and Ring-bone. 






ll 



4 



300 



BONE SPAVIir. 






fi 






BONE SPAVIN. 

This is a disease of such common occurrence that almost all 
horsemen think they fully understand its nature, pathological 
condition, and treatment. It is generally regarded by vetert- 
nary authors as a very serious injury, destructive to the utility 
of the animal, and very frequently reducing his value essentially 
in consequence of the blemishes. Where, however, there are 
no outward blemishes, as is the case in four out of every five 
spavined horses, the price of the animal is not affected, unless 
he is lame, since the disease is not discovered. •There are, at 
this day, thousands of spavined horses traveling our roads, in 
not one of whom would the most experienced horsemen the 
world ever produced be able to determine the fact so long as 
the animal lives. In all such cases no external enlargement is 
found, but, on the contrary, the limb is clean and smooth. In 
the absence of enlargement, or spavin-bunch, as it is sometimes 
called, on the inside of the hock-joint, horsemen are unwilling 
to believe that spavin exists. The books, indeed, teach us to 
look there, and there only, for it ; but the author's experience 
teaches him that the enlargement, where any exists, appears 
almost as often upon the front part of the hock as it does upon 
the inside. 

Spavin generally arises from a strain, jar, or blow upon the 
hock-joint, causing an inflammatory condition of the cartilagi- 
nous cushions which cover the articular surfaces, or points of 
union, of each bone, or of the ligaments which surround the 
joints and bind the bones together ; sometimes, indeed, both 
are involved. As this inflammatory condition is the exciting 
cause, spavin, or ulceration of the parts, speedily follows thi 



BONE SPATIPf. 



SOI 



neglect to remove it. When the inflammation is acute, tho 
synovial fluid, or joint-oil, is soon absorbed; the cartilages of 
the joint are turned to bone, and uniting, one with the^other, 
form one solid mass, destroying the elasticity as well as the mo- 
bility of the parts involved, and constituting what is called 
anchylosis of the hock-joint. This anchylosis, or union of bone, 
is not always general, there being in many cases but two, three' 
or four of the bones involved. When these changes are con' 
fined to the cartilage, external enlargement, or spavin-bunch is 
never found. This the author calls spavin without any external 
indication. ., 

When, however, the ligaments surrounding the joint are con- 
rerted into bony substance, external enlargement in all cases 
exists. When a low, inflammatory action is found going on 
within the joint, it is an evidence of ulceration, in which, in- 
Etcad of new bone being thrown out, as in the acute stage,' the 
natural bone is gradually decaying or rotting away. Hence 
arises the difficulty often experienced in the treatment of this 
disease. 

As symptoms, the horse is very lame on leaving the stable, 
but when he is warmed up the lameness passes off; the leg is 
drawn np quickly with a kind of jerk ; and there is a peculiar 
Lard tread, which can only be distinguished by close observa- 
tion. W^iere the bones are all united together, whether there 
is external efPargement or not, there is a peculiar twist of tho 
heel outwards, which is more readily observed in the walk, and 
which the author has always found an infallible symptom of 
complete anchylosis. 

Both spavin and ring-bone are incurable diseases. The 
lameness may be removed, but the disease, when once estab- 



I 



S02 



BONE SPAVIN. 



SPLINT. 



333 



iM 



'II 



lislied, cannot, because the elasticity, mobility, and function 
of the joint are all destroyed in proportion to the extent of 
the disease. The spavined animal, therefore, comes down with 
a hard, jarring tread. The removal of the lameness depends 
upon perfect union or solidifying of the diseased bones. la 

the acute inflammatory cases, nature 

herself unaided 
works this change, 
'^^and the animal re- 
covers from the 
^^ lameness with a 
stiff joint ; but in 
the second, or ul- 




THE HIQH-BRED PACINQ HARE POCAHONTAS. 



cerative stage, assistance is required. We, therefore, en- 
deavor to excite an active inQammation in the joint in order 
to overcome this ulcerative process, and induce new deposits 
of bone to be throw^n out. Many modes have been adopted to 
secure the desired end, some of which are of a most barbarous 
character. Sharp instruments have been struck with con- 
siderable force into the joint, creating a tremendous fire, 
which soon checks the ulceration. This practice, although 
often successful, is unnecessarily severe, and cruel in the ex- 
treme. All kinds of caustic applications have been used, 
many of which have destroyed both the disease ^d the animal. 
Blistering the parts, the action being kept up for three or four 
weeks, often proves successful ; firing is also practised ; setons 
in the hock are frequently used with advantage. The follow- 
ing ointment is recommended ; bin-iodide of mercury, one 
drachm ; lard, two ounces ; mix well together. Shave off the 



hair, and rub the part once a day for six or eight days • then 
wash the parts well with proof spirits. If the desired' effect 
is not produced, repeat it. 

RIWG-BOJNrE. 

This is a disease of the same nature as spavin, its locality 
alone g.vu.g it a different name ; the same alterations of strac- 
lure takes place ; the same termination follows, and the same 
treatment is indicated. Contraction of the coronary ligaments 
>s sometimes mistaken for ring-bone, and the poor beast is 
severely tortured in consequence. Contraction of this liga- 
n.ent produces a bulging of the soft parts around the coronec 
causing the hair to turn downward and inward upon the hoof' 
giving It much the appearance of ring-bone. As in all such 
cases the heels are pressed close and painfully together, thera 
>s great necessity of distinguishing between the two before 
any application is made. 



SPLIITT. 

This is an exostosis, or bony enlargement, arising from blows 
npon, or strains of, the splint bones, which are situated one on 
each side of the cannon bones and posterior to them. Splints 
are so common that few horses reach the age of eight years 
without having them, although they are not always visible to 
the eye at that period, having perhaps spread over a largo 
«"rface of bone, or become flattened ; which circumstance has 
g'ven nse to the opinion among horsemen that old horses are 
«ot affected with splints. This, however, is a mistake ; since 
asphnt once formed is never afterward removed during the 
of the animal. The nature of a splint is very similar to 



804 



CURB. 



that of a spavin, but its course is somewhat diCfereiit. When 
the injury is first received, the enlargement becomes quite 
prominent ; but, as time advances, it generally disappears from 
view, even without the aid of man, spreading itself between 
the cannon and splint bones, thus lessening its size externally. 
Splints are not regarded as unsoundness, unless they cause 
lameness, which rarely occurs, particularly if they are situated 
near the middle of the bone ; but if they are situated either at 
the upper or lower portions, or heads, lameness is almost always 
the result. This is easily explained ; the bone, it will be ob* 
lerved, curves from above downward and outward, so that 
the lower extremity sets off from the body of the cannon bone; 
the upper heads, where it unites with the bones of the knee 
and hock, slant or bevel inward, and as the weight of the 
animal is thrown upon them, the upper heads are forced out- 
ward, while the lower ones are thrown inward. By this 
simple arrangement a rocking motion of these bones takes 
place, so that at the centre there is very little mobility, and 
if the injury is above, it causes lameness in consequence of 
tension ; if below, from pressure ; but, if it is in the centre, it 
seldom causes lameness at all, though the injury is greater. 

When lameness occurs, the union of the bones should be 
hastened by increasing the inflammatory action ; this is best 
done by active blistering, which soon removes the lameness. 



CURB. 



This is a swelling on the back part of the hock joint below 
the cap, generally arising from a strain, or breaking down of 
the hock. Some horses naturally have what are called curb- 



BLOOD SPA\^N, ETC. 3^5 

hocks, though they are not always attended with any serious 
disadvantages. There is a nr«H!o„ •.• senoiis 

b mere is a predisposjtioa to weakuew which 
renders them suspicious. ' 

If the curb arises from recent injury, a little blood may with 
advantage ^ taken from the sephena vein running up the Lsida 
of the t .g ; cold water applications should belp' „;„; 
pa«s ; cloths wet with tinctu. of arnica, half a pi„t to a gallop 
of «.ter are very useful ; o, the following oiutment Ju be 
found of serv.ce: dry iodine, one drachm; iodide of potasl 
one r.ehm ; lard, one ounce , mi. well together, and us^: 



8TRINCJ HALT. 

Th^disease has never beea very satisfactorily accounted for 

hy veterinary authors. It consists in a sudden spasmodic 

ra.s.ng of the hind limb, though it is said to have'o^ uTea^: 

l.e ^re legs. The author has found, upon an examination a^t " 

each Of the hock-joint of several animals affecU^d wich ^ 

OS calcu, or bone forming the cap of the hock, where tha 
/>.r/o.a„s.e„^. plays over; inotherca^ the tendon has beet 
ou-ul almost entirely surrounds, with a bony case, which inter" 
f^red very materially with its action. He is i„e,i„«i. there^r 
to regard these as the general causes of the disease 

No treatment as yet practised has proved succesrful ; though 
there are recorded isolated cases of spontaneous cun,. 

T .^ constuute one disease, occasioned by an over sec "io» 
jomt 0.1 ,n the hock join, which cans, a distention of tha 



Hf - 



306 



FRACTURES. 



f 

II 



capsular ligament, ov bursa, presenting soft pnfiy swellings about 
the joint Blood and bog spavin appear on the front and inside 
of the joint ; while thoroughpin extends through from one side 
of the joint to the other. These diseases are so common and 
BO well marked as not to be easily mistaken. The causes are 
violent exercise, throwing the animal upon his haunches, run- 
ning, jumping, etc. 

As it seldom causes lameness, treatment is rarely needed ; if 
requisite, blistering, bandaging with compresses, and rest are 
the most successful. 



FRACTURES. 

Experience has established the fallacy of destroying eyery 
horse that meets with a fractured limb. Fractures may occur 
in any bone of the body, and yet a perfect union of the parts 
may take place, provided the fracture is a simple one ; com- 
pound fractures, even, are occasionally united. 

For treatment, the animal should first be placed in the most 
comfortable position, and the parts adjusted as nearly as pos- 
Bible, retaining them by proper bandages, splints, etc. Should 
the fracture be in the small or lower part of the leg, sole leather, 
softened in water and moulded to the limb, retaining it in place 
by bandages, forms a very good splint. 

Fractures of the skull sometimes require the operation of 
trephining, (explained under the head of Surgical Cases,) in 
order to replace the parts perfectly; after which the bowels 
should be opened, and the animal kept on moderate diet. 

Fractures of the pelvis, or haunch bones, will, in nine cases 
out of ten, become united by proper management, no matter 
how bad the crushing, and the animal may again be rendered 



DISEASES OP THE HEART, 



SOT 



serviceable. The author never hesitates to treat fractures of 
these bones in horses that are of sufficient value to warrant it 
Indeed, union of the parts in such fractures will often take 
place, even if the animal be turned into a field without any 
treatment; though, perhaps, more deformity will be left than 
if proper care had been exercised. The horse, if active and 
high-strung, should be kept upon his feet by tying up the head 
short for several days, and then the slings may be placed under 
him ; if this is done at first, the animal being full of fire throws 
himself off his feet, and all efforts to remedy the fracture will 
prove a failure. From six to eight weeks, according to the 
age of the animal, are necessary to complete the union of the 
parts. 

Some practical knowledge is requisite, in order to discrimi- 
nate cases of fracture of the limbs that are likely to be success- 
fully treated ; but fractures of the haunch bones rarely fail to 
unite, with proper management. Th^ animal should be kept 
on bran mashes, gruel, and green food during the treatment. 



-< ^■♦•4 



DISEASES OF THE HEART. 

Diseases of the heart are less understood by the members of 
the veterinary profession generally than any other class of dis- 
eases (with, perhaps, one or two exceptions,) to which horses 
are subject. This want of information in this country, is attri- 
billable to the comparative infancy of veterinary science, Iho 
obscurity of the symptoms by which these diseases are charac 
terized, the consequent confounding of them with other diseases, 



808 



rERICARDITIS. 



I f 



and to the comparative silence of veterinary authors upon this 
important subject. ^ 

Diseases of the heart in this animal are not suspected by the 
farrier, (shoeing-smith) or horseman ; yet they are by no means 
of unfrequent occurrence. During the session of the Veterinary 
College of Philadelphia for 1859-60, the author had then op. 
portunities of presenting to the class well-marked cases of disease 
of this organ, as also one very interesting case of rupture of the 
heart, or rather of the aorta, or great artery leading from the 
heart, at the point where it leaves that important organ. The 
latter case was that of a bay mare which had been used in an 
oyster cart ; she ate her feed at night as usual, in apparent good 
health, and was found dead in her stall the next morning. 



PERICARDITIS. 

This disease, as its name implies, is an inflammation of the 
pericardium, the bag or sac which surrounds the heart, and 
known to butchers as the heart-bag. After death arising from 
pleuritic affections effusions are quite commonly found within 
this sac, which are attributed to the sympathy existing between 
the pericardium and the pleura. The fluid is sometimes of a 
bright yellow color, while at others it is of a turbid character 
with considerable lymph floating in it, which collects in a mass 
forming a thick layer upon the internal surface of the sac, 
causing considerable thickening of its walls, and extending over 
the heart in like manner ; adhesions between the two sometimes 
take place. Percival mentions an instance in which this col- 
lection was converted into a substance of the nature of gristle 
of considerable thickness. This disease rarely exists alone, but 
is of a secondary character. 




^ PERICARDITIS. gQ^ 

The attendant symptoms are palpitation of the heart quick- 
ened respiration, sometimes accompanied with a drv'cou^h 
with a pulse quick, rising to sixty or seventy a minute, full' 
hard, and strong. "Mr. Pritchard, V. S., Wolverton " sav^ 
Mr. Percival, '' with laudable zeal for the promotion of our art 
so long ago as the year 1833, furnished the veterinarian with 
some practical communications on this subject, which we shall 
find It advantageous to revive upon the present occasion His 
observations relate particularly to the type termed IlyJrops 
Pencardn, which implies the stage of pericarditis when effu- 

sion is likely, or has taken place, 
and the membranous sac is sup- 
posed to contain watery 
fluid, and probably 
lymph as well. The 
symptoms of this af- 
fection, apart from 

^ pleurisy and pneu* 

THE E,D 0. PEKicARDiTis. m o u i a , Mr. Prit- 

chard informs us, are well-marked. They are palpitation of 
the heart, the carotid arteries (passing up the neck) beating 
forcibly and being readily recognized in applying the finger to 
their course in the neck. There is a good flow of blood through 
the jugulars ; a copious return of blood through the neck, when 
the state of the pulse is considered ; the surface of the body 
and the extremities are warm ; and these latter symptoms con- 
tinue within one or two hours of the horse^s death. * * * In 
addition to the above symptoms, there is such an expression of 
alarm and anxiety in the countenance of the animal w no other 
malady produces.^ 




-*.tf«WMiMiMM&«teriilM 



•^■.^■MBiMa^ 



310 



ENDOCARDITIS. 



OSTEO-SARCOMA. 



11 



I! 



ill 



There is no treatment as yet known by which this disease can 
be reached. 



CARDITIS. 

This is an inflammation of the muscular structure of the heart 
comparatively rare, or at least supposed to be so. 

In this affection the animal will be found lame, generally in 
the off fore-leg, but upon examination no cause will be found 
sufficient to account for it. This lameness may appear and 
disappear several times previous to the attack's manifesting 
itself in a more positive form, leaving the impression that the 
lameness was rheumatic. We next find the animal refusing his 
feed; his heart palpitates violently ; he occasionally gasps, and 
gnashes his teeth ; pulse full, hard, and quick ; there is a wild 
expression of the eyes ; respiration quickened ; mouth hot and 
dry ; and the temperature of the legs varies from moderate to 
cold. 

For treatment cold water should be frequently given ; take 
one drachm of white hellebore, and divide it into five powders; 
give one of these on the tongue every three or four hours* 
Bleeding has been recommended ; but the author has not wit- 
nessed any advantages from it, and therefore would on no ac- 
count advise it. 



ENDOCARDITIS. 

This disease, called also palpitation of the heart, or, more 
commonly, thumps, is an inflammation of the lining membrane 
of the heart, and is generally associated with pericarditis ; the 
inflammation readily extending itself from one part to the other 
in consequence of their proximity. 

The symptoms are a violent pa^itation of th^ bearti whicb 



811 



can often be observed at the distance of several yards from the 
animal ; pulse full and hard, but not quickened. Although 
this disease is regarded as incurable, we can still palliate the 
symptoms so as to allow of the animaPs return to work the 
next day. i 

For treatment, give one of the following powders every three 
hours ; of nitrate of potassa one ounce ; pulverized digitalis two 
drachms ; mix, and divide into five powders. Subsequent attacks 
may be warded off by keeping the bowels regular 



-<•>•» 



DISEASES OF THE HEAD. 



OSTEO-SARCOMA, 

This disease, called commonly Big Head, is not mentioned 
by veterinary authors in Europe, and so far as the author can 
learn, seems to be peculiar to the Western and Southern States. 
It appears, from the rather unsatisfactory accounts at the 
author's command, to originate in the osseous, or bony, struc- 
ture of the face. The bones become much swollen, and are 
represented as presenting a soft, spongy, or cellular appearance, 
the cells being filled with a substance like jelly. This appear- 
ance, however, does not correspond externally with several 
specimens in the author's possession, in which the external sur- 
face of the bones appears to be perfect, but very thin, and very 
much enlarged. 

The symptoms are a swelling of the bones of the face from 
the eye to the nose ; puffy swelling about the limbs j sUffnesi 



Z12 



INFLAMMATION OP THE BRAIIf. 



MiiSRI^. 



i ' 



i 






about the joints; pulse slightly accelerated, and soft; coat 
rough and staring, with considerable debilitj. 

The treatment nsaallj practised has been to make an incision 
through the skin and insert a small quantity of arsenic into the 
wound ; or else to score the face with a red-hot iron j which latter 
mode is said to huTe effected a perfect cure in many cases. 
Neither of these operations, however, strikes ns as being very sci- 
entiOc. The author's friend, G. W. Bowler, of Cincinnati. Ohio, 
has had some experience in tiie treatment of this disease, and has 
been very successful. The course pursued by him is to rub the 
swollen parts well once a day with the following ointment : of 
mercurial ointment one ounce, and of iodine ointment two 
ounces ; mix well together for use. Give internally at the same 
time one of the following powders night and morning : calomel 
one ounce; iodide of potassa two ounces; pulverized gentian 
root one and a half ounces ; to be made into twenty powders. 
The animal must be kept in a dry, well ventilated stable, and 
the body kept warm so long as this medicine is given. 



913 



INFLAMMATION OF THE BRAIN. 

This disease, known also as phrenitis, or, more generally, 
mad staggers, arises from various causes, such as blows, over- 
feeding and little exercise, too tight a collar, etc., etc., 

A heaviness of the head is first noticed ; an unwilling- 
ness to move about ; the lining membrane of the eyelids miicli 
reddened; appetite indifferent or lost; a peculiar dullness of 
the eyes; and finally, delirium or madness. The animal be; 
comes unmanageable ; beslavers all that comes within his reach, 
whether man, horse, or anything else ; and plunges violently 
tbout the stalls or wherever he may chance to be. 



As this disease Is occasioned by a determination of blood to 
the head, it is necessary to use the lancet ; this should be done 
freely, and that too before the delirious stage comes on, other, 
wise it cannot be done properly or beneficially. Cloths wet in 
cold water should be applied to the head ; or, what is better, 
bags of broken ice. Open the bowels with the following, made 
into a ball : Barbadoes aloes one ounce ; pulverized ginger one 
drachm; pulverized gentian root two drachms; mix with mo. 
lasses sufficient to form the ball. Give also injections of castile 
Eoap and water. Give no food for twenty-four hours ; but small 
quantities of water may be frequently given. After the recovery 
of the animal he should be fed very sparingly, and not exposed 
to the hot noondny snn. 

If the occasion of the attack be a tight collar, the remedy is 
simple and easj ; if from orer-feeding, the qnantily of food 
should be lessened ; but little is to be expected by way of 
treatment. 



MEOBIMS. 

This is a sudden determination of blood to the head, generally 
attacking horses while at work, or in harness upon the road. 
Those of a plethoric character are most snbject to these attacks. 

The horse suddenly stops in the road, shakes his bead, and 
sometimes goes on again ; at other times he falls in a state of 
unconsciousness, the whole system appears conrulsed, with the 
eyes wild in appearance and constantly rolling. 

Bleeding upon the appearance of the first symptoms gives 
almost immediate relief; after which the bowels mnst be opened, 
for which purpose give one and a half pints of linseed oil, or 
tte ftloei ball will answer ; brao mashes should be given for a 



su 



EPILEPSY. 



few days. These attacks may be prevented in the case of horses 
subject to them by moderate feeding and driving, and in warm 
weather by keeping the forehead shaded by a canvas or cloth 
hood elevated on a wire framework about two inches from the 
forehead so as to protect the brain, and admit a free passage of 
air between the two. The author believes tliat he was the Gret 
to introduce this hood, which can be attached to the bridle, and 
made as ornamental as may be desired. The use of hoods of 
this kind in very hot weather would prevent the frequent falling 
of horses in our streets from over-heating ; as the heat of the 
sun principally affects the brain in all these cases. 



VERTIGO. 

This disease generally arises from water in the cranial case, 
causing pressure upon the brain. The animal is generally 
attacked in harness, as in the preceding disease ; this arises from 
the fact that the exercise causes the vessels of the brain to be- 
come more active, fuller, and more distended with blood, and 
consequently there is greater pressure upon this sensitive organ. 

The symptoms are similar to those of megrims, with, perhaps, 
the addition of rearing, dropping suddenly as though struck 
with death, and rising in a few moments as if nothing had hap- 
pened, etc. 

The treatment mainly consists in keeping the bowels in good 
order J working moderately ; giving no corn, and but little hay. 



EPILEPSY. 

This disease takes its name from the suddenness of its attack. 
The animal is apparently in a perfect state of health, when sud- 
denly he falls to the ground, generally (as in the two preceding 



«TOMACH STAGOERS. 



815 



cases), while in harness, without any manifest cause. He re- 
mains in this condition for a short time, and then appears as 
well as ever; although occasionally a considerable degree of 
stupor is manifested for some time after. 

It may be occasioned by blows, wounds, and other injuries 
about the head ; water in the brain ; tumors ; violent derange- 
ment of the nervous system j worms ; constipation of the bowels ; 
plethora, etc. 

The same course of treatment should be pursued as in vertigo ; 
these diseases in their symptoms, causes, etc., being so intimately 
connected as scarcely to be distinguishable from each other. 



STOMACH STAGGERS. 

This disease arises principally from over-feeding. The animal 
appears dull and sleepy, with a disposition to pitch forward ; 
stands with his head resting against a wall, manger, or the likei 
or, if at pasture, against a tree ; if he is led out of the stable, this 
will be observed as an involuntary action, in consequence of 
which the head is often much cut and bruised by coming in 
contact with hard or rough substances ; there is constipation 
of the bowels ; pulse scarcely changed from. the usual standard ; 
as the attack is severe, the breathing becomes more and more 
labored. 

Blaine regards these symptoms as the first stage of mad stag, 
gers; but this the author deems a mistake, as animals that aie 
from this disease, having presented the above symptoms, scarcely 

have any very marked change in the cerebral region, or the 

brain. 

From the mode of treatment recommended by European 
Authors of high repute, the author infers that the attacks are 



W 



Ml 



816 



BTOMACn STAGGERS* 



less severe in this country than in Europe, or else that the 
severe treatment there practised is more injurious than the 
disease itself. The whole cause of the disease being apparently 

in the distended condition of 
the stomach from the presence 
-^ of undigested food, all food 
j should be removed from the 
manger, and none given for 
forty-eight hours. Give in- 
ternally the following ball: 
Barbadoes aloes one ounce; 
pulverized ginger two 
drachms ; croton oil six drops; 
mix with molasses, and give 
in the usual manner. Injec- 
tfons of soap ond water should 
be given, until the bowels are opened ; or, what is far preferable 
when convenient, tobacco-smoke injections. Two drachms of 
the extract of belladonna dissolved in a pail of water, given tQ 
drink once a day for a week, will prove beneficial. Bleeding 
in these cases is, as a general rule, unnecessary and uncalled 
for. Food should now be given very sparingly ; and no corn 
should be given at any time to the animal after such an attack, 
in consequence of its tendency to heat the blood, and produce 
a plethoric conditioQ of the system. 



AMAUROSIS. 



SIT 




BATIXO SCE5B. 



DISEASES OF THE EYE. 



AMAUROSIS. 

la this disease, called also Gutta Serena, or, more generally^ 
Glass Eye, we find the eyes bright and clear, with a peculiar 
glassy appearance about them not observed in an eye where 
vision is perfect ; although no alteration in the structure of the 
eye has taken place, yet the horse is partially or totally blind. 
A mere examination of such eyes would not enable us to pro. 
Bounce upon the blindness of the animal ; but if he be taken 
from a dark stable to a strong light, it will readily be detected, 
as the light causes no change to take place in the pupil. 

This disease is regarded as paralysis of the optic nerve ; in 
some cases yielding readily to medical treatment, and in others 
proving incurable. Horses are often sold with this disease 
upon them as perfectly sound, and the first intimation which 
the purchaser receives of his horse's being blind is his running 
against a wall-fence, post, or any thing that may chance to be 
in his way. It sometimes makes its appearance very suddenly; 
occasionally it exists in a temporary form as a sympatl.ctic 
affection, as in apoplcx-y ; it also at times occurs during the 
period of gestation, etc. 

Constitutional treatment only is likely to succeed in these case?. 
A physic ball should be given to open the bowels, composed of 
Barbadoes aloes six drachms ; pulverized ginger one drachm ; 
pulverized gentian root two drachms ; mix with molasses. After 
the ball has operated (which should be in twenty-four hours, if 
the aloes are good), give morning and evening half a drachm 



IP ' 



818 



MEiMBRANA NICTITANS. 



SIMPLE OPHTHALMIA. 



of nux vomica mixed in the feed. The author has never wiu 
nessed any beneGcial results from bleeding, although it is re« 
commended by some writers. 



819 



INFLAMMATION OF THE MEMBRANA NICTITANS. 

This affection is commonly called the haw, or hooks. The 
membrane affected is somewhat triangular in form, concave on 
the inner side, and convex externally. It is mainly composed 
of cartilage, or gristle, and is situated between the eye ball and 
the side of the orbit, at the inner corner of the eye. In a per- 
fectly healthy condition but a very small portion of this mem- 
brane is visible ; but when in a state of inflammation it bulges 
out very considerably. A portion of the membrane covering 
it becoming, as it were, folded upon itself presents a hook- 
like appearance, which has been regarded by farriers as a 
foreign substance, to which the name of *' hooks" has been 
given, and its removal with the knife recommended by thera. 
It so happens, however, that this membrane is placed in the 
eye, or attached thereto, to serve a useful purpose : that of 
cleansing the eye from dirt, or any foreign substance that may 
chance to get into it, which is accomplished by throwing it 
over the ball of the eye, and removing any obstruction. In- 
jury must result from cutting away any portion of this mem- 
brane, as its function is in part destroyed ; since the animal 
can no longer throw it over the ball of the eye with the same 
facility as before the operation was performed. In point of 
fact, wherever the hooks, as they are called, are cut out, it will 
be observed that whenever any foreign substance gets into the 
eye, the animal makes a spasmodic effort to throw this mem- 



brane over the eye ball, often failing to accomplish it; and 
thus the eye is rendered more liable to i..j,„y ever after 

Whenever this membrane becomes tumeQed, instead of cut- 
tmg It out, open the bowels, and apply cold water to the eye 
several times a day. If „,„ch i„aammation exists, bleed from 
the small vein just below the eye, the course of which vein in 
all thin-skinned animals is quite distinctly marked. 



SIMPLE OPHTHALMIA. 

This disease arises sometimes from a blow inflicted by a pas- 
«onate groom, or from some other external injury, or from a 
fore.g„ body entering the eye, causing such an irritation in 
that delicate organ as sometimes to terminate in blindness. 

The symptoms are considerable swelling and inflammation 
of the eye lids, their under surfaces being very much reddened, 
and the vessels highly injected with blood; there is also a 
cloudy appearance over the cornea, or transparent part of 
tne eye. 

For treatment, if the animal is in a plethoric condition, take 
"^ or e,ght quarts of blood from the jugular vein, regulating 
^^ jantuy by the action on the pulse ; otherwise genera! 
bleedmg should not be undertaken. The bowels should be 
reely opened with Barbadoes aloes, si., drachms; pulverized 

d. ohm, made mto a ball. Bathe the eye freely with cold 
wa er ; after which apply with a syringe either of the following 
2''es: laudanum, si.x drachms; rain, or distilled water, on: 
P t; mu the two, and shake well before using :_or, take 
"alf an ounce of the extract of belladonna dissolved in one 



• f 



■ fi 



■I 



320 



BFSCmC OPHTHALMIA. 



CATARACT. 



pint of rain water. Give internally one drachrar of powdered 
colchicura morniug and evening, in a bran mash; no graia 
should be given during the treatment ; corn should be especially 
avoided. 

BPECIPIO OPHTHALMIA, 

Inflammation of the eye, or specific ophthalmia, is known to 
horsemen as moon-blindness, from the influence wliicli the 
moon is supposed to exert upon it. This, however, is one of 
the many popular delusions which fill the pages of many use- 
less works on farriery. When a horse is once attacked with 
this disease, he is ever after liable to subsequent attacks, at 
intervals varying from one to si.x months, and generally ter- 
minating in blindness. This termination may, however, be 
warded off for a long time by proper management -, each sub- 
sequent attack rendering such a termination more and more 
certain, from the increased alteration in the structures of 

the eye. 

The horse may appear perfectly well, and the eyes clear and 
bright one day, and the next morning usually one eye will be 
found closed, more particularly if it is exposed to a strong 
light; little or no swelling will be observed ; the lining raera- 
brane of the eye lid is quite red, and the eye exceedinglj 

watery and tender. 

The causes of this disease are mainly attributable to heredi- 
tary predisposition, or to confinement in dark stables, and 
sudden exposure to strong light. Badly ventilated stables, in 
consequence of which the eyes arc continually exposed to the 
strong fumes of ammonia arising from the urine, as also hard 
work iu a small collar, are supposed to be excit-ng causes. 



32] 



Those cases require prompt attention, i„ order to ward off 
he senous consequences which otherwise are in store for the un- 
fortunate an.mal. The bowels should first be opened wit I 
purg.ng ban recommended in simple ophthalmia. Giv 
^as e o„„. and when the bowels are opened, give one 
th following powders night and morning on the tongue - 
pulverized colchicnm, one and a half ounces ; sahpet^ two 
ounces; ..wue into twelve powder. These wil/ last I 

bright. Use as an injection for the eye, tincture of opium 
one ounce; rain, or distilled water, one pint.-or, if „,ore con-' 
venient mi., half an ounce of the extract of belladonn 
one pint o water, and use in the same manner. If the animal 
.n a plethoric condition, bleeding will be found advan- 
^ eous ; he quantity to be regulated by the condition of the 
Hs . Place the animal in a cool, well-ventilated location 
free from any ammoniacal gases. 



CATAEACT. 

opihalm-""' "'"' " °" ""' ''" ^^^'"-"°- of specific 

I Klications of cataract noticed are one or more white 
pots making their appearance within the eye. gradually en- 
argmg, and at last blending with each other nnUI the anin 1 
ocomes totally blind. Xot much can be do.e in such ^ 

llth H " " ''' """""^ '' ""^ ''P'^^"^-" P-'-d 

pen he hnman eye. and known as "couching," is hardly ad- 

--bie, as the horse is forever after unsafe, being very apt to 



i I 



ll 



M. 



PI 



S22 



POLL EVIL. 



ahj at almost every object which he encounters, in consequence 
of his sight being but partially restored by the operation. 



WALL EYE. 

This peculiar appearance of the iris in some horses is not the 
result of disease, but is occasioned bwtbe absence of what is 
called the pigment, which gives color to the eye. This pigment 
is secreted upon the inside of the iris, and where it does not 
exist, the iris, or that part of the eye which surrounds the 
pupil (so called from its brilliancy) remains white. Percival 
says : " It is a remarkable fact that this variety of hue in the 
iris corresponds with the color of the hair ; bay and chestnut 
horses have hazel eyes ; brown horses have brownish eyes ; and 
very dark brown or black horses, eyes of a still darker, dusky 
brown shade. This curious relation is still more observable 
in human beings ; the diversity of colors and hues in their 
irides being infinitely greater than any thing we behold among 
any one species of animals. Cream-colored and milk-white 
horses have wall eyes, and albinos have red eyes ; in both which 
instances the iris is said to be destitute of any coloring matter 
whatever." 



MISCELLANEOUS DISEASES. 



POLL EVIL. 

This disease arises from blows inflicted upon the poll, or 
back part of the head, of animals whose blood is impure, or in 
ft morbid condition. Horses going in or out of stables with 



I'OLL EVIL. 



323 



w orways .^equentfy strite their polls; p„i,i„, fc„ek „po„ 
the halte, aud blows i.fl.cted by passionate groo.s ll 
-on, the excfting causes of this .nch dreaded eo„ pli 
1 same .jnries inflicted npon an ani.al in perfect he tU 
Beldo. cause any essential trouble ; but .hen L blood L 
..»orb,d condition, fistulous abscesses are for.ed, which a 
seldom curable by merely local treatment, even wh „ ted 
ease is treated iu its earliest stages 
The author has no faith in the seton, so highly recommended 
-^ case, but depends principally upon'constitu t 

od f : •" '"^ ^"^"°''"°" ''^ -"^'fo" of the 

b on T :: ""'""'^ ''''''''' "^ ^ ^-'"'^ »-• This may 

..e of L :il'^°'%"^^ "' '''''''-' -dicines. given ia 

u^ s s 7' «-''^-— pulverized, four 

P ds- : """' """•^ "'^^'' -« -^ - l-lf 

It t'wir T ""'''''"' " "' ^^ ^°™ ^ "•-' ^-' 0- 

Zn e I ' '•'''• '"'^"'"■"^ "'°^^' ^■^''' ounces ; soft 

soap e,ght ounces ; linseed meal, one and a half pounds mi. 
and dose as before • or th» r .ii • ' ^ 

pounds; sesqui-sulphuret 

of antimony in powder, 

one pound : dose, a table- 

Kpoonful twice a day in 
tlie feed. The sesqui- 
Bulphuret of antimony 
filiould never be pur- 
chased in a powdered "" RrNNixo stalliox americait bclips, 

«-on, but should always be procured in conical masses. 




I 



^^1 

•f 

.1 



4.; 






li 



I' ! 



324 






MELANOTIC TUMORS. 



If the abscess is soft and pointing, it should be ot^enedj and a 
solution of zinc, two drachms to a quart of water, injected 
into the opening once or twice a day. A saturated solution 
of corrosive sublimate is sometimes used advantageously 
though the zinc is much safer in the hands of inexperienced 
persons. The nux vomica, in half-drachm doses, is also used 
as an internal remedy with good efifect. 



FISTULA OF THE WITHEKS. * 

This is precisely the same as poll evil, its location alone 
giving it a different name, and requires the same course of 
treatment. Its location is upou the raised part along the 
back, and over the shoulders, known as the withers, and it is 
caused by bruises from the forepart of the saddle, and other 
causes. 



MELANOTIC TUMORS. 

Swellings are generally termed tumors ; but tumors proper 
are swellings in any part of the animal not attended by in- 
flammation, comprehending bony, fatty, fibrous, melanotic, 
etc. For their removal an operation is generally requisite, 
which should be left to the veterinary surgeon. Melanotic, 
or black tumors are, however, peculiar to gray horses, and 
operations upon this class would be of little use, as the entire 
system is usually filled with them ; where one is seen, manj 
more may be suspected. The author presented to the Boston 
Veterinary Institute, some years ago, a large cluster, fifty or 
sixty in number, taken from the abdominal cavity of a gray 
xiorto, aii uniied together by membranous attachments j and 



GLANDERS. 

there could not have been Ipco fu 

GLANDERS. 

This fatal and much drpnriorj ^- , 

continues so to do U , a •! ''°'^^' '""^ «"» 

ferent diseases art oft r '''' ""^'^^'""^ ' ^^^ - «^'r- 

detected b! I '" ''' "'"' ''' ^'"-h -"a^ bo 

utiectea by the competent practitionpr „„ • , 

condemned until thp «. P''»cft'oner, no mnmal should be 
cannot wel. be mist Lf^ "I- '""''" *° ^"•"^^^^' ^''^^ 
-nifested them™: The '"'''' ' ^""^ ^-'"P^^' ^^^^ 
moved and kept fZ ,f ":""''' ""''""' ''^^'^ ^'^ ^^^ 
The author a d^^i^ 7T ^"""" ''"' ""^ ^'"- 

-e.e or r..ade,prtL:: ;r:;: :; --7 

-"-eet;.Ti::;rr:thten:r"7 

quently been killed as g,a„dered • Id . "''" '"'■ 

--'.came under ..AJSsX IC: T ^''' ^^ 
billed as glandered. the cause of tie 1 ,;""""' "'" 

2Iling up of the fmntni • , difficulfj was the 

fa P the frontal sinuses hy bony deposits 

it IS necessary for the attendant to use fl,» . , . 
^^'- a^out a g,.ndered horse, as t .e is L t^er'"" 
-n-cated from the anima, to man by inoeutti t "^ 
-^ty-seven cases reported i„ the VcLinar „ o ' T , 
occurring in man hnf ♦ i, ciennanan of London as 

S man. but three recovered, notwithstanding th. 



H 

^ 



t 



I 



326 



GLANDERS. 



i! 



Utmost exertions of the ablest physicians that could be pro 
cured. 

The most common cause of this disease is the impure air of 
close, ill-ventilated, and filthy stables, ^vhich acts injuriously 
upon the organs of respiration, destroys the constitution, dc, 
bilitates the system, and renders it susceptible to the attacks 
of disease. Neglected catarrh, also, sometimes terminates iii 
glanders ; hard work and bad provender, together with sudden 
changes from exposure to cold and wet weather to hot stables, 
are likewise reckoned among the causes. 

The symptoms are, discharges from one or both nostrils, of 
a glossy, thick, gluey nature, frequently sticking about tho 
nostrils in considerable masses. This is a peculiarity which 
other discharges do not possess. This discharge is not always 
copious, as is generally supposed. The Schneiderian membrane 
of the nose changes to a dusky, or dirty yellow, or leaden 
hue; ulcers appear upon the membrane; a peculiar raising 
of the nasal bones will be observed, which the author has 
never noticed in any other disease ; the discharge is sometimes 
mixed with blood, and is often fetid ; and one or both of the 
submaxillary glands are swollen and adhere to the jaw bone. 
Too much reliance, however, should not be placed upon thia 
swelling, as it frequently accompanies other diseases ; but the 
character of the discharge, and the raising of the nasal bones 
are peculiarities not easily mistaken when the disease is de. 
veloped. As all the other symptoms will be found accom- 
panying other diseases, too much care cannot be exercised in 
deciding upon a case of this disease previous to a full develop- 
ment of the symptoms. 
All treatment thus far has proven a failure. 



FARCY, 



•>07 



FAHCY. 

This is rogarded by the author as an bcipient sta^e of 
glanders, or as a type of the same disease, and with proper 
management is curable. Experiments prove that the virus 
from a farcied horse will produce glanders by inoculation in a 
sound one, and that the glandered matter will i„ like manner 
produce farcy. There are two distinct varieties or stages of 
farcy: one, which is called button farcy, is altogether super- 
ficial, being confined to the lymphatic vessels of the skin and 
readily yields to medical treatment; the other variety make. 
.U appearance in the extremities, generally upon the inside 
of the h,nd legs, which become completely engorged , but the 
swelling is very different from the ligamentary thickening or 
from .edema, being very uncen or lumpy, excessively tender 
and painful to the touch. Small abscesses are formed, which at' 
first discharge a healthy p„s, but soon ulcerate, aod discharge 
a thm, sanious matter. These abscesses, or tumors, first make 
their appearance on the inside of the hind legs, and then oa 
the fore ones in like manner; the neck and lips come next i« 
torn, and they may afterward appear in all parts of the body 
when glanders will begin to manifest itself. 

By way of treatment, good wholesome food is all important 
Sulphate of copper in two-drachm doses, combined with one 
or two drachms of pulverized gentian root, will often prove 
successful ; corrosive sublimate, also, in ten or fifteen grain 
doses, night and morning, has often been advantageously 
used; the doses may be increased to a scruple, or even half a 
drachm, if the animal bears the medicine well. If the animal 
«s much debilitated, give calomel in half-drachm doses instead 



i 






328 



SCARLET FEVER. 



of the sublimate, or the sulphuret of mercury may be snb- 
Btituted. The use of arsenic has also been attenilecl with good 
success, but the author has been more fortunate with the 
muriate of baryta in half-drachm doses, than with any other 
preparation in use. All the tumors should be opened, and 
caustic carefully applied to each ; sulphate of copper, nitrate 
of silver, the per-manganate of potash, or the red-hot iron, are 
the best applications. The following ointment should be 
rubbed along the corded vessels once a day : blue ointment, 
two ounces; hydriodate of potash, two drachms; lard, two 
ounces ; mix well. Or, the red oxide of mercury, two drachma 
to the ounce of lard is very good. 



MANGE. 



SCAHLET FEVER. 

This disease, otherwise called scarlatina, has too frequently 
been confounded with farcy, notwithstanding the two diseases 
present very different symptoms. It is easily managed, yield- 
ing readily to medical treatment. 

For several days previous to any very noticeable symptoms 
being manifest, the animal is off his feed, dull and mopy, with 
mouth hot and dry ; slight or copious discharges from the 
nose, mixed with blood ; the Schneiderian membrane highly 
colored, and presenting numerous scarlet blotches, irregular 
in form, and containing a thin, reddish fluid; these blotches 
sometimes present a pustular appearance, but upon passing 
the finger over them, nothing of that character can be dis- 
covered ; the whole body is covered with similar spots, which 
sometimes require close examination to discover them ; in 
other cases, little pustules are formed, which break, and dis* 



323 



charge a thin sanious fluid of a reddish color and gluey 
nature; sweHings of the legs, sheath, and belly, are usually 
attending symptoms; the respiration is quick; the pulse is 
full and accelerated, and there is a disinclination to move 

For treatment, the extract of belladonna alone appears to 
be a specific in this disease. It should be given in doses of 
from one half to two drachms, dissolved in a pail of water and 
given to the animal to drink. No hay should be placed be, 
fore h.m ; soft mashes only should be allowed, until he is 
convalescent. This treatment, so sin.ple yet so effective, has 
been pursued by the author's friend. Dr. Bowler, of Cincinnati, 
and himself, for the last ten years, with uniform success, not a 
single case having been lost. It is true that the disease is not 
of very common occurrence ; yet during that period the author 
nas had over thirty cases. 

MANGE. 

Diseases of the skin are less numerous i„ the horse thau 
perhaps, most other animals ; a circnmstance doubtless arising 
from the great care taken of our better class of horses to keep 
I>e sk.n clean, thereby promoting its healthy action. Mange 
s .dent.cal with the itch in the human body, and is an infec- 
t'ous d.sease. the intolerable itching being caused by minute 
insects, called acari. They are first observed with the aid of 
a powerful microscope along the mane and the root of the tail 
causing a scurfy appearance of the skin. This appearance 
rap.dly extends to the neck and body; spots denuded of hair 
W.1 appear, which gradually run into continuous scabby 
patches. As the disease advances, it thickens aud puckers 



f 



1^ 



330 



MANGE. 



'f 



i 



} 



the skin, particularly of the neck, withers and loins. This dis- 
case is easily cured if properly managed. 

The natural history of these insects is not well known. 
They live only upon, or beneath, the skin of animals. There 
appears to be a distinct variety, peculiar to each species of 
animals. They live for a considerable time after bein<r re. 
moved from the skin, but for how long a period is not pre- 
cisely known. Accordino- 
to experiments made it 
appears that they can live 
in pure water for three 
hours; in strong vinegar, 
alcohol, and in a solution 
of kali carbonicum, twenty 
minutes ; in a solution of 
sulphuric acid, twelve 
minutes; in turpentine, 
nine minutes ; and in a so- 
lution of arsenic, four min- 
utes. When they are not exposed to such violent and de- 
structive immersions, it has been said that they will retain life 
for six or eight days. From a comparison of the acari of 
mangy animals, it is supposed that the variety peculiar to 
the horse can live for a much longer period. Mangy horses 
have been removed from their stalls, washed with various pre- 
parations, put into another stable, and completely freed from the 
effects of the disease ; but upon returning to their former stalls, 
or using unwashed their accustomed harness, the disease soon 
showed symptoms of its return. This fact accounts for the 
trouble experienced in curing this disease. The insect is 



SURFEIT. 




THE THKlili FUIEXDS. 



331 



rubbed off upon the sides of the stall, or dings to the harness 
again to come in contact with the animal 

For treatment, the animal should be stripped of all harness 
we washed with acetic acid, and turned into a loose b.' 
stall away from that in which he has been standing. If thi, 
course is adopted, one or two washings will generally suffice 
The harness also should be well washed, and not used for two 
or three months; nor should the horse be replaced in his 
ormer stall for a less period, and not even then until it ha 
been thoroughly cleaned and white washed. A wash of white 
ellebore and water has been much and beneficially used for 
|s d.,ease; and in inveterate cases corrosive sublimate ia 
s lut.on .s recommended, though there is some danger of its 
absorption ; if this should occur, the animal would q^te like y 
e estroyed. A mixture of sulphur, oil, and turpentine is 
.hly recommended ; but the author has never witnessed 
tiHr^ .-ities Of any of these preparations over the 



SUEFEIT. 

This disease appears all over the body in the form of pus- 
t . which seem scaly, and then appear to get entirely , e 
we f.esh ones make their appearance, and follow i^ th 
me course. The hair is rough, staring, and unhealthy i„ 
.arance; the legs sometimes become much swollen, and 
We IS genera, debility. This disease is supposed to arise 
'^om bad grooming, bad management, and unwholesome food, 
together with a general plethoric state of the system 
For treatment, bleed the anima, if plethoric, taking from 



li 






332 



STRAINS OP THE LOINS. 



i[ 



I' 



the neck vein from four to six quarts; in the absence of 
plethora, the lancet must not be used. Give a strong purgiiifi* 
ball, followed by one of these powders twice a day : saltpetre 
one and a half ounces ; flower of sulphur, two ounces ; black 
antimony, one ounce 3 mix and divide into eight powders. 



HIDE BOUND. 



This is a condition of the skin, caused by some morbid action 
in the system. Derangement of the digestive organs will in- 
duce it. The animal must be treated for the disease under 
which it is laborincr. 



STKAINS OF THE LOINS. 

Strains are of very frequent occurrence in the horse, in con- 
sequence, doubtless, of the great amount of labor demanded of 
him, which often taxes his powers to the utmost. These strains 
frequently give rise to serious trouble, rendering the animal 
unfit for work and often establishing an incurable lameness. 
Strains of the loins occur most frequently in draft horses, par- 
ticularly in those used in the shafts of drays or carts. Such 
animals on going down hill heavily loaded are very apt to be- 
come injured ; at times the injury is so great that the spinal 
marrow becomes affected, causing paralysis of the hind extre- 
mities, and rendering the animal comparatively useless ever 
after. When the injury is very severe, bleednig should be re- 
sorted to, if the animal can bear it. The following liniment 
will be found an excellent application for strains of all kinds: 
laudanum, gum camphor, spirits of turpentine, tincture of myrrh, 
castile soap, oil origanum, nitrous ether. 0/ each one ounce; 



LOCKED JAW. 



333 



alcohol, one quart ; mix all together, and shake well before 
usmg; apply two or three times as occasion may require. 



PALSY. 

This is a loss of power in the nervous system. General palsy 
is never found in the horse, it being always partial or limited 
in extent, and described under two heads, paraplegia and hemi- 
plcgia. The first is a paralysis of the hind extremities, which 
IS of very frequent occurrence ; it sometimes occurs as a sym- 
pathetic affection, in which cases it disappears with the other 
symptoms of the disease. The second form is a palsy of one 
Bide of the body only, and is of very rare occurrence. When 
paralysis arises from strains whereby the spinal cord is injured 
ft causes the most acute suffering, and the animal usually dies 
m a fovr days. When the pressure upon the spinal cord is not 
great, the animal is sometimes rendered useful for ordinary 
purposes, but very rarely becomes sound. 

For treatment, first open the bowels if they are the least cos- 
tive, and give internally one of the following powders night and 
morning; nux vomica, one ounce; pulverized gentian root two 
onnces ; Jamaica ginger, one ounce ; mix, and divide into twelve 
powders. Apply warm sheep-skins to the loins, succeeded by 
the following application : linseed oil, one pint ; spirits of harts- 
horn, four ounces ; shake well before using. Perfect rest and 
moderate diet are necessary. 



LOCKED JAW. 

This distressing malady, otherwise known as tetanus or tris- 
mus, is one generally arising from neglected wounds, such as 



M 



jf^i^fj^js- ^r^ i ^i-^r^vm 



334 



LOCKED JAW. 



are occasioned by a horse's picking up a nail ; in which case 
Ihe wound, instead of being kept open by the owner, or his 
attendant, is suffered to close up, in consequence of which, if 
there is the slightest disposition to ulceration, matter is formed 
tinder the horn or hoof, which develops the most alarming 
symptoms, usually in about two weeks after the wound hag 
healed. When locked jaw is the result of wounds, it is called 
symptomatic, or traumatic ; when existing without apparent 
cause, it is called idiopathic. The latter is said to be caused in 
some cases by the action of bots and of worms in^the intestines. 

The first symptoms observable are a stiff, straggling gait 
behind ; rigidity of the muscles of the jaw, completely locking 
the jaws together; the tongue is sometimes swollen, and con- 
siderable saliva flows from the mouth. As the disease pro- 
gresses, the muscles throughout the body become rigid; the 
animal turns as though there was not a joint in the body ; the 
nose is poked out, the nostrils dilated, and respiration disturbed ; 
the bowels are almost invariably constipated; on elevating the 
head, a spasmodic or flickering motion of the eye will be ob- 
served, exposing little more than the white parts. When the 
disease is confined to the head and neck, it is called trismus; 
when extended to all parts of the body, it is termed tetanus. 

There can scarcely be any principle laid down to govern the 
treatment of this disease, as cases have recovered under all kinds 
of treatment. The great object is to get the bowels opened ; 
when this is accomplished, the cases usually have a favorable 
termination ; but when the jaws are firmly set, the prospects are 
very limited. Give, if possible, by the mouth one ounce of aloes, 
ten drops of croton oil, two drachms of pulverized gentian root, 
and one drachm of ginger j make into one ball with molasses. 



RHEUMATISM. 



335 




"^MivS A MAZEPPA 

They left rne there to rny despair, 
I"nk d to the dead and stiffeniug xyretch.- 



If this cannot be given, keep a ball of aloes in tho m m .. 
action of which may be increased by add' "to " ' 

drachms of calo- ^^ _^ «y adding to the ball two 

mel, and omitting 
the croton oil. 
Give injections of 
belladonna, half 

an ounce dissolved 
in a pail of water. 
Opium has been 
much used, but is 
giving way to 
other prepara- 
tious. Give upon 

the tono-iin n^. u "'""'' '"^ ^^^ ^^"^ ^''^ «tiffeaiug wretch - 

I tongue every hoar t.ent, drops of the followi..! 2i^,, . 
Mrocyaiuc acid and tincture of aconite of p«.. " " 

mix, and shake, well together mJ , °"' °""'' ' 

^^ead to the tai, has succtdeJin! ^3!"^^^ ^ ."^ 

' "'' " " «"^" '" ^-- of f-m one to two drachms. 

RHEUMATISM 

Tln-s disease is quite common in the Western States Th« 

infl need b t " " ""'"■"" ^•'""*' '^"'^ ^ears to be 
"nfluenced by changes in the weather 

melr IT-T ':"" *'" '"' ""''' ""'^^-'^ -'^ «--d 

genuau root, one aud a half ounces j pulverized gfuger. ono 



Hi 
II 






1..' 



83^ 



HYDROCELE. 



ounce; mix, and divide into twelve powders; give one every 
night in the feed. 

The most successful treatment wliich the author has found 
when the above has failed to effect a perfect cure, is that 
recommended by Dr. Bowler, of Cincinnati, whose experi- 
ence in baffling this disease has been quite considerable. It is 
as follows : — if the animal is plethoric, bleed freely and give a 
strong cathartic ; follow every morning with one of the following 
balls : pine tar, two ounces ; pulverized gentian root, one ounce; 
mix all together, and divide into eight balls. Keep the body 
warm, and give no corn. 



CRAMP. 

This complaint occasions considerable alarm to the owner of 
ahorse, from the peculiarity of the symptoms. A horse is found 
to go suddenly lame, lameness continuing, dragging one leg 
after him as though it were dislocated or broken. Upon taking 
a whip and striking him, he will sometimes go two or three 
steps in a natural way, and then the leg drags again. Such 
instances have been pronounced fractures by the farrier, and 
even by the young veterinarian such a mistake has been made; 
indeed, there are instances of tlie horse's having been killed by 
order of the medical attendant. 

Treatment. Friction by hand-rubbing, and application of 
the liniment recommended for strains. Usually the animal will 
be found all right upon the following day. 



HYDROCELE. 

This disease commonly known os dropsy of the testicles, 
sometimes affects the stallion. It consists of a collection of 



SIT-PASTS. 



33T 



w V Y 

8ernm in the tunica vaainah'^ n. u 
"-. ..., bo „«, „,,„ „„ ,.„, 2°' II ''"•'"■ «' '"• 

tin. un...,!:,;: ' """' ^^^ ^-^^^ >'- ^^ thj 

Warts. 

•». or drop off- if I "^ ""'■•"''•" e«»"'lly mbked 

tl'e neck on each sido ti • ^ ^ '^'■°""<* 

''•matures bein,ll/'X'r"" '"' ''''''''''' '"^ 

-tire,, .estro, .ar. r t Z^T'^' 1 ^''''' "'" 
»ith a knife. ' ^ ""^y ^ •*"<''«'» 

SIT-FASTS. 

Several davslrr '" "^ '■""°''' ■ '"' ''^ P«"'''--"ff for 



11 



f] 



M 



1 1 



338 



MALLANDERS AND SELLENDERS. 



of myrrh applied two or three times a day will generally effeci 
a cure after the dead skin is removed. 



WARBIiES. 

These arise from bruises, which cause superficial swellings 
that sometimes suppurate. They should be freely opened and 
the matter well washed out. A solution of sulphate of zinc, or 
alum-water, is all that is required to effect a cure. 



SADDLE OB HARNESS GALLS. 

These are bruises caused by friction and moisture, occurrin^^ 
most frequently in warm weather ; the parts are rubbed raw, 
and sometimes bleed. The treatment is simple and effectual. 
Bathe the parts several times a day with one pint of water aud 
half a pint of tincture of myrrh. 



MALLANDERS AND SELLENDERS. 

These are scurfy eruptions of the back part of the knee 
joint and the front part of the hock joint. They sometimes 
occasion much pain, and lameness in consequence. They con- 
stitute but one disease, the names having reference to the fore 
and hind extremities; mallenders being applied to eruptions 
upon the fore extremities, aud sellenders to those upon the 
hind ones. 

For treatment, wash the parts well with castile soap and 
water, and apply the following : lard, four ounces, and Goulard's 
extract, one ouuce, well mixed. 



SURGICAL CASES. 



339 



ULCERATION OF THE UDDER 

bv'l" -IP ""'*"" "'^'"' '^ '''' ''^'^''^ -^-^^ - -used 
by the m,lk. coagulating in the bag, and causing inflamma- 

ion and suppuration. The udder becomes swollen, hot 

ender hard, and knotty. A flaxseed poultice should at onc^ 

beapphe when the abscess will soon be brought to a head, 

ts soft feehng. It should then be lanced, and the udder 
bathed twice a day with lard melted as hot as the animal can 
bear. Sometimes it becomes necessary to inject a solution of 
te sulphate of zinc into the opening ; but in ordinary cases 
the hot lard is sufficient, if properly applied. 



INFLAMED VEINS. 

The jagular or neck vein sometimes becomes inflamed ia 
consequence of being injured by a bungling bleeder. A swell- 
i..g IS first noticed, followed by a gaping in the incision in the 
neck, from which an acrid fluid oozes. 

I For treatment, bathe the part well with cold water, into 
Which a small portion of tincture of myrrh is thrown, and with 
tt purging ball a cure is soon effected. 



-♦ p- 



SURGICAL CASES. 
It frequently becomes necessary, in order to reliere the 
animal from some painful disease, to resort to operations in 
"nrgeryj this, in i^act, has of late years become an important 



340 



fiUaaiCAL CASES. 



h 



.' 



branch of veterinary practice. When it becomes necessary to 
use the knife, the animal should be spared all useless torture. 
In severe operations, humanity dictates the use of some anses- 
thetic agent to render the animal insensible to pain. Chloro- 
form is the most powerful of this class, and may be adminis- 
tered with perfect safety, provided a moderate quantity of 
atmospheric air is inhaled with or during its administration. 
Sulphuric ether acts very feebly upon the horse, and cannot 
therefore be successfully used. Chloric ether answers a very 
good purpose, but pure chloroform is preferable. In minor 
operations, the twitch, the side-hobble, or the foot-strap, is all 
that is necessary. When a horse is to be cast for an operation, 
force must be used for its accomplishment. The patent hob- 
bles have been preferred for that purpose by veterinary sur- 
geons generally, though the author prefers a modification of 
the cast-rope and the patent hobbles. This improvement con- 
sists in having a heavy, well-padded leathern collar, each layer 
burned in with rosin, after the style of the old-fashioned fire- 
buckets ; at the bottom of this collar a strong ring is attached, 
secured by an iron band ; through this ring the rope is passed; 
around the body a strong leathern band is buckled, which 
connects with the top of the collar by a cross strap, which 
keeps it in place ; a hobble band is placed upon each hind 
fetlock, through the D of which the rope is passed ; on each 
Bide of the collar a strong ring is firmly secured, through which 
the rope also passes, the ends of which are then pulled upon 
by one or two men on each side, and the animal let quietly 
down. The author is convinced by experience that this ar- 
rangement is far preferable to any hobble arrangement yet 
seen. It is a mistaken idea that horses must be cast for every 
Uttle operation; ia truth, but few operations require it. 



BLEEDINO. 



841 



BLEEDIU-O. 

Blo«dI.,„.s in former „„„ „, „,„,., „ , 

... /, , ' °*''^' "P"" that pulse must decide the anan- 

t^y of ,ood to be taken. The pu.se wi,, be found fo oil 

e ront margin of the masseter musCe. which muscle Zl 

^ sh, pans Of the head upon each side, called the cheeks. 

By following the front part of thi, 

muscle downward with the thumb, untl 

near the base of the lower 

jaw, and then passing 

forefingers under, or 

inside of the jaw, the 

pulse will be readily 

felt ; or, to point its 

location out with more certiint,r ir „„ • 

pernendionl-,.! r "'Y^'^'^t^' '^ ^^ ""ng.nary line is drawn 
r pendicu arly from the front part of the ear downward it 
w. I cross the point where the pulse is located and felt 

n a healthy condition the pulse beats from thir'ty-si. to 

or 7 ;-s a minute; variation above or below this L d. d 

d, atcs a morbid condition of the system. This fact sho d 

or„ .„ „,i„a .•„ the description of any disease. When 

^■eedmg ,s necessary, the neck never should be corded Z 

-ch .njury has at times been caused by this practic . \ 

^^ - requeue is to .iso the jugular vela by pressing „po 




1 



342 



NEUROTOMY OR NERVINa. 



ill 






11',- 



it with the fingers of the left hand, using the lance with the 
right. The old-fashioned mode of bleeding with the fleam 
and blood-stick is a bungling operation, frequently requiring 
several trials before bringing blood, the result of which is an 
inflamed vein. A more convenient, a more certain, and a more 
satisfactory method is by using a spring lance, made for the 
purpose, which never fails in bringing blood upon the first 
trial. It is so contrived as to straddle the vein of the neck, 
which keeps it firm, and prevents its rolling, so that it is im* 
possible to miss bringing the blood when it is once placed 
upon the vein and sprung. By this method of bleeding, the 
covering of the eye and the cording of the neck are unnecessary, 
and the operation can easily be accomplished by one person. 
After the vein has been opened, the blood-pail pressed against 
the vein will cause the blood to flow freely. When the desired 
quantity has been drawn, the vein must be carefully closed by 
passing a pin through the centre of the opening, taking 
up the skin upon both sides, and tying with hair from the 
mane or tail. The pin may be removed in about twenty-four 
hours. 



NEUROTOMY OR NERVING. 

This is one of the most important operations in reterinary 
practice, and one that has been much abused, not only in 
Europe, but even more so in the United States. Its useful- 
ness was first demonstrated by Assistant Professor Sewell, of 
the Veterinary College of London. The operation consists in 
cutting out a portion of the metacarpal nerves on each side 
of the legs, thus destroying the sensibility of the foot. From 
the instantaneous relief experienced by the auimal in all case« 



NEUROTOMY OR NERVING. 543 

Of foot lameness, no matter from what cause, an opportunity has 
been afl^orded to dishonest persons for imposing upon the public 
by availing themselves of this practice ; an opportunity, it need 
not be said, which has been freely used, and thus a valuable 
operation has been brought into undeserved disrepute. The 
cases likely to be benefited by this operation are few, and 
should be selected with great care ; otherwise the loss of 
the animaPs hoof may be, and often is, the termination of 

the case. 

t 

This operation j? recommended by veterinary authors in 
incurable cases of lameness of the navicular joint ; but suffi. 
cient caution is not impressed upon the mind of the reader, to 
enable him to guard against the fatal results which too often 
follow. 

In deciding upon a case for this operation, an animal should 
be selected with a foot as free from contraction as possible ; 
free from corns ; comparatively free from inflammation ; with a 
concave ground surface ; open heels ; hoof free from rings or 
roughness ; and no bony deposits within the hoof. In such a 
case, the operation may be performed with success. A horse 
that has been foundered should not, under any circumstances, 
be operated upon, as ossification of the laminse frequently foN 
lows such an attack ; nor a horse affected with ossification 
of the lateral cartilages, corns, or badly contracted hoof; for 
these are the cases where loss of the hoof is likely to follow, 
rendering the animal useless. 

After the operation has been performed, care should bo 
taken in driving the animal ; for it should be remembered that 
no matter what accident may happen to the foot, the animal 
is unconscious of pain. The feet should be frequently exam- 



li 



844 



NEUROTOMY OR NERVINa 



ined to see whether the horse has picked up a n&il, or other 
wise injured the foot ; for such injuries would otlierwise re- 
main undiscovered until too late to save the animara life 
or usefulness. The smith should be informed of the opera- 
tion, in order to guard against pricking the animal's foot in 
Bhoeing. 

It is necessary previous to the operation that the feet should 
be perfectly cool, which condition may be obtained by frequent 
bathings with cold water for several days previous. The horse 
is cast, the foot to be operated upon loosei^ed, and brought for- 
ward by an assistant, it resting upon a bed of straw. A verti- 
cal incision is made about two inches above the fetlock, between 
the cannon bone and back sinew, raising up with the forceps 
the cellular membrane, and carefully dissecting out the nerve. 
The precaution should be taken of placing the finger upon it, 
as the artery has been taken up and cut off before the mistake 
was discovered. Having fairly exposed the nerve, pass a curved 
needle armed with strong thread under it, and by carefully 
drawing it up and down the nerve may be readily separated. 
A sheathed knife is then passed under the nerve, and by a quick 
motion the nerve is severed at the upper part. After the strug^ 
gles of the animal cease, the cut nerve may be raised with tho 
forceps, and from one-half of an inch to an inch removed. This 
second cut causes no pain. The wound is then closed by three 
single stitches. After operating upon both sides in like manner, 
the animal is allowed to rise. Bandages should then be placed 
upon the leg, and kept saturated for several days with cold 
water. 



TREPHINIIfO. 



845 



lilTHOTOMY. 

Operation, for ,tone in the bladder of the I.orse hare been 
pracfsed since 1774, and in „,any cases very successfully I„ 
perfor..ng this operation, an ordinary scalpel, a probe-poin.ed 
b-sloury, a fluted whalebone staff, and a pair of curved forceps 
are necessary. The ani,„al should be placed npon his back .i'h 
the h,nd legs drawn well forward ; a whalebone staff is passed 
up the urethra, which n,ay be felt a little below the anus, „„ 
3nc,s.on, one and a half or two inches in length is n,ade directly 
»pon ,t obliquely to one side, cutting through the urethra and 
he neck of the bladder; the forceps are next introduced, and 
the stone remored ; after which the parts are carefully closed 
by means of the quill suture, which in this operation is far su- 
penor to the interrupted one, as it more effectually prevents the 
dnbbhng of urine through the wound, which always occurs with 
t e .nterropted one. and therefore causes a more speedy union 
Of the parts. 



TBEPHINING. 

This operation consists in cutting out circular pieces of bono 
w.th a circular saw, called a trephine, and is most generally 
performed «, cases of fracture of the skull, or face. The bone 
removed must be from the sound part contiguous to the frac- 
ture, so as to enable an elevator to be passed inside of the cra- 
«.al case, for the purpose of pushing back the broken bone to 
ns proper place, and removing all detached pieces. Tl.i, ope 
ration ,s also performed in cases of ozena, by removing a piece 
Of bone over the frontal sinuses, situated immediately between 
the eyes, >n order to expose the diseased parts at once, that they 
n>«7 bo washed with proper injections. 



1 

y 



346 



I 



TAPPING THE CHEST. 



TENOTOMY. 



This operation is practised for the purpose of strengthening 
crooked legs or sprung knees. It consists in dividing the flexor 
tendons, in order to bring the limb straight. There are but few 
cases, however, in which the operation would be of much service, 
and therefore care must be exercised in selecting such cases as 
are proper. It would hardly be proper in a young horse, as 
other means less objectionable often succeed. In old horses it 
would not be prudent, as their limbs are generally stiff and 
permanently set ; nor would it be successful in cases where an- 
chylosis or stiff joint existed, as is often found in connection 
with crooked legs and sprung knees. 



COUCHING. 

This is an operation upon the eye for the purpose of remov- 
ing a cataract from the axis of vision. A couching needle is 
passed through the sclerotic coat of the eye a little behind the 
cornea, passing it upward behind the iris to where the cataract 
is located, pressing it downward into the vitreous humor behind 
the iris, where it remains. This operation has not been very 
successful in the horse, by reason of the imperfect restoration 
of the sight thereby afforded, which causes them in almost every 
instance to shy at every object which they encounter, thus ren- 
dering them dangerous upon the road. 



TAPPING THE CHEST. 

This operation consists in passing a round, pointed instra- 
ment, sheathed with a cauula, into the chest, ia order to draw 



AMPUTATION OP THE PENIS. g^-j 

Off any accumulation of fluid that may have taken place in the 
viscus. The instrument is passed, after first making a small in- 
cision through the skin, between the eighth and ninth ribs but 
not too low down. It is pushed gently forward until it pene- 
trates the pleura, or lining membrane of the chest. The stellet 
IS then withdrawn, and the canula is kept In place until the fluid 
ceases to run. If, however, a large quantity exists, all of it 
should not be taken away at one time ; for the pressure upon the 
lungs having been so great, if such sudden relief is afforded 
nature, unable to accommodate herself to so rapid an alteration 
gives way, and the animal consequently dies. It should there- 
fore be taken away at one, two, or three tappings, as occasion 
may require. Good wholesome food should be allowed 



■ 

PEKIOSTEOTOMY. 

This operation is most generally performed for painful splints 
It consists in cutting though the periosteum, or membrane 
covering the surface of all bones, over the splint or node, which 
immediately gives relief. This operation requires the aid of an 
experienced man. 



AMPUTATION OF THE PENIS. 

This operation is occasionally called for in the horse, particn- 
arly m cases of paraphymosis, or protrusion of the penis, that 
Imve resisted all other modes of treatment. The operation as 
performed in England, is unnecessarily tedious, and not as sue 
cessful as it should be. It is only requisite in performing this 
operation to place a tv^itch npon the animal, and while he is 
•tandmg to take the penis in the left hand, and with an ampu- 



■^ "if 



848 



(ESEOPHAGOTOMT. 



HERNIA. 



349 



tating knife in the right to sever it at one stroke. The he- 
morrhage, although considerable, need not occasion any alarm. 
A piece of cotton or soft sponge, saturated with spirits of tur 
penline or any other styptic, and placed in the sheath, will soon 
cause the hemorrhage to cease. Fear of hemorrhage, may 
deter some persons from performing what may appear a bold 
operation ; but the author has not known a single operation 
performed in this way to have a fatal termination ; whereas with 
the English mode of operating it frequently docs so, beside, 
even if it is successful, rendering the animal useless for a muck 
greater period of time. 



CESOPHAGOTOMY. 

This operation is occasionally resorted to where any foreign 
substance, as an apple, potato, carrot, and the like, has lodged 
in the oesophagus, or gullet. Where such obstructions exists 
gentle manipulations with the hand should first be resorted to ; 
if these are not successful in removing them, the probang is called 
for, and in case of failure thus to dislodge them, this operation is 
the only remaining resort. It is not necessary to cast the animal. 
Cut down directly upon the swollen part of the throat, and re- 
move the obstruction. The wound may then be closed by means 
of the interrupted suture ; that is, by single stitches, at proper 
distances apart, allowing the ends to hang out of the external 
wound, which may be closed in the same manner. The animal 
should be kept on gruel for several days. If the gruel is seen 
to ooze out of the wound when he is swallowing, it should be 
carefully washed away with cold water. The parts should be 
syringed with a weak solution of sulphate of zinc, chloride of 
cine, or tincture of myrrh. 



HERNIA. 

By the term hernia surgeons understand a rupture, or protru- 
sion of some of the viscera out of the abdomen, forming a soft 
tumor. In human practice there are hernias occurring in all 
the viscera of the body ; but in the equine race they are confined, 
with rare exceptions, to the abdominal viscera, the inguinal 
hernia being the most common. This appears in the groin, and 
is a protrusion of the intestine through the abdominal ring, 
which in the stallion frequently passes down into the scrotum, or 
bag, constituting scrotal hernia. These hernias sometimes occur 
during castration in consequence of the violent struggles of the 
animal. In such cases it is best to administer chloroform at once 
in order to quietthe animal and prevent violent strugglings. The 
animal should be put upon his back, and one hand passed up the 
rectum, and one or two fingers of the other placed upon the 
scrotum, when by careful manipulations the intestine can gene- 
rally be replaced. If, however, a reduc- __ 

tion cannot be elTected, 

be n ecessary. 

The hernia should 

be exposed by 

cutting through 

the integument a 

little upon one 

Bide, and coming 

down upon the 

hernia, the finger 

is placed upon it, 

and a reduction effected by careful manipulation. Care should 

be taken that the nails upon the hand are trimmed close, in 




GOOD FOR HBAVr DRAFTS. 






M 



350 



KOWELING. 



naiNo. 



351 



order to prevent wounding the intestine. The wound should 
then be closed by means of the interrupted suture. A folded 
cloth should then be applied to the part, and retained by means of 
a continuous bandage crossed between the legs from side to side 
in the form of the figure 8. Sometimes the intestine becomes 
strangulated, constituting strangulated hernia, the reduction of 
which requires an operation as before mentioned. If, however, 
it is found impossible, then to reduce it, the finger should be 
passed through the opening, if possible, and a probe-pointed 
bistoury following upon it, enlarge the opening and replace the 
intestine. The same treatment as before indicated will be ne- 
cessary. 

Tlie symptoms of strangulated hernia are very similar to 

those of acute enteritis, or inflammation of the bowels. These 
may be regarded as the only hernias to which the horse is 
liable. • 

KOWELING. 

Kowels were formerly much used, but of late years the seton 
has superseded them. The rowel consists of a round piece of 
sole leather, cut out in the centre wound round with tow, which 
is saturated before using with digestive ointment. The skin is 
cut through, and dissected upon each side sufficiently to admit 
the rowel. This is used principally under the jaws and in the 
breast. The seton answers the same purpose, and is much more 
convenient. It consists in arming a needle made for the pur- 
pose with tape and passing it through the part desired, the 
Beton being saturated with the same ointment as the rowel. 






PIBIKO. 

The object in firing a horse is to produce an external inflam- 
mation where counter-action is required, as in spavin, ringbone, 
curbs, etc. The operation may be performed upon the animal 
while standing, by placing a twitch and side line upon him ; 
but if the surface to be fired is extensive, and the animal high 
strung, it is better to cast him, particularly where a number of 
oblique, vertical, or horizontal lines are to be drawn. Firing 
is not practised at the present day to the extent that it formerly 
was, and when it is practised every endeavor should be made to 
prevent, as far as possible, the blemishes which always follow 
the operation. Various forms of irons liave been adopted to 
accomplish this end. The author gives the preference to the 
feathered iron, which is brought down to a very fine edge, and, 
opinions are entertained by veterinary surgeons as to the ad- 
vantages resulting from deep firing as compared with those 
accruing from surface firing. In the author's judgment, if firing 
is resorted to at all, it should be done efTcctually. His attention 
has recently been called to a firing iron devised by A. Maillard, 
Esq., of Bordentown, New Jersey, which is the best adapted in' 
Etrument that has ever passed under his notice. It consists of two 
pieces of iron, octagonal in form, about one and a half inches 
long by one and a quarter wide, one piece containing five 
round-pointed projections, placed one at each corner and one 
at the centre, and the other four points, so arranged as, when 
fitted together, to fill up the intermediate spaces of its opposite ; 
both irons being used alternately on the same parts without ex' 
tending the surface fired. This iron will probably supersede 
any iron in use, and thanks are due to the inventor for his in- 









!i 



1*1 



S52 



TRACHEOTOMY. 

gcnuUy 5n producing it. rointed instraments have been befor. 
used, but far inferior in their arrangement. 



THACHEOTOMT. 

Tins operation is oecasionally called for in cases of strangles. 
M>en the swelling threatens snlfocation. as it is often the only 
„eans of saving the animal's life. It consists in muk.ng a lon- 
gUudinal incision throngh the skin immediately over the wn.d- 
Le and below the laryn.x, cutting through the cart.lag.nous 
rings (two or more, as occasion requires), and inserting >n the 
opening a tube of silver made for the purpose, through wh.eh 
the aniLl breathes, instead of through the nostrils. A c.rcular 
piece is sometimes cut out ot the windpipe in order to adm.t the 
Lbe more freely, which is certainly the better mode of perform- 
in. the operation. In a case of emergency, a p.ece of elde 
,vi"'lh the pith pushed out will answer temporary purposes. I 
should be well secured from slipping into the windpipe by 
mtSiM of a piece of string. 




n 




The Horse Tamed. 



mm^^it TMmMMs. 



p The <rvcat celebrity \vl)ich Mr. Rarey obtained 
in England and France, owing to his unparalleled 
f^P success in rendering the most vicious and un- 
^- governable horses perfectly tractable and gentle, 
has excited no small degree of interest and curi- 
osity among us, to ascertain the method which he adopts to 
secure such noteworthy results. To gratify this interest, as laud- 
able as it is naturJ, we propose in this place giving the leading 
23 (353) 



I 



J 



! 



r 



354 karey's method of taming horser 

features of his metliod, as gleaned from the various EnglisK 
publications bearing upon the subject, especially from the little 
work entitled " The Art of Taming Horses. By J. S._ Rarey." 
and edited by the Hunting Correspondent of " The Illustrated 

London News." 

It is needless to premise, that not every man can become a 
Rarey, by the perusal of this, or of any other treatise upon the art 
of breaking horses ; yet it is not claiming too much for this system 
to say, that by its use the large majority of horses may be broken 
more expeditiously, more effectually, and with far more satis- 
faction and pleasure to the breaker than by the adoption of any 
other now known. It is no slight gain, to be able to transfer 
the breaking of horses from ignorant, impatient, and disagree- 
able persons to those who can in every respect appreciate the 
noble qualities of the animal and who will therefore deal with 
him as his high rank in the scale of creation demands. 

The three fundamental principles of the Rarey theory are : 
first, that the horse is so constituted by nature that he will not 
offer resistance to any demand made of him which he fully com- 
prehends, if such demand is made in a way consistent with the 
laws of his nature ; second, that he has no consciousness of his 
strength beyond his experience, and can be handled according 
to ou° will without force ; and third, that we can, in compliance 
with the laws of his nature, by which he examines all things 
new to him, take any object however frightful around, over, or 
on him, that does not inQict pain, without causing him to fear. 
As to the first proposition :_the horse, although possessed of 
some faculties superior to man's yet being deficient in reasoning 
powers, has no knowledge of right or wrong, of free will and 
independent government, and is not aware of any imposition 



rarey's method or taming horses. 



355 



practised upon him, however unreasonable it may be. He can- 
not, consequently, decide as to what he should, or should not 
do, not having the requisite faculties to enable him to argue the 
justice of the thing demanded of him. Had he such faculties, 
taking into consideration his superior strength, he would be 
useless to man as a servant. If he had mind in proportion to 
his strength, he would roam through the fields at large, yield- 
ing service to no one. His nature has been wisely formed to 
be operated upon by the knowledge of man according to the 
dictates of his will, and he may properly be termed an uncon- 
scious submissive servant. This truth is verified in every day's 
experience by the abuse to which he is subjected. Any one 
who chooses to be so cruel can mount the noble steed, and run 
him till he drops with fatigue, or, as is often the case with the 
more spirited, falls dead beneath his rider. If he had the power 
to reason, would he not rear and pitch his rider, rather than 
suffer him to run him to death ? Happily for us, he has no 
thought of disobedience, except by impulse caused by the vio- 
lation of the law of his nature. If then, he is disobedient, it is 
the fault of man. 

As to the second : the fact that the horse is unconscious of 
the amount of his strength, can be proven to the satisfaction 
of any one. Were it otherwise, the light vehicle in which ho 
is placed, the slender reins and harness which guide and con- 
fine him, would be snapped asunder in an instant, at his own 
volition ; no hitching-post could restrain him against his will, 
no saddle girth .be placed around his body. These facts, 
made common by cvery-day occurrence, are not regarded as 
anything wonderful. Their continued existence serves to re- 
move us from all consideratiou of them. 



fl 






n 



Ki 



356 



rarey's method of taming horses. 



RAREY's method of TA^HNa HORSES. 



36T 



As to the third : there being:, as we know from a natural 
course of reasoning, some cause for every impulse or move- 
ment of either mind or action, and this law governing every 
action or movement of the animal kingdom, there must be 
some cause before fear can exist ; and if fear exists from the 
effects of imagination, and not from the infliction of real 
pain, it can be removed by complying with those laws of 
nature, by which the horse examines an object, and deter- 
mines upon its innocence or harm. 

A log or stump by the roadside, for example, may be, in 
the imagination of the horse, some great beast about to pounce 
upon him ; but after he is taken up to it, and allowed to stand 
by it for a little time, and to touch it with his nose, and. to 
go through his process of examination, he will not care any- 
thing more about it. The same principle and process will 
have the same effect with any other object, however frightful 
in appearance, in which there is no harm. 

These principles being taken as the basis, whatever obstacles 
oppose the proper breaking of horses are readily surmounted 
by the Rarey method, commencing with the first steps to be 
taken with the colt, and thence proceeding through the whole 

task of breaking. 

How to Call a Colt from Pasture.— Go to the pasture 
and walk around the whole herd quietly, and at such a dis- 
tance as not to cause them to scare and run. Then approach 
them very slowly, and if they stick up their heads and seem to 
be frightened, stand still until they become quiet, so as not to 
make them run before you are close enough to drive them in 
the direction you want them to go. And when you begin 
to drive, do not flourish your arms or halloo, but gently fol- 



lovv them, leaving the direction open that you wish them to 
take. Thus taking advantage of their ignorance, you will be 
able to get them into the pound as easily as the hunter drives 
the quails into his net. For, if they have always run in the 
pasture uncared for (as many horses do in prairie countries 
jand on large plantations), there is no reason why they should 
not be as wild as the sportman^s birds, and require the same 
gentle treatment, if you want to get them without trouble ; 
for the horse, in his natural state is as wild as a stag, or any 
of the undomesticated animals, though more easily tamed. 

How TO Stable a Colt without trouble.— The next step 
will be, to get the horse into a stable or shed. This should 
be done as quietly as possible, so as not to excite any sus- 
picion in the horse of any danger befalling him. The best 
way to do this is to lead a broken horse into the stable first, 
and hitch him, then quietly walk around the colt and let hiiu 
go in of his own accord. This should be undertaken slowly 
and considerately, as one wrong move may "frighten your 
horse, and make him think it necessary to escape at all haz- 
ards for the safety of his life— and thus make two hours^ work 
of a ten minutes' job; and this would be all your own fault, 
and entirely unnecessary— /or he will not run unless you run 
after him, and thai would not he good policy unless you knew 
(hat you could outrun him, for you will have to let him stop 
of his oivn accord after all. But he will not try to break 
away unless you attempt to force him into measures. If he 
does not see the way at once, and is a little fretful about 
going in, do not undertake to drive him, but give him a little 
less room outside, by gently closing in around him. Do not 
raise your arms, but let them hang at your side, for you might 
as well raise a club : the horse has never studied anatomy, 



358 



rarey's method op taming horses. 



a7id does not know but that they will unhinge themselves and 
fiy at him. If he attempts to turn back, walk before him, 
but do not run ; if he gets past 3^ou, encircle him again in the 
same quiet manner, and he will soon find that you are not 
going to hurt him ; and then you can walk so close around 
him that he will go into the stable for more room, and to get 
further from you. As soon as he is in, remove the quiet 
horse and shut the door. This will be his first notion of con- 
finement — not knowing how he got into such a place, nor how 
to get out of it. That he may take it as quietly as possible, see 
that the shed is entirely free from dogs, chickens, or anything 
that would annoy him. Then give him a few ears of corn, 
and let him remain alone fifteen or twenty minutes, until he 
has examined his apartment, and become reconciled to his 

confinement. 

While he is eating, see that your 
halter is ready and all right, and de- 
termine for yourself the best mode of 
operation. Always use a leather hal- 
ter, and be sure to have it made so 
that it will not draw tight around his 
nose if he pulls on it. It should be of 
the right size to fit his head easily and 
nicely, so that the nose-band will not 
be too tight or too loose. Never put 
a rope halter on an unbroken colt, 
BRIDLE WITH A wooDEx oAo- u n d e r auy circumstances whatever. 

BIT F0» CONQUERING VICIOUS _. , , , 

HORSES. Rope halters have caused more horses 

to hurt or kill themselves than would pay for twice the cost 
cf all the leather halters that have ever been used for the 




rarey's method of taming horses. 



359 



purpose of breaking colts. It is almost impossible to break 
a colt that is very wild with a rope halter, without having him 
pull, rear, and throw himself, and thus endanger his life ; and 
this, because it is just as natural for a horse to try to get his 
head out of anything that hurts it, or feels unpleasant, as it 
would be for you to try to get your hand out of a fire. The 
cords of the rope are hard and cutting ; this makes hira raise 
his head and draw on it, and as soon as he pulls, the slip noose 
(the way rope halters are always made) tightens, and pinches 
his nose, and then he will struggle for life, until, perchance, he 
throws himself. But this is not the worst. A horse that has 
once pidled on his halter can never be as well broken as one 
that has never pulled at all. 

Before anything more is attempted with the colt, some of 
the characteristics of his nature must be noticed, that his 
motions may be better understood. Every one that has ever 
paid any attention to the horse, has noticed his natural in- 
clination to smell everything which to him looks new and 
frightful. This is their strange mode of examining everything. 
And when they are frightened at anything, though they look 
at it sharply, they seem to have no confidence in their eyesight 
alone, but must touch it with their nose before they are en- 
tirely satisfied ; and, as soon as they have done that, all seems 
right. • 

If you want to satisfy yourself of this characteristic of the 
horse, and to learn something of importance concerning the 
peculiarities of his nature, etc., turn him into the barn yard, 
or a large stable will do, and then gather up something that 
you know will frighten him — a red blanket, buff*alo robe, or 
something of that kind. Hold it up so that he can see it, ho 



360 



rarey's method of taming horses. 



rarey's method op taming horses. 



361 




will stick np his head and snort. Then throw it clown Bome« 
where in the centre of the lot or barn, and walk off to ono 
side. Watch his motions, and study his nature. If he is 
frightened at the object, he will not rest until he has touched 

it with his nose. He will 
begin to walk around the 
robe and snort, all the time 

»rRAF FOR THE niunr FORE T^See pajfcs ^Ctt»"ff » ^^^tlc closcr. Until 

^^•^^^•^ he finally gets within reach 

of it. He will then rcry cautiously stretch out his neck 
as far as he can reach, merely touching it with his nose, as 
though he thought it was ready to fly at him. But after ho 
has repeated these touches for a few tinies, for the first time 
(though he has been looking at it all the while) he seems to 
have an idea of what it is. When he has found, by the sense 
of feeling, that it is nothing that will do hrra any harm, he is 
ready to play with it. If you watch him closely, you will see 
him take hold of it with his teeth, and raise it up, and pull at 
it ; and in a few minutes you can see that he has not that same 
wild look about his eye, but that he stands like a horse biting 
at some familiar stump. 

Yet the horse is never so well satisfied wnen he is about any- 
thing that has frightened him, as when he is standing with his 
nose to it ; and in nine cases out of ten, you will see some of that 
same wild look about him again, as he turns to walk from it. 
You will, probably, see him looking back very suspiciously as 
he walks away, as though he thought it might come after him 
yet. In all probability he will have to go back and make 
another examination before he is satisfied ; but he will familiar- 
ize himself with it, and if he should run ia that field for u few 



days, the robe that frightened him so much at first willT^e no 
more to him than a familiar stumji. 

It might very naturally be supposed from the fact of the 
horse's applying his nose to everything new to him, that he 
always does so for the purpose of smelling these objects ;- but 
it is as much or more for the purpose of feeling, and he makes 
use of his nose, or muzzle (as it is sometimes called), as wo 
would of our hands ; because" it is the only organ by which ho 
can touch or feel anything with much susceptibility. 

lie invariably makes use of the four senses — seeing, hear- 
ing, SMELLING, and FEELING — in all of his examinations, of 
which the sense of feeling is, perhaps, the most important. In 
the experiment with the robe, his gradual approach and final 
touch with his nose was as much for the purpose of feeling as 
anything else, his sense of smell being so keen that it would 
not be necessary for him to touch his nose against anything 
in order to get the proper scent ; for it is said that a horse 
can smell a man at a distance of a mile. Besides, if the scent 
of the robe was all that was necessary, he could get that 
several rods off; whereas, we know from experience, that if a 
horse sees and smells a robe a short distance from him, he is 
very much frightened (unless he is used to it) until he touches 
or feels it with his nose ; which is a positive proof that feeling 
is the controlling sense in this case. 

It is a prevalent opinion among horsemen generally that 
the sense of smell is the governing sense of the horse ; and 
with that view many receipts of strong-smelling oils, etc., 
have been concocted in order to tame him. Ail of these as 
far as the scent goes, have no effect whatever in taming him, or 
conveying any idea to his mind ; though the acts that accom- 



362 



rarey's method oe taming horses. 




pany these efforts — handling him, touching him about the 
nose and head, and patting him, as you are directed to do, 
after administering the articles, may have a very great effect 
which is mistaken for the effect of the ingredients used. 

Approaching a Colt. — In order to take horses as we 
find them, of all kinds, and to train them to our liking, we 
should always take with us, when we go into a stable to train 

a colt, a long switch whip 
(whalebone buggy whips are 
the best) with a good silk 
cracker, so as to cut keenly 
and make a sharp report. 
STRAP FOR THE OFF FORE LEO. (See p. 370.) Thls, If haudlcd wlth dcxtcr- 
ity, and rightly applied, accompanied with a sharp, fierce word, 
will be sufficient to enliven the spirits of any horse. With 
this whip in your right hand, with i. ^ lash pointing backward, 
enter the stable alone. It is a great disadvantage in training 
a horse to have any one in the stable with you ; you should be 
entirely alone, so as to have nothing but yourself to attract 
his attention. If he is wild, you will soon see him on the 
opposite side of the stable from you ; and now is the time to 
use a little judgment. 

Accordingly, when you have entered the stable, stand still, 
and let your horse look at you a minute or two, and as soon 
as he is settled in one place, approach him slowly, with both 
arms stationary, your right hanging by your side, holding the 
whip as directed, and the left bent at the elbow, with your 
hand projecting. As you approach him, go not too much 
toward his head or croup, so as not to make him move either 
forward or backward, thus keeping your horse stationary ; if 



rarey's method of taming horses. 



S63 



he does move a little either forward or backward, step a little 
to the right or left very cautiously ; this will keep him in one 
place. As you get very near him, draw a little to his shoulder, 
and stop a few seconds. If you are in his reach he will turn 
his head and smell your hand, not that he has any preference 
for your hand, but because that is projecting, and is the nearest 
portion of your body to the horse. This all colts will do, 
and they will smell your naked hand just as quickly as they 
will of anything that you can put in it. 

As soon as he touches your hand with his nose, caress him 
as before directed, always using a very light, soft hand, merely 
touching the horse, always rubbing the way the hair lies, so 
that your hand will pass along as smoothly as possible. As 
you stand by his side, you may find it more convenient to rub 
his neck or the side of his head, which will answer the same 
purpose as rubbing his forehead. Favor every inclination of 
the horse to smell or touch you with his nose. Always follow 
each touch or communication of this kind with the most tender 
and affectionate caresses, accomjyanied with a kind look, and 
pleasant word of some sort, such as, '' Ho I my little boy— -ho ! 
my little boy I'^ "Pretty boy I" "Nice lady !'' or something of 
that kind, constantly repeating the same words, with the same 
kind, steady tone of voice ; for the horse soon learns to read the 
expression of the face and voice, and will know as well when 
fear, love, or anger prevails, as you know your own feelings ; 
two of which, fear and anger, a good horseman should never 
feel. 

If your horse, instead of being wild, seems to be of a stub- 
born or mulish disposition ; if he lays back his ears as you ap- 
proach him, or turns his heels to kick you, he has not that regard 



864 



rarey's method op taming horses. 



or fear of man that he should have, to enable you to handk nlin 
quickly and easily ; and it might be well to give him a few sharp 
cuts with the whip, about the legs, pretty close to the body. It 
will crack keenly as it plies around his legs, and the crack of 
the whip will affect him as much as the stroke ; besides, one 
sharp cut about his legs will affect him more than two or three 
over his back, the skin on the inner part of his legs or about his 
flank being thinner, more tender, than on his back. Do not 
whip him much — just enough to frighten him ; it is not because 
we want to hurt the horse that we whip him — we only do it to 
frighten vice and stubbornness out of him. Whatever you do, 
do quickly, sharply, and with a good deal of fire, but always 
without anger. If you are going to frighten him at all, you 
must do it at once. Never go into a pitched battle with your 
horse, and whip him until he is mad and will fight you ; it would 
be better not to touch him at all, for you will establish, instead 
of fear and respect, feelings of resentment, hatred, and ill-will. 
If you can succeed in frightening him, 3^ou can whip him with- 
out making him mad ; for fear and anger never exist together 
in the horse, and as soon as one is visible, the other disappears. 
After you have frightened him, so that he will stand up straight 
and pay some attention to you, approach him again, and caress 
him a good deal more than you whipped him ; then you will 
excite the two controlling passions of his nature, love and fear, 
and as soon as he learns what you require, he will obey quickl}'. 
How TO Halter and Lead a Colt. — As soon as you have 
tamed the colt a little, take the halter in your left hand, and 
approach him as before, and on the same side that you have 
tamed him. If he is very timid about your approaching closely 
to him, you can get up to him quicker by making th^ >'hip a 



RArey's method of taming horses. 365 

part of your arm, and reaching out very gently with the butt end 
of it, rubbing him lightly on the neck, all the time getting a 
little closer, shortening the whip by taking it up in your hand, 
until you finally get close enough to put your hands on him! 
If he is inclined to hold his head from you, put the end of the 
halter-strap around his neck, drop your whip, and draw very 
gently; he will let his neck give, and you can pull his head to 
you. Then take hold of that part of the halter which buckles 
over the top of his head, and pass the long side, or that part 
Which goes into the buckle, under his neck, grasping it on the 
opposite side with your right hand, letting the first strap loose 
—the halter will be sufficient to hold his head to you. Lower 
the halter a little, just enough to get his nose into that part 
which goes around it ; then raise it somewhat, and fasten the 
top buckle, and you will have it all right. The first time you 
halter a colt you should stand on the left side, pretty well back 
to his shoulder, only taking hold of that part of the halter that 
goes around his neck ; then with your two hands about his neck 
•you can hold his head to you, and raise the halter on it without 
making him dodge by putting your hands about his nose. You 
should have a long rope or strap ready, and as soon as vou have 
the halter on, attach this to it, so that you can let him walk the 
length of the stable without letting go of the strap, or without 
making him pull on the halter, for if you only let him feel the 
weight of your hand on the halter, and give him rope when he 
runs from you, he will never rear, pull, or throw himself, yet you 
will be holding him all the time, and doing more toward gent- 
ling him than if you had the power to snub him right up, and 
hold him to one spot ; because he does not know anything about 
his strength, and if you don't do anythin- to make him pull, he 



366 



rarey's method of taming horses. 



will never Ivnow that he can. In a few minutes you can begin 
to control him with the halter ; then shorten the distance be- 
tween yourself and the horse by taking up the strap in your 
hand. 

As soon as he will allow you to hold him by a tolerably short 
Btrap, and to step up to him without flying back. You can 

begin to give him some 
idea about leading. 
But to do this, do not 
go before and attempt 
to pull him after you, 
but commence by pull- 
ing him very quietly 
to one side. lie has 
nothing to brace either 
side of his neck, and 
will soon yield to a 
steady, gradual pull of the halter ; and as soon as you have pulled 
him a step or two to one side, step up to him and caress him, and 
then pull him again, repeating this operation until you can pull 
him around in every direction, and walk about the stable with 
him, which you can do in a few minutes, for he will soon think 
when you have made him step to tiie right or left a few times, 
that he is compelled to follow the pull of the halter, not know- 
ing that he has the power to resist your pulling ; besides, you 
have handled him so gently that he is not afraid of you, and 
you always caress him when he comes up to you, and he likes 
that, and would just as lief follow you as not. After he has 
had a few lessons of that kind, if you turn him out in a field, he 
will come up to you every opportunity he gets. 




TAMiNO THE HORSE. (See page 368.) 



KAREY'S METHOD OF TAMING HORSES. S67 

Toa should lead him about in the stall some time before you 

"J on. „.„di„„ „.;.'" '""■ , ^'"'' '"<'"'■> »»' even b. 

How TO Tie up a Oott tp 
1,; • , ^OLT.— If you want to tie up vour colt nnt 

j: : '""*'"' "'"■' "•"■ "■■«'• "-""».'« i.o » , ; 

connected by a bar or soracthinj? of that tinr] f. .i 
ranu.on behind it; so that, after the colt .^ in can ^o f 
enouffh hnr>?' frv + i "t cannot go far 

then b t I " ''"'""'' ''''^'^"•'*'-'^ P"" - the halter- 

b. or h.m to pull ou the halter, the partition behind prev L 
J"g hira from go ne back nnri th^ i u • I'revent- 

I'im ererv tin,! I ! ' ' ''""" "' "'^ «"'r« checking 

m erery time he turns to the right or left. In a stall of thi! 

^.nd you can break any horse to stand tied with a uZ^^ 

ZT' T'^ ^'-^ -" ^"owin, anything abou u it!' 
ror you have broken your horse to lead, and have ta 1 

you bach hun to anything), you can hitch him in any kind of 



868 



rarey's method of taming horses. 



a stall, and if you give him something to eat to keep him up td 
his place for a few minutes at first, there is uot one colt in fif:j 
that will pull on his halter. 

How TO Tame a Horse. — Take up one fore-foot and bend 
his knee till his hoof is bottom upward, and nearly touching 
his body; then slip a loop over his knee, and up until it comes 
above the pastern-joint, to keep it up, being careful to draw the 
loop together between the hoof and pastern-joint with a second 
strap of some kind to prevent the loop from slipping down and 
coming off. This will leave the horse standing on three legs ; 
you can now handle him as you wish, for it is utterly impossible 
for him to kick in this position. There is something in this 
operation of taking up one foot, that conquers a horse quicker 
and better than anything else you can do to him. There is no 
process in the world equal to it to break a kicking horse, as 
there is a principle of this kind in his nature that by conquer- 
ing one member, you conquer, to a great extent, the whole 

horse. 

This will conquer liira better than anything you could do, 
and without any possible danger of hurting himself or you 
either, for you can tie up his foot and sit down and look at him 
until he gives up. When you find that he is conquered, go to 
him, let down his foot, rub his leg with your hand, caress him, 
and let him rest a little ; then put it up again. Repeat this a 
few times, always putting up the same foot, and he will soon 
learn to travel on three legs, so that you can drive him some 
distance. As soon as he gets a little used to this way of tra- 
veling, put on your harness, and hitch him to a sulky. If ho 
Is the worst kicking horse that ever raised a foot, you need not 
be fearful of his doing any damage while he has one foot up, 



rarey's method or taming horses. 369 

for he cannot kick, neither can he run fast enough to do any 
harm. And if he is the wildest horse that ever had harness on, 
and has run away every time he has been hitched, you can now 
hitch him in a sulky, and drive him as you please. If he wants 
to run, you can let him have the lines, and the whip too, with 
perfect safety, for he can go but a slow gait on three legs, and 
will soon be tired, and willing to stop ; only hold him Tn'ough 
to guide him in the right direction, and he will soon be tired 
and willing to stop at the word. Thus you will effectually cure 
him at once. of any further notion of running off Kicking 
horses have always been the dread of everybody; but by this 
new method you can harness them to a rattling sulky, plough, 
wagon, or an3itliing else in its worst shape. They may be 
frightened at first, but cannot kick, or do anything to hurt them- 
selves, and will soon find that you do not intend to hurt them 
and then they will not care anything more about it. You can 
then let down tlie leg and drive along gently without any further 
trouble. By this new process a bad kicking horse can be taught 
to go gentle in harness in a few hours^ time. 

How TO Make a Horse lie down.^To make a horse lie 
down, bend his left fore-leg and slip a loop over it, so that he 
cannot get it down. Then put a surcingle round his body, and 
fasten one end of a long strap around the other fore- leg,' just 
above the hoof. Place the other end under the before-described 
surcingle, so as to keep the strap in the right direction ; take 
a short hold of it with your riglit hand ; stand on the left side 
of the horse, grasp the bit in your left hand, pull steadily on the 
Btrap with your right; bear against his shoulder till you cause 
him to move. As soon as he lifts his weight, your pulling will 
raise the other foot, and he will have to come on his knees. 
24 



i 



' 

' 



I 



■*'WKlSiS%«tv','Jt*!^ 



370 



raret's method op taming horsesl 



rarey's method of taming horses. 



sn 




Keep the strap tight in your hand, so that he cannot straightcB 
his leg if he rises up. Hold him in this position, and turn his 

head toward you ; bear against his side with 
your shoulder, not bard, but with a steady, 

equal pressure, and in 
about ten minutes he 
will lie down. As soon 
as he lies down, he will 
be CO mpletely con- 
quered, and you can 
handle him as you 
please. Take off the 
TBACffiKQ THE HORSE TO LIE Dowv strapsj Bttd straiglitcn 

out his legs ; rub him lightly about the face and neck with your 
hand the way the hair lies ; handle all his legs, and after he has 
lain ten or twenty minutes, let him get up again. After rest- 
ing him a short time, make him lie down as before. Kepeat 
the operation three or four times, which will be sufiBcient for 
one lesson. Give him two lessons a day, and when you have 
reached four lessons, he will lie down by taking hold of one 
foot. As soon as he is well broken to lie down in this way, 
tap him on the opposite leg with a stick when you take hold of 
his foot, and in a few days he will lie down from the mere motion 
of the stick. 

To Accustom a Horse to Strange Sounds and Sights — 
It is an excellent practice to accustom all horses to strange 
sounds and sights, and of very great importance to young 
horses which are to be ridden or driven in large towns, or 
used as chargers. Although some horses are very much more 
timid and nervous than others, the very worst can be very 



/ 



much improved by acting on the first principles laid down in 
the introduction to this article— that is, by proving that the 
strange sights and sounds will do them no harm. 

When a railway is first opened, the sheep, the cattle, and 
especially the horses, grazing in the neighboring fields, are 
terribly alarmed at the sight jf the swift, dark, moving trains, 
and the terrible snorting and hissing of the steam engines. 
They start away— they gallop in circles— and when they stop, 
gaze with head and tail erect, until the monsters have dis- 
appeared. But from day to day the live stock become more 
accustomed to the sight and sound of the steam horse, and 
after a while they do not even cease grazing when the train 
passes. They have learned that it will do them no harm. 
The same result may be observed with respect to young horses 
when first they are brought to a large town, and have to meet 
great loads of hay, omnibuses crowded with passengers, and 
other strange or noisy objects ; if judiciously treated, not 
flogged and ill-used, they lose their fears without losing their 
high courage. 

To accustom a Horse to a Dr^m.—PIace it near him on 
the ground, and without forcing him, induce him to smell it 
again and again, until he is thoroughly accustomed to it. 
Then lift it up, and slowly place it on the side of his neck, 
where he can see it, and tap it gently with a stick or your 
finger. If he starts, pause, and let him carefully examine it. 
Then commence again, gradually moving it backward until it 
rests upon his withers, by degrees playing louder and louder, 
pausing always when he seems alarmed, to let him look at it 
and smell, if needful. In a very few minutes you may play 
With all your force, without his taking any notice. When 



^1 



872 



rarey's method op taming horses. 



rarey's method op taming horses. 



373 



this practice has been repeated a few times, your horse, how« 
ever spirited, will rest his nose nnmoved on the big drum, 
while the most thundering piece is played. 

To teach a Horse to bear an Umbrella — Go through the 
same cautious forms, let him see it, and smell it, open it by 
degrees, gain your point inch by inch, passing it always from 
his eyes to his neck, and from his neck to his back and tail ; 
and so with a riding-habit ; in half an hour any horse may 
be taught that it will not hurt him, and then the difidculty is 
over. 

To fire off a Horse^s back. — Begin with caps, and, by de- 
grees, as with the drum. Instead of lengthening the reins, 
stretch the bridle hand to the front, and raise it for the car- 
bine to rest on, with the muzzle clear of the horse's head, a 
little to one side. Lean the body forward without rising in 
the stirrups. Avoid interfering ivith the horse^s mouthy or 
exciting his fears by suddenly closing your legs either be^ 
fore or after firing — be quiet yourself and your horse 
will be quiet. The colt can learn to bear a rider on his bare 
back during his first lessons, when prostrate and powerless, 
fast bound by straps. The surcingle has accustomed him to 
girths, he leads well, and has learned that when the right rein 
is pulled he must go to the right, and when the left rein to 
the left. You may now teach him to bear the bit and the 
SADDLE, if you have not placed it upon his back while on the 
ground. 

How TO Accustom a Horse to a Bit. — You should use a 
large, smooth, snaffle bit, so as not to hurt his mouth, with a 
6ar to each side, to prevent the bit from pulling through 
either way. This you should attach to the head-stall of your 



bridle, and put it on your colt without any reins to it, and let 
him run loose in a large stable or shed, some time, until he 

becomes a little used to the bit, and 
will bear it without trying to get it out 
of his mouth. It would be well, if con- 
venient, to repeat this several times, 
before you do anything more 
with the colt ; as soon as he will 
bear the bit, attach a single rein 

1 i t. You 
should also 
have a halter 
on your colt, 
or a bridle 
made after the 
fashion of a 
halter, with a 
strap to it, so 
that you can 

hold or lead him about without pulling at the bit much. 
He is now ready for the saddle. 

The Proper Way to Bit a Colt.— Farmers often put bit- 
ting harness on a colt the first thing they do to him, buckling 
up the bitting as tight as they can draw it, to make him carry 
his head high, and then turn him out in a field to run half a 
day at a time. This is one of the worst punishments that 
could be inflicted on the colt, and is very injurious to a young 
horse that has been used to running in pasture with his head 
down. Colts have been so seriously injured in this way that 
they have never recovered. 




BTECUOLES OP THE VICIOUS HORSE AUAIN.ST LTlIfO DOTTX. 



^1 



3T4 



rarey's method op taming horses. 



RAREY'S METHOD OP TAMING HORSES. 



315 



A hors» should be well accustomed to the bit before yo| 
put on the bitting harness, and when you first bit him you 
should onjy rein his head up to that point where he naturally 
holds it, let that be high or low ; he will soon learn that he 
cannot lower his head, and that raising it a little will loosen 
the bit in his mouth. This will give him the idea of raising 
his head to loosen the bit, and then you can draw the bitting a 
little tighter every time you put it on, and he will still raise 
his head to loosen it ; ty this means you will gradually get his 
head and neck in the position you want him to carry them, 
and give him a nice and graceful carriage without hurting him, 
making him mad, or causing his mouth to get sore. 

If you put the bitting on very tight the first time, he cannot 
raise his head enough to loosen it, but will bear on it all the 
time, and paw, sweat, and throw himself. Many horses have 
been killed by falling backward with the bitting on ; their 
heads being drawn np strike the ground with the whole weight 
of the body. Horses that have their heads drawn up tightly 
should not have the bitting on more than fifteen or twenty 
minutes at a time. 

How TO Saddle a CoLT.—The first thing will be to tie each 
stirrup-strap into a loose knot to make them short, and pre- 
vent the stirrups from flying about and hitting him. Then 
double up the skirts and take the saddle under your right 
arm, so as not to frighten him with it as you approach. 
When you get to him rub him gently a few times with your 
hand, and then raise the saddle very slowly, until he can see 
it, and smell and feel it with his nose. Then let the skirt 
loose, and rub it very gently against his neck the way the hair 
lies, letting him hear the rattle of the skirts as he feels them 



against him ; each time getting a little further backward, and 
finally slipping it over his shoulders on his back. Shake it a 
little with your hand, and in less than five minutes you can 
rattle it about over his back as much as you please, and pull 
it off and throw it on again, without his paying much atten- 
tion to it. 

As soon as you have accustomed him to the saddle, fasten 
the girth. Be careful how you do this. It often frightens the 
colt when he feels the girth binding him, and making the 
saddle fit tight on his back. You should bring up the girth 
very gently, and not draw it too tight at first, just enough to 
hold the saddle on. Move him a little, and then girth it as 
tight as you choose, and he will not mind it. 

You should see that the pad of your saddle is all right be- 
fore you put it on, and that there is nothing to make it hurt 
him, or feel unpleasant to his back. It should not have any 
loose straps on the back part of it, to flap about and scare 
him. After you have saddled him in this way, take a switch 
in your right hand to tap him up with, and walk about in the 
stable a few times with your right arm over your saddle, takino- 
hold of the reins on each side of his neck with your right and 
left hands, thus marching him about in the stable until you 
teach him the use of the bridle and can turn him about in 
any direction, and stop him by a gentle pull of the rein. 
Always caress him, and loose the reins a little every time you 
stop him. 

You should always be alone, and have your colt in some 
light stable or shed, the first time you ride him ; the loft should 
be high, so that you can sit on his back without endangering 
your head. You can teach him more in two hour's time in » 



1 

I 



i 



i 



#% 



376 



RAREY^S METHOD OF TAMING HORSES. 



RAREY'S METHOD OP TAMING HORSES. 



37T 



stable of this kind, than you could in two weeks in the commoD 
way of breaking colts, out in an open place. If you follow 
my course of treatment, you need not run any risk, or have 
any trouble in riding the worst kind of horse. You take him 
a step at a time, until you get up a mutual confidence and 
trust between yourself and horse. First teach him to lead and 
stand hitched; next acquaint him with the saddle, and the 
use of the bit ; and then all that remains is to get on him 
without scaring him, and you can ride him as well as any 
horse. 

How TO Mount the Colt.— First gentle him well on both 
sides, about the saddle, and all over until he will stand still 
without holding, and is not afraid to see you anywhere about 
him. As soon as you have him thus gentled, get a small 
block, about one foot or eighteen inches in height, and set 
it down by the side of him, about where you want to stand to 
mount him ; step up on this, raising yourself very gently ; 
horses notice every change of position very closely, and if you 
were to step up suddenly on the block, it would be very apt 
to scare him ; but by raising yourself gradually on it, he will 
see you without being frightened, in a position very nearly 
the same as when you are on his back. 

As soon as he will bear this without alarm, untie the stirrup- 
strap next to you, and put your left foot into the stirrup, and 
stand square over it, holding your knee against the horse, and 
your toes out, so as not to touch him under the shoulder with 
the toe of your boot. Place your right hand on the front of 
the saddle, and on the opposite side of you, taking hold of a 
portion of the mane and the reins, as they hang loosely over 
his neck, with your left hand ; then gradually bear your weighs 



on the stirrup, and on your right hand, until the horse feels 
your whole weight on the saddle ; repeat this several times, 
each time raising yourself a little higher from the block, until 
he will allow yon to raise your leg over bis croup, and place 
yourself in the saddle. 

There arc three great advantages in having a block from 
which to mount. First, a sudden change of position is very 
apt to frighten a young horse who has never been handled ; 
he will allow you to walk up to him, and stand by 
his side without scaring at you, because you have 
gentled him to that position ; but 
if you get down on 
your hands and 
knees and crawl to- 
ward him, he will 
be very much fright- 
ened ; and upon the 
same principle, he 
would be frightened at your new position if you had the power 
to hold yourself over his back without touching him. Tho 
first great advantage of the block, then, is to gradually gentle 
him to that new position in which he will see you when you 
ride him. 

Secondly, by the process of leaning your weight in the 
/stirrup, and on your hand, you can gradually accustom him 
to your weight, so as not to frighten him by having him feel 
it all at once. And, in the third place, the block elevates you 
so that you will not have to make a spring in order to get 
upon the horse's back, but from it you can gradually raise 
yourself into the saddle. When you take these precautions. 




8UBHI5.SI0X OF THB HORSE. 



'; 






I 



8T8 



rarey's method op taming horses. 



rarey's method of taming horses. 



379 



there is no horse so wild but that you can mount him without 
making him jump. When mounting, your horse shouM always 
stand without being held. A horse is never well broken when 
he has to be held with a tight rein when mounting ; and a colt 
is never so safe to mount as when you see that assurance of 
confidence, and absence of fear, which cause him to stand with- 
out holding. 

An improved plan of mounting is to pass the palm of the 
right hand on the off-side of the saddle, and as you rise lean 
your weight on it ; by this means you can mount with the girth 
loose, or without any girth at all. 

How to Ride a Colt. — When you want him to start do 
not touch him on the side with your heel, or do anything to 
fnghten him and make him jump. But speak to him kindly, 
and if he does not start pull him a little to the left until he 
starts, and then let him walk off slowly with the reins loose. 
Walk him around in the stable a few times until he gets used to 
the bit, and you can turn him about in every direction and stop 
him as you please. It would be well to get on and off a good 
many times until he gets perfectly used to it before you take 
him out of the stable. 

After you have trained him in this way, which should not 
take you more than one or two hours, yon can ride him any- 
where you choose without ever having him jump or make any 
effort to throw you. 

When you first take him out of the stable be very gentle with 
him, as he will feel a little more at liberty to jump or run, and 
be a little easier frightened than he was while in the stable. 
But after handling him so much in the stable he will be pretty 
well broken, and you v/ill be able to manage him without trouble 
or danger. 



..i 



1 



When you first mount him take a little the shortest hold on 
the left rein, so that if anything frightens him you can prevent 
him from jumping by pulling his head round to you. This 
operation of pulling a horse's head round against his side will 
prevent any horse from jumping ahead, rearing up, or running 
away. If he is stubborn and will not go, you can make him 
move by pulling his head round to one side, when whipping 
would have no effect. And turning him round a few times will 
make him dizzy, and then by letting him have his head straight, 
and giving him a little touch with the whip, he will go along 
without any trouble. 

Never use martingales on a colt when you first ride him ; 
every movement of the hand should go right to the bits in the 
direction in which it is applied to the reins, without a martin- 
gale to change the direction of the force applied. You can 
guide the colt much better without it, and teach him the use of 
the bit in much less time. Besides, martingales would prevent 
you from pulling his head round if he should try to jump. 

After your colt has been ridden until he is gentle and well 
accustomed to the bit, you may find it an advantage, if he car- 
ries his head too high or his nose too far out, to put martingales 
on him. 

You should be careful not to ride your colt so far at first as 
to heat, worry, or tire him. Get off as soon as you see that he 
is a little fatigued ; gentle him, and let him rest ; this will make 
him kind to you, and prevent him from getting stubborn or 
mad. 

To Break a Horse to Harness.— Take him in a light 
stable, as you did to ride him; take the harness, and go through 
the same process that you did with the saddle, until you get him 






880 



RAREY'S METHOD OF TAMING HORSES. 



familiar with it, so that you can put it on him, and rattle it 
about without his caring for it. As soon as he will bear this, 
put on the lines, caress him as you draw them over him, and 
drive him about in the stable till he will bear them over his hips. 
The lines are a great aggravation to some colts, and often 
frighten them as much as if you were to raise a whip over them. 
As soon as he is familiar with the harness and lines, take him 
out and put him by the side of a gentle horse. Always use a 
bridle wnthout blinkers when you are breaking a horse to 
harness. 

Load him to and around alight gig or phaeton ; let him look 
at it, touch it with his nose, and stand by it till he does not care 
for it : then pull the shafts a little to the left, and stand your 
horse in front of the off- wheel. Let some one stand on the right 
side of the horse, and hold him by the bit, while you stand on 
the left side, facing the sulky. This will keep him straight. 
Run your left hand back, and let it rest on nis hip, and lay 

hold of the 
shafts with 
your right, 
bringing 
them up very 
gently to the 
left hand, 
which still 
remains sta- 

BREAKIXa THE HORSE TO HARNESS. tlOUary. VO 

not let anything but your arm touch his back, and as soon as 
you have the shafts square over him, let the person on the op- 
posite side take hold of one of them, and lower them very gently 




KEUROTOMT OR NERVING. 



381 



to the shaft-bearers. Be very slow and deliberate about hitch- 
ing; the longer time you take the better, as a general thing. 
When you have the shafts placed, shake them slightly, so that 
he will feel them against each side. As soon as he will bear 
them without scaring, fasten your braces, etc., and start him 
along very slowly. Let one man lead the horse, to keep him 
gentle, while the other gradually works back with the lines till 
he can get behind and drive him. After you have driven him 
in this way a short distance, you can get into the sulky, and all 
will go right. It is very important to have your horse go gently 
when you first hitch him. After you have walked him awhile, 
there is not half so much danger of his scaring. Men do very 
wrong to jump up behind a horse to drive him as soon as they 
have him hitched. There are too many things for him to com- 
prehend all at once. The shafts, the lines, the harness, and the 
rattling of the sulky, all tend to scare him, and he must be made 
familiar with them by degrees. If your horse is very wild, one 
foot had better be put up the first time you drive him. With 
the leg strapped up, the lighter the gig the better, and four 
wheels are better than two. 



A 



WARRANTT. 



383 



WARRANTY. 



In tlie purchase of a horse the buyer should take with the receipt 
what is termed iu law a warranty. The best way of expressing i^ 
is in this form : 

Philadelphia, August 1, 18 — , 

Received of William Ingalls three hundred dollars, for a black 
mare, warranted only live years old, sound, free from vice, and 
quiet to ride and drive. 

$300. EDWARD RIDDLE. 

A receipt, which includes simply the word ** warranted," extends 
merely to soundness. *' Warranted sound," has no greater extent ; 
the age, freedom from vice, and quietness to ride and drive should all 
be especially named. This warranty embraces every cause of un- 
soundness that can be detected, or that is inherent in the constitution 
of the animal at the time of sale, as well as every vicious habit which 
he has previously shown. In order to establish a breach of the war- 
ranty, and then be enabled to return the horse or recover the price 
paid, the purchasei must prove that it was unsound or viciously 
disposed at the time of sale. In case of cough, the horse must have 
been heard to cough previously to the purchase, or as he was led 
home, or' as soon as he had entered the stable of the purchaser. 
Coughing, even on the following morning, will not be sufficient ; for 
it is possible that he might have caught cold by a change of sta- 
bling. If he is lame, it must be proved to arise from a cause that 
could not have occurred after he was in the purchaser's possession. 
No price will imply a warranty, or be deemed equivalent to one ; 
the warranty must be expressly stated. 

A fraud in the seller must be proved, in order that the buyer may 
be enabled to return the horse or maintain an action for the price. 
The warranty should be given at the time of sale. A warranty or 
a promise to warrant the horse, given at any period. previous to the 
Bale, is of no effect ; for the horse is a very perishable commodity, 
and his constitution and his usefulness may undergo a considerable 
change in a few days. A warranty after the sale is also of no effect, 
as it is given without any legal consideration. In order to complete 
the purchase, there must be a transfer of the animal, or a written 
memorandum of agreement, or the payment of some sum, however 
email, as earnest-money. No verbal promise to buy or sell is bind- 
ing without one of these accompaniments ; and th© moment either 
(382) 



of them is effected, the legal transfer of property, or its delivery, is 
made, and whatever may happen to the horse, the seller retains, or 
is entitled to,*the money. If the purchaser exercises any act of 
ownership — as by using the animal without leave of the seller, or 
by having any operation performed upon him, or medicines given 
to him — lie makes him his own. 

If the horse should afterward be discovered to have been un- 
sound at the time of warranty and sale, the buyer may return him. 
Although not legally compelled to give notice to the seller of the 
discovered unsoundness, it is best that snch notice should be given. 
The animal should then be tendered at the house or stable of the 
seller. If he refuses to receive the animal, humanity dictates that 
he should be sent to a livery stable, in preference to tying him up 
in the street ; an action can be maintained, after the horse has been 
tendered, for the necessary expenses of keeping him as well as for 
the price paid. The keep, however, can be recovered only for the 
time that necessarily intervened between the tender and the deter- 
mination of the action. It is not legally necessary to return the 
animal as soon as the unsoundness is discovered. The animal may 
be kept for a reasonable time afterward, and even proper medical 
means may be resorted to for the removal of the unsoundness ; but 
courtesy, and indeed justice, will require that the notice should be 
given as soon as possible. Although it is laid down, upon the au- 
thority of an eminent English judge, that ** no length of time elapsed 
after the sale, will alter the nature of a contract originally false, ' ' yet 
there are recorded cases in which the buyer was prevented from 
maintaining his action, because he did not give notice of the un- 
soundness within a reasonable time after its discovery. What wilj 
constitute this reasonable time, depends upon many circumstances. 
It was formerly supposed that the buyer had no right to have the 
horse medically treated, and that he would vitiate the warranty by 
so doing. The question, however, in such a case would be, whether 
the animal was injured, or his value lessened, by such treatment. 
It maybe remarked that it is generally most prudent to refrain from 
all medical treatment, since the means adopted, no matter how 
skillfully used, may have an unfortunate effect, or what is done 
may be misrepresented by ignorant or interested observers. 

Wlien a horse is returned, and an action brought for the price, 
St is indispensable that in every respect, except the alleged un- 
Boundness, the animal should be as perfect and valuable as whexi 
ke was bought. 



384 



WAERANTY. 



I 



The purchaser may, possibly, like the horse, notwithstanding hit) 
discovered defect; in which case he may retain him and bring an 
tuition for the depreciation in value on account of thill unsoundness. 
Few, however, will do this, because the retaining of the animal will 
give rise to a suspicion that the defect is of no great consequence, 
and consequently will occasion much cavil about the amount of 
damages ; the suit terminating, probably, in the recovery of slight, 
if any, damages. 

Where there is no warranty, an action may be brought on the 
ground of fraud; but as this is very difficult to be maintained, few 
persons will hazard it. It will in such a case, be necessary to prove 
that the seller knew the defect, and that the buyer was imposed 
upon by his false representations ; and that, too, under circum- 
Btances in which a person of ordinary carefulness and circumspection 
might have been imposed upon. If the defect was palpably evident, 
the purchaser has no. remedy, for he should have exercised more 
caution ; but if a warranty was given, it covers every unsoundness, 
evident or concealed. Although a person should ignorantly or 
carelessly buy a blind horse, warranted sound, lie may return it — 
the warranty is his protection, and prevents him from examining 
the horse as closely as he otherwise would have done ; but if he 
buys a blind horse, supposing him to be sound, and without a war- 
ranty, he is without any remedy. The law supposes every one to 
exercise common circumspection and common sense. 

A person should liave a more thorough knowledge of horses than 
most possess, together with perfect confidence in the seller, who 
Ventures to buy a horse without a warranty. If a person buy a 
horse warranted sound, and discovering no defect in him, sells him 
again, relying upon his warranty, and the unsoundness is discov- 
ered by the second purchaser, and the liorse returned to the first 
l>uyer, or an action commenced against him, the latter has his claim 
upon the first seller, and may demand of him not only the price of 
the horse, or the difference in value, but all expenses which may 
necessarily have been incurred. 

Exchanges, whether of one horse absolutely for another, or where 
a sum of money is paid in addition by one of the parties, stand upon 
precisely the same ground as simple sales. If there is a warranty 
upon either side, and that is broken, the exchange is vitiated ; if 
ih^re is no warranty, deceit must be proved. 



i 



I 



■V 



M.. 



"^t . 



TUE END.